All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the “Translate Website” drop down menu on the top banner of our home page (Desktop version). 

Visit and follow us on Instagram at @crg_globalresearch.

***

“We’re in a really dire situation right now! People don’t realize this is the warmest planet we have occupied with civilizations present. If we get much warmer, especially given the rapid rate of change that we’re experiencing right now, we’re done! It’s game over!”

– Guy McPherson (from this week’s interview).

LISTEN TO THE SHOW

Click to download the audio (MP3 format)

“Today’s IPCC Working Group 1 Report is a code red for humanity.  The alarm bells are deafening, and the evidence is irrefutable:  greenhouse gas emissions from fossil fuel burning and deforestation are choking our planet and putting billions of people at immediate risk. Global heating is affecting every region on Earth, with many of the changes becoming irreversible.”[1]

Those were the opening words by the UN Secretary General António Guterres in reaction to the release of  Climate Change 2021: The Physical Science Basis, the contribution to the Sixth Annual Assessment Report from Working Group I. This report comes from the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change (IPCC). It was forged by 234 scientists in 66 countries. Among the clear and present dangers listed:

  • Human influence has warmed the planet at rate unprecedented in at least 2,000 years.
  • CO2 concentrations in the atmosphere higher than any time in the last 2,000,000 years.
  • Greenhouse gases methane and nitrous oxide higher than at any time in 800,000 years.
  • Global mean sea level has risen faster since 1900 than any previous century in at least 3,000 years.
  • Evidence of an increasing frequency of extreme weather events such as droughts, heat waves, heavy participation, and tropical cyclones, and their attribution to human influence has strengthened.
  • The thawing of permafrost, the loss of seasonal snow cover, the melting of glaciers and ice sheets, and the loss of summer sea ice are all being amplified.[2]

This devastating news and calls for an emergency however do hold onto the assurance that these changes can be restricted, and possibly avert a disaster of untold proportions. Pressure rests on the public now to apply pressure to reduce our emissions as fast as possible.

“Stabilizing the climate will require strong, rapid, and sustained reductions in greenhouse gas emissions, and reaching net zero CO2 emissions. Limiting other greenhouse gases and air pollutants, especially methane, could have benefits both for health and the climate,” said IPCC Working Group I Co-Chair Panmao Zhai. [3]

So a dark future is in store, but we can save it if we act NOW!

Missing from this assessment and somewhat countering its conclusions are the prospects of multiple self-reinforcing feedback loops (eg forests burning more frequently, leading to more carbon dioxide in the atmosphere, leading to more wildfires, etc). There is also the reality of the aerosol masking effect. The same processes that burn fossil fuels also liberate tiny particles of dust and soot which blanket sun against sunlight. So if you restrict carbon rich fossil fuels, the heat of increased sunlight more than makes up for the reduced CO2!

Few people, for whatever reason, seem to see these details as anything more than “pernickety.” One exception is the person who has shown up on the Global Research News Hour many times. His name is Guy McPherson.

Professor McPherson, who typically grounds his work in the peer reviewed journal literature, comes on the show this week to review the aspects of the climate the IPCC doesn’t mention. He comes to the conclusion that the threat of rapid acceleration is not coming decades from now, but mere years or even months away. And aggressive fossil-fuel elimination from industrial activities will contribute to a rapid rise in temperature. McPherson also talks about the faulty IPCC conclusions, the flaws of the UN Climate Change Conference of the Parties coming in two weeks time, the role of the billionaires in using the situation in their interests, and a possible strategy he is pursuing which provides him with any promise of rescuing our home from ultimate biological annihilation.

Dr. Guy McPherson is an internationally recognized speaker, award-winning scientist, and the world’s leading authority on abrupt climate change leading to near-term human extinction. He is professor emeritus at the University of Arizona. His published works include more than a dozen books and hundreds of scholarly articles. Dr. McPherson has been featured on television and radio and in several documentary films.

(Global Research News Hour Episode 328)

LISTEN TO THE SHOW

Click to download the audio (MP3 format)

The Global Research News Hour airs every Friday at 1pm CT on CKUW 95.9FM out of the University of Winnipeg. The programme is also podcast at globalresearch.ca .

Other stations airing the show:

CIXX 106.9 FM, broadcasting from Fanshawe College in London, Ontario. It airs Sundays at 6am.

WZBC 90.3 FM in Newton Massachusetts is Boston College Radio and broadcasts to the greater Boston area. The Global Research News Hour airs during Truth and Justice Radio which starts Sunday at 6am.

Campus and community radio CFMH 107.3fm in  Saint John, N.B. airs the Global Research News Hour Fridays at 7pm.

CJMP 90.1 FM, Powell River Community Radio, airs the Global Research News Hour every Saturday at 8am. 

Caper Radio CJBU 107.3FM in Sydney, Cape Breton, Nova Scotia airs the Global Research News Hour starting Wednesday afternoon from 3-4pm.

Cowichan Valley Community Radio CICV 98.7 FM serving the Cowichan Lake area of Vancouver Island, BC airs the program Thursdays at 9am pacific time.

Notes:

  1. https://www.un.org/sg/en/content/secretary-generals-statement-the-ipcc-working-group-1-report-the-physical-science-basis-of-the-sixth-assessment
  2. https://news.un.org/en/story/2021/08/1097362
  3. ibid

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the “Translate Website” drop down menu on the top banner of our home page (Desktop version).

Visit and follow us on Instagram at @crg_globalresearch.

***

In the latest episode of “The Jimmy Dore Show,” comedian and political commentator Jimmy Dore discussed vaccine mandates and the story of a Denver, Colorado, woman who is being denied a life-saving medical procedure because she’s unvaccinated against COVID.

“Here at the Jimmy Dore Show we are against these mandates and we are for bodily autonomy,” Dore said.

Dore played a clip from an August 2020 interview with Dr. Anthony Fauci, chief medical advisor to President Biden, in which Fauci said,

“I don’t think you’ll ever see a mandating of [COVID-19] vaccines for the general public … you would never mandate it.”

When the interviewer asked Fauci what the contingency plan would be for those who refuse to be vaccinated against COVID-19, Fauci said people who refuse the vaccine “have every right to refuse and I don’t think you even need a contingency plan.”

“Well the mandates that our chief COVID expert said we’ll never see are here,” Dore said. “And with these mandates, the already corrupt, corporate U.S. healthcare complex has created a two-tiered system of medical care.”

Dore also played a clip from a CBS Denver news segment about a woman who will die within months if she doesn’t receive a kidney transplant.

Leilani Lutali has a donor who’s willing to donate the kidney, but UC Health Hospital has a new policy requiring both parties of organ transplants to be vaccinated against COVID.

“Her life is now being held hostage by this mandate,” the organ donor, Jaimee Fougner, told CBS News. “How can I sit here and allow them to murder my friend, while I have a perfectly good kidney?”

According to the CBS report, Lutali hasn’t received the COVID vaccine because she has already contracted and recovered from the virus. Her kidney donor, Jaimee Fougner, didn’t get the vaccine for religious reasons.

“What happened to the hippocratic oath which says ‘do no harm?’” Dore asked. “They’re going to let this woman die. The hospital system is condemning this woman to death because she won’t get a vaccine from something that she probably won’t die from.”

Watch the segment here:

*

Note to readers: Please click the share buttons above or below. Follow us on Instagram, @crg_globalresearch. Forward this article to your email lists. Crosspost on your blog site, internet forums. etc.

 

  • Posted in English
  • Comments Off on Hospital Denies Life-Saving Kidney Transplant for Woman Who Had COVID and Won’t Get Vaccine

From the Congo to Greece: Profile of a Refugee and his Journey

October 16th, 2021 by Prof. Richard Hardigan

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the “Translate Website” drop down menu on the top banner of our home page (Desktop version).

Visit and follow us on Instagram at @crg_globalresearch.

***

Chance Mugeni’s face was expressionless as he recalled the events of the night of October 10, 2019, over two years earlier.

“They handcuffed us, put gags in our mouths and forced us to climb into jeeps,” he recalled. “At the cemetery, there was a hole dug. After they finished throwing the people into the hole, they buried them. They did not kill them. They buried them alive. All except me.”

Mugeni is one of over 2.5 million refugees who since 2015 have been fleeing war, poverty, torture and rape, and making their way to Europe. Many of them have been using Samos, Lesbos and several other Aegean islands as the gateway, making the short but dangerous crossing from Turkey in ramshackle boats. Initially many were permitted to continue to the Greek mainland and eventually on to Western Europe. However, the 2016 agreement between Turkey and the European Union forced asylum seekers to remain on the islands, turning them into virtual prisons. There they would stay—some of them for years—in abhorrent conditions, living in overcrowded, filthy camps that have been compared to concentration camps.

“The life in the camps is a humiliation, a shame,” said Mugeni. “It is like being in a prison. It is worse than torture. It is hell.”

Mugeni, 38, hails from Kinshasa, the capital of the Democratic Republic of Congo (DRC), where he lived with his wife and three children until he fled to Samos. His father, a general in the army, was assassinated in 2012, and his brother was also later murdered.

“[My father] had worked with [former president of the DRC] Mobutu, and he was poisoned because he belonged to a tribe different from that of [president at the time] Laurent Kabila,” said Mugeni.

Mugeni’s troubles began on March 22, 2019, when four cartons filled with cash disappeared from the office where he worked. The following morning, as he and his nineteen-year-old brother Christian were shopping for food, a white minibus approached. The driver motioned for Mugeni and Christian to climb in. 

“I didn’t hesitate, because he mentioned something about work. When I asked about Christian, he said it was no problem; he could come, too,” said Mugeni. “There were five men sitting inside. After we got on, they closed the door, blocked the windows and drove for five, ten meters. Then it became hell for me and my little brother. They handcuffed me, began to beat us and demanded to know where the money was. What money? I have never stolen anything in my life.” 

Mugeni and his brother were taken to a police prison in Kinshasa. The next day the wife of the current president came with the head of the presidential guard.

“She asked me where the money is,” said Mugeni. “She told me, `If the money is not found, you will lose your life. You have nobody who will help you.’ After that the torture became really bad. There was nothing I could do.”

For the next six months, Mugeni and his brother were subjected to horrific beatings. 

“Every day we were tortured. It was hell for us. They pulled my front tooth out with pliers. I was beaten and raped by soldiers. Until today I have blood in my stool,” said Mugeni. “One day my brother died. He died at my feet. I still don’t know where he is buried.” 

Finally, on October 10, Mugeni and twelve others were taken to the cemetery. I asked him if he knew he was going to die.

“At that point I was already dead,” said Mugeni. “I had no hope of living, with all that I had already experienced.”

“When it was my turn, an officer approached and pulled me aside. `I knew your father in the army,’ he said. `And because of that I’m going to free you. You have to flee. And if you get arrested, you can’t tell them about me. Because that would mean my death, as well.’”

During the night, Mugeni and his family managed to make their way to Brazzaville, the capital and largest city of the Republic of Congo (not to be confused with the DRC), located across the Congo river from Kinshasa. 

“The smugglers wanted $30,000 to take all of us to France,” Mugeni said. “But we didn’t have the money. So we paid for me to go to Turkey by myself. That was the last day I saw my wife and children.”

With a fake passport from the Republic of Congo, Mugeni flew to Turkey, and a day later, on November 19, 2019, crossed the Aegean Sea and landed on Samos, where he was staying in the refugee camp. 

The living conditions in the camp, which closed in September of 2021 and had a capacity of 650, were appalling. The population reached a high of nearly 8,000 in 2019, and there were problems associated with overcrowding; violence, lack of hygiene, and little access to medical care.  

“It was very bad,” said Mugeni. “There is nobody, nobody who can accept to live in conditions like these. I lived in a tent that I built myself. With the 75 Euros that I got every month, I fed myself. The only people that helped us here were the NGO’s. Without them this would be hell for us.”

Tragedy found Mugeni again six months after his arrival in Samos, when he found out that his sister, who had refused to leave the DRC, was shot and killed. Mugeni believes her death is connected to his case.

“She told me before that there were always uniformed men hanging around her house,” he said. “She didn’t know why.”

A few days later Mugeni lost contact with his wife and children. He has not heard from them in over a year now.

Shortly afterwards, he began seeing a psychiatrist. 

“It helped me, but after everything I experienced, I cannot forget. And I have no news of my family. Whenever I eat, I wonder if my kids have something to eat. I am suffering inside, but I am always trying to keep my nerves solid.”

Mugeni was angry at the way refugees are treated by the authorities on Samos, and he was baffled by the behavior of some of the local residents.

“The Greeks are super racist. There is no difference between the blacks and the whites. Only the color. We have all have red blood. We all have hearts,” he said. “When we would go to the church, they’d chase us away. They said they’d call the police. In Greece we are worth less than dogs. They think we’re criminals and bandits.”

Mugeni’s asylum case proceeded slowly. On December 18, 2020, he had his interview with the asylum service. Finally, in June, after more than eighteen months on Samos, he received an open card, which meant his geographical restriction to Samos was lifted. He is now on Syros, an island 150 km southeast of Athens, where a friend found him work in a restaurant.

I asked Mugeni about the fact that some Europeans believe refugees come here only to enjoy a higher standard of living.

“I want to send a message to the Europeans who think we are here just for money and work. My financial situation [in the DRC] was very good. I came to Greece, because this is a democracy. I needed international protection. It’s not for work or money. I lived better at home. At home I could support my family and send my kids and siblings to school. Here I am nothing.

“We are not bad people; we are here because we have very serious problems at home. We have a bad government, dishonest leaders who only line their own pockets. We are not here for money. 

We don’t just need your financial help. We need your moral help. We are traumatized. We need you to support us.”

*

Note to readers: Please click the share buttons above or below. Follow us on Instagram, @crg_globalresearch. Forward this article to your email lists. Crosspost on your blog site, internet forums. etc.

Richard Hardigan is a University professor based in the US, whose work has appeared in Al JazeeraHuffington Post, and other websites. He is the author of  The Other Side of the Wall: An Eyewitness Account of the Occupation in Palestine, published by Cune Press. His website is richardhardigan.com

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the “Translate Website” drop down menu on the top banner of our home page (Desktop version).

Visit and follow us on Instagram at @crg_globalresearch.

***

The European Union database of suspected drug reaction reports is EudraVigilance, and they are now reporting 27,247 fatalities, and 2,563,768 injuries, following COVID-19 injections.

This database maintained at EudraVigilance is only for countries in Europe which  are part of the European Union (EU), which comprises 27 countries.

The total number of countries in Europe is much higher, almost twice as many, numbering around 50. (There are some differences of opinion as to which countries are technically part of Europe.)

So as high as these numbers are, they do NOT reflect all of Europe. The actual number in Europe which are reported dead or injured following COVID-19 shots would be much higher than what we are reporting here.

The EudraVigilance database reports that through September 25, 2021 there are 27,247 deaths and 2,563,768 injuries reported following injections of four experimental COVID-19 shots:

From the total of injuries recorded, almost half of them (1,222,818) are serious injuries.

Seriousness provides information on the suspected undesirable effect; it can be classified as ‘serious’ if it corresponds to a medical occurrence that results in death, is life-threatening, requires inpatient hospitalisation, results in another medically important condition, or prolongation of existing hospitalisation, results in persistent or significant disability or incapacity, or is a congenital anomaly/birth defect.”

Health Impact News subscriber in Europe ran the reports for each of the four COVID-19 shots we are including here. It is a lot of work to tabulate each reaction with injuries and fatalities, since there is no place on the EudraVigilance system we have found that tabulates all the results.

Since we have started publishing this, others from Europe have also calculated the numbers and confirmed the totals.*

Here is the summary data through October 9, 2021.

Total reactions for the mRNA vaccine Tozinameran (code BNT162b2,Comirnaty) from BioNTechPfizer: 12,835 deathand 1,124,072 injuries to 09/10/2021

  • 30,454   Blood and lymphatic system disorders incl. 177 deaths
  • 32,024   Cardiac disorders incl. 1,894 deaths
  • 296        Congenital, familial and genetic disorders incl. 24 deaths
  • 15,348   Ear and labyrinth disorders incl. 10 deaths
  • 943        Endocrine disorders incl. 5 deaths
  • 17,445   Eye disorders incl. 30 deaths
  • 97,494   Gastrointestinal disorders incl. 528 deaths
  • 291,182 General disorders and administration site conditions incl. 3,649 deaths
  • 1,271     Hepatobiliary disorders incl. 63 deaths
  • 11,416   Immune system disorders incl. 66 deaths
  • 40,375   Infections and infestations incl. 1,269 deaths
  • 14,956   Injury, poisoning and procedural complications incl. 201 deaths
  • 28,358   Investigations incl. 404 deaths
  • 7,934     Metabolism and nutrition disorders incl. 231 deaths
  • 145,368 Musculoskeletal and connective tissue disorders incl. 159 deaths
  • 922        Neoplasms benign, malignant and unspecified (incl cysts and polyps) incl. 91 deaths
  • 195,566 Nervous system disorders incl. 1,394 deaths
  • 1,495     Pregnancy, puerperium and perinatal conditions incl. 44 deaths
  • 177        Product issues incl. 1 death
  • 20,700   Psychiatric disorders incl. 164 deaths
  • 3,873     Renal and urinary disorders incl. 209 deaths
  • 30,210   Reproductive system and breast disorders incl. 4 deaths
  • 48,955   Respiratory, thoracic and mediastinal disorders incl. 1,504 deaths
  • 53,542   Skin and subcutaneous tissue disorders incl. 116 deaths
  • 2,209     Social circumstances incl. 17 deaths
  • 1,318     Surgical and medical procedures incl. 36 deaths
  • 30,241   Vascular disorders incl. 545 deaths

Total reactions for the mRNA vaccine mRNA-1273 (CX-024414) from Moderna: 7,322 deathand 328,594 injuries to 09/10/2021

  • 6,545     Blood and lymphatic system disorders incl. 69 deaths
  • 10,153   Cardiac disorders incl. 787 deaths
  • 130        Congenital, familial and genetic disorders incl. 3 deaths
  • 4,082     Ear and labyrinth disorders incl. 3 deaths
  • 279        Endocrine disorders incl. 3 deaths
  • 4,949     Eye disorders incl. 22 deaths
  • 27,956   Gastrointestinal disorders incl. 286 deaths
  • 88,398   General disorders and administration site conditions incl. 2,715 deaths
  • 540        Hepatobiliary disorders incl. 30 deaths
  • 2,817     Immune system disorders incl. 11 deaths
  • 10,710   Infections and infestations incl. 562 deaths
  • 7,148     Injury, poisoning and procedural complications incl. 134 deaths
  • 6,185     Investigations incl. 130 deaths
  • 3,158     Metabolism and nutrition disorders incl. 170 deaths
  • 40,736   Musculoskeletal and connective tissue disorders incl. 149 deaths
  • 407        Neoplasms benign, malignant and unspecified (incl cysts and polyps) incl. 48 deaths
  • 56,868   Nervous system disorders incl. 735 deaths
  • 629        Pregnancy, puerperium and perinatal conditions incl. 8 deaths
  • 65           Product issues incl. 2 deaths
  • 6,131     Psychiatric disorders incl. 129 deaths
  • 1,898     Renal and urinary disorders incl. 131 deaths
  • 5,644     Reproductive system and breast disorders incl. 6 deaths
  • 14,462   Respiratory, thoracic and mediastinal disorders incl. 743 deaths
  • 17,687   Skin and subcutaneous tissue disorders incl. 65 deaths
  • 1,480     Social circumstances incl. 28 deaths
  • 1,131     Surgical and medical procedures incl. 74 deaths
  • 8,406     Vascular disorders incl. 279 deaths

Total reactions for the vaccine AZD1222/VAXZEVRIA (CHADOX1 NCOV-19) from Oxford/ AstraZeneca5,633 deathand 1,027,132 injuries to 09/10/2021

  • 12,420   Blood and lymphatic system disorders incl. 227 deaths
  • 17,765   Cardiac disorders incl. 638 deaths
  • 169        Congenital familial and genetic disorders incl. 7 deaths
  • 12,102   Ear and labyrinth disorders incl. 1 death
  • 545        Endocrine disorders incl. 4 deaths
  • 18,094   Eye disorders incl. 27 deaths
  • 99,247   Gastrointestinal disorders incl. 294 deaths
  • 270,596 General disorders and administration site conditions incl. 1,355 deaths
  • 892        Hepatobiliary disorders incl. 54 deaths
  • 4,190     Immune system disorders incl. 26 deaths
  • 28,330   Infections and infestations incl. 359 deaths
  • 11,689   Injury poisoning and procedural complications incl. 162 deaths
  • 22,549   Investigations incl. 132 deaths
  • 11,969   Metabolism and nutrition disorders incl. 83 deaths
  • 153,909 Musculoskeletal and connective tissue disorders incl. 82 deaths
  • 554        Neoplasms benign malignant and unspecified (incl cysts and polyps) incl. 18 deaths
  • 212,950 Nervous system disorders incl. 884 deaths
  • 483        Pregnancy puerperium and perinatal conditions incl. 10 deaths
  • 174        Product issues incl. 1 death
  • 19,153   Psychiatric disorders incl. 56 deaths
  • 3,848     Renal and urinary disorders incl. 56 deaths
  • 14,092   Reproductive system and breast disorders incl. 2 deaths
  • 36,247   Respiratory thoracic and mediastinal disorders incl. 673 deaths
  • 47,145   Skin and subcutaneous tissue disorders incl. 42 deaths
  • 1,361     Social circumstances incl. 6 deaths
  • 1,240     Surgical and medical procedures incl. 24 deaths
  • 25,419   Vascular disorders incl. 410 deaths

Total reactions for the COVID-19 vaccine JANSSEN (AD26.COV2.S) from Johnson & Johnson1,457 deaths and 83,970 injuries to 09/10/2021

  • 786        Blood and lymphatic system disorders incl. 36 deaths
  • 1,428     Cardiac disorders incl. 137 deaths
  • 30           Congenital, familial and genetic disorders
  • 805        Ear and labyrinth disorders incl. 1 death
  • 52           Endocrine disorders incl. 1 death
  • 1,140     Eye disorders incl. 6 deaths
  • 7,423     Gastrointestinal disorders incl. 66 deaths
  • 21,965   General disorders and administration site conditions incl. 381 deaths
  • 104        Hepatobiliary disorders incl. 9 deaths
  • 347        Immune system disorders incl. 7 deaths
  • 2,564     Infections and infestations incl. 102 deaths
  • 791        Injury, poisoning and procedural complications incl. 16 deaths
  • 4,223     Investigations incl. 88 deaths
  • 502        Metabolism and nutrition disorders incl. 34 deaths
  • 12,777   Musculoskeletal and connective tissue disorders incl. 34 deaths
  • 41           Neoplasms benign, malignant and unspecified (incl cysts and polyps) incl. 2 deaths
  • 16,999   Nervous system disorders incl. 160 deaths
  • 31           Pregnancy, puerperium and perinatal conditions incl. 1 death
  • 21           Product issues
  • 1,143     Psychiatric disorders incl. 13 deaths
  • 325        Renal and urinary disorders incl. 16 deaths
  • 1,356     Reproductive system and breast disorders incl. 5 deaths
  • 2,985     Respiratory, thoracic and mediastinal disorders incl. 167 deaths
  • 2,565     Skin and subcutaneous tissue disorders incl. 5 deaths
  • 258        Social circumstances incl. 4 deaths
  • 606        Surgical and medical procedures incl. 45 deaths
  • 2,703     Vascular disorders incl. 121 deaths

*These totals are estimates based on reports submitted to EudraVigilance. Totals may be much higher based on percentage of adverse reactions that are reported. Some of these reports may also be reported to the individual country’s adverse reaction databases, such as the U.S. VAERS database and the UK Yellow Card system. The fatalities are grouped by symptoms, and some fatalities may have resulted from multiple symptoms.

COVID-19 Shots Continue to Kill and Injure People Worldwide

The true number of people dying and becoming crippled worldwide following the COVID-19 shots is unknown, since the adverse reaction systems used in most countries are passive systems, and there is tremendous pressure to NOT relate a disability or death to the COVID shots.

 In the U.S., a comprehensive analysis regarding the under-reporting of COVID-19 adverse events has been conducted by Dr. Jessica Rose, who has a BSc in Applied Mathematics, an MSc in Immunology, and a PhD in Computational Biology.

This is maybe the most brilliant analysis of the VAERS data I have ever seen. What Dr. Rose did was take an independent analysis of a single VAERS event, one that the FDA and CDC admitted was an adverse reaction based on trials before the shots were even authorized, anaphylaxis, and then looked at independent studies reporting the rate of anaphylaxis to determine the true percentage, compared to what is actually being reported in VAERS.

What she found was that anaphylaxis was being under-reported in VAERS by 41X. Read her full comprehensive analysis here:

STUDY: Government’s Own Data Reveals that at Least 150,000 Probably DEAD in U.S. Following COVID-19 Vaccines

This is actually a conservative estimate of under-reporting of COVID-19 deaths and injuries, but if we use the same multiplying factor for the EudraVigilance system, then there have been at least 1,117,127 deaths just in the European Union countries.

Here are a few stories that put names and faces to the casualties of COVID-19 shots worldwide.

Costas Mastrovasilis: 31-Year-Old Man Dies 3 Weeks After Receiving The Johnson & Johnson COVID-19 Vaccine

by The COVID World

RHODES, GREECE – A 31-year-old man has died 3 weeks after receiving the Johnson & Johnson COVID-19 vaccine. Kostas Mastrovasilis got the shot on August 13th. He had a blood clot in his groin shortly afterward. He was hospitalized where his health quickly deteriorated until his death on September 4th. Costas only took the vaccine so that he could work and have freedom of movement.

Costas developed a blood clot in his groin almost directly after the injection. He was in a hospital in Rhodes where they managed to get it under control, but the blood clot came back aggressively. He was then sent to a larger hospital in Athens to treat his leg which had become as ‘hard as stone’ due to the blood clot blocking the arteries in his leg

Costas wrote this on his Instagram:

“20 days after getting the vaccine, I developed a small lump in my leg (thrombosis), and for the past four days, I have had discomfort in my leg becoming like a stone. All the veins in my leg are blocked. I live because there is so much blood in my heart. That is, I am 30 and in a few days, I will go for a walk.”

His final message was from his hospital bed where he wrote that he was only alive due to a pin-hole opening in his heart. He also wrote that he was dying and called the Greek Prime Minister a “prostitute”.

Costas suffered a heart attack shortly after the message. He died on September 4th. His parents, who live in Australia, flew to Greece to receive his body. His father, who is a pastor in Australia, led the funeral of his son.

Read the full article at the The COVID World.

Manisha Yadav: Healthy 29-Year-Old Tamil Actress Dies 3 Months After Receiving The COVID-19 Vaccine

by The COVID World

MUMBAI, INDIA – A healthy 29-year-old actress has passed away 3 months after receiving the COVID-19 vaccine. Manisha Yadav, known for playing the role of Salima Begum in Jodha Akbar, died on October 1st after suffering a brain hemorrhage. She suddenly collapsed and died moments later. Her sudden death comes as a shock to the Tamil actor’s community.

She tweeted about her COVID-19 vaccination on June 23rd. She wrote, “Finally got my first COVID-19 vaccine shot today.. glad it didn’t hurt much. Get vaccinated as soon as possible.we are in this together:

Actor Ravi Bhatia who plays Salim in the show said, “I spoke to Manisha a few months back and she seemed all fine. It’s upsetting news.”

Another actress, Paridhi, told Times of India,

“I wasn’t in constant touch with her after our show went off the air. But we have a WhatsApp group which is named Mughals and all the actresses who were begums in the show are a part of that group. So that’s how we stay in touch and if anything important is to be shared about anyone’s life, we do that in the group. I got to know about this yesterday in the group chat and I was shocked.”

Read the full article at The COVID World

Joshua Henry: 14-Year-Old Boy Dies From Massive Brain Bleed Hours After Receiving His Second Pfizer COVID-19 Vaccine

by The COVID World

GEORGETOWN, GUYANA – A 14-year-old boy has died hours after receiving his second Pfizer COVID-19 vaccine. Joshua Henry got the shot on October 4th. He returned home and complained to his parents about being unwell moments before he collapsed.

He died on his way to the hospital. An investigation by the Ministry of Health concluded that Joshua died from a brain aneurysm.

Joshua went alone on Monday, October 4th to get the vaccine. His father, Justin Henry, said that he had received the shot between the hours of 13:00 and 14:00. He was observed for 20 minutes after taking the vaccine and there were no adverse events.

Upon returning home, Joshua complained about pain in his hands, fingers, and lips. He collapsed shortly after. He was taken to Kumaka Hospital where he was pronounced dead on arrival. He died 90 minutes after returning from the vaccination site.

An investigation by a specialized team from the Guyana Ministry of Health concluded that Joshua died from a brain aneurysm. The post-mortem was conducted by Government Pathologist Dr. Nehaul Singh, who found that the teen suffered massive bleeding in his brain before he collapsed and died. The parents also reported seeing a dark color on his skin close to his joints. Samples from his organs have been taken for additional scrutiny abroad.

Guyana started administering the Pfizer vaccine to children nearly a month ago.

Read the full article and watch the video at The COVID World.

Lee Yu-Bin: 20-Year-Old Student Dies Shortly After Receiving The Moderna COVID-19 Vaccine

by The COVID World

SOUTH KOREA – A 20-year-old student died shortly after receiving the Moderna COVID vaccine. Lee Yu-Bin got her shot a few months ago. She died 12 days later from thrombosis. Authorities claimed until now that her death had nothing to do with the vaccine, but a new investigation has determined that the vaccine was the main cause for the sudden death of the healthy 20-year-old.

Lee Yu-bin, who was normally healthy, collapsed four days after her first dose of the Moderna COVID-19 vaccine. She was rushed to the emergency room and underwent brain surgery, but died a week later. Lee Nam-hoon, the father, said: “My daughter’s last words..her last words in her life were ‘dad’. Dad was her last word.”

As the number of vaccine recipients increases in South Korea, so does the number of side effects.

Read the full article and watch the video at The COVID World.

Arianna: 13-Year-Old Girl Dies Less Than 24 Hours After Receiving Her Second Pfizer COVID-19 Vaccine

by The COVID World

TREPUZZI, LECCE – A 13-year-old girl has died less than 24 hours after receiving her second Pfizer COVID-19 vaccine. Arianna, a high school student, got her shot on September 30th. She fell ill shortly after and was rushed to hospital where she died hours later. Lecce’s Public Prosecutor Office is expected to open an investigation into her sudden death.

13-year-old Arianna, who was a first-year student at ‘Banzi’ scientific high school, got her second shot on the morning of Thursday. She returned home but fell ill that night around 04:00. She was then rushed to the emergency room of Vito Fazzi Hospital where, despite the best efforts of doctors to save her, she died.

The tragic news began to circulate in Trepuzzi on Friday morning, throwing the entire community into despair. Mayor Guiseppi Taurino said: “Everyone feels pain when a community loses a young life. There are no words to describe the pain of the parents who have to bury their child. The country must gather around the victim’s family and make their solidarity and affection felt, as well as towards the girl’s schoolmates and friends, among whom there is great pain because of this sudden death.”

The mayor announced that the city is in mourning:

An autopsy will be performed by Dr. Giovanni Serio, head of Vito Fazzi Hospital, and coroner Alberto Tortorella to clarify whether there is a correlation between the administration of the second Pfizer vaccine and her sudden cardiac arrest 24 hours later.

The funeral of Arianna was initially scheduled for this morning but was then postponed to allow the autopsy to take place.

The tragedy comes only two weeks after the death of 14-year-old Majda El Razak who entered into a coma two days after receiving her second Pfizer COVID-19 vaccine and then died 26 days later. The case is being investigated for manslaughter.

Read the full story at The COVID World.

Sittiphan Thanapreechasiri: 22-Year-Old Student Dies 2 Days After The AstraZeneca COVID-19 Vaccine, Family Seeks Answers

by The COVID World

BANGKOK, THAILAND – A 22-year-old man has died 2 days after receiving the AstraZeneca COVID-19 vaccine. Sittiphan Thanapreechasiri, a university student, got his shot on August 25th. He was found dead in his bed 2 days later. Results from the autopsy concluded that he died from coronary artery disease. The family is seeking answers for the sudden death of the healthy young man.

On August 29th, a Facebook user by the name of Bankz T. Tharathep revealed that his brother had suddenly died 2 days after his vaccination.

“He went to get the AstraZeneca vaccine on Wednesday. 2 days later, my mother found him dead in his bed at around 3 p.m. He didn’t drink, he didn’t smoke, he never took drugs. He exercised, he was healthy. He would’ve completed his bachelor’s degree and graduated next year.”

Sittiphan’s proof of vaccination:

Sittiphan is not the first young person in Thailand to die shortly after receiving the AstraZeneca vaccine. The COVID World has recently covered the stories of Anurak KulabsriPanumat Chanmuanghong, and Mr. Wasan – all healthy people who died within 36 hours of receiving the AstraZeneca COVID-19 vaccine.

Read the full article and watch the video at The COVID World.

Mahima Mathew: 31-Year-Old Pregnant Woman Dies 10 Days After Receiving The AstraZeneca COVID-19 Vaccine

by The COVID World

KANJIRAPPALLY, KERALA – A pregnant woman has died 10 days after receiving the AstraZeneca COVID-19 vaccine. Mahima Mathew, 31-years-old, got her shot on August 6th. She was seven weeks pregnant at the time. Mahima started experiencing serious health issues on August 11th. She was hospitalized 4 days later where her condition worsened until her death on August 20th.

Mahima received her shot at Pala Hospital. She suffered debilitating health problems several days later. She went back to Pala Hospital where doctors prescribed pain killers before sending her home. She was rushed back to the hospital after falling unconscious on August 15th. She was declared brain dead the next day and died on August 20th. The hospital that treated her cited the AstraZeneca COVID-19 vaccine as the cause of her death.

The autopsy showed that Mahima had suffered from vaccine-induced brain hemorrhage.

Read the full article and watch the video at The COVID World

Weverton Silva: 13-Year-Old Boy Dies 6 Weeks After Receiving The Pfizer COVID-19 Vaccine, Investigation Started

by The COVID World

VALE DO ANARI, RONDONIA – A 13-year-old boy has died 6 weeks after receiving the Pfizer COVID-19 vaccine. Weverton Silva got his shot on August 25th. He suffered multiple symptoms shortly afterward. He collapsed and died on October 8th inside a clinic in the urban area of Vale do Anari. His sudden death, as a result of a cardiac arrest, is now under investigation.

An official document showing information about Weverton’s vaccination:

The 13-year-old was inside a pharmacy on Friday night, October 8th, when he suddenly collapsed. A video shows doctors and bystanders trying to resuscitate him for several minutes, but he didn’t respond.

His body is sent to Ariquemes for investigation. Officials will now try to determine what the causal relationship is between his sudden death and his first Pfizer COVID-19 vaccine 44 days earlier.

Read the full article at The COVID World.

GRAPHIC! 13-Year-Old Boy Dies After Pfizer COVID Shot and other Vaccine Horror Stories

We have included 13-year-old Weverton Silva’s story and dozens of other COVID-19 Vaccine HORROR stories in this video.

GRAPHIC: Viewer discretion waring!

This is on our Bitchute and Rumble video channels.

Taiwan Records More COVID Vaccine Deaths Than COVID-19 Virus Deaths

by Medical Trend

Taiwan deaths from COVID-19 vaccination exceed deaths from COVID-19. Taiwan’s death toll from COVID-19 vaccination exceeds death toll from COVID-19 for the first time.

(Observer Network News) On October 7th, the death toll after vaccination in Taiwan reached 852, while the death toll after the COVID-19 was diagnosed was 844. The number of deaths after vaccination exceeded the number of confirmed deaths for the first time.

According to a “Notice of Adverse Events after COVID-19 Vaccination” issued by Taiwan’s health department, on March 22 this year, Taiwan began vaccination. From that day to October 6, the death toll after vaccination in Taiwan has reached 849.

Among them, the death toll after vaccination with AZ was the largest, reaching 643; the death toll after vaccination with Moderna was 183, and the death toll after vaccination with Taiwan’s self-produced “Medigen” vaccine was 22.

As of the 6th, since the epidemic, the number of deaths due to the confirmed COVID-19 in Taiwan was 844. This is the first time that the number of deaths after vaccination has exceeded the number of confirmed deaths.

According to data released by the Taiwan Epidemic Command Center, on the 7th, there were 4 new confirmed cases of COVID-19 pneumonia in Taiwan, all of which were imported from abroad, and there were no new deaths among the confirmed cases. However, there were 3 new deaths after vaccination. The number of deaths after vaccination still exceeds the number of deaths after diagnosis.

On October 6, the Kuomintang “legislator” Yeh,Yu-Lan bluntly stated in a Facebook post that the vaccine given to save lives has also nearly doubled the number of deaths due to the COVID-19, which is indeed very ironic and confusing.

Read the full article at MedicalTrend.org.

Taiwan with highest mortality rate after COVID-19 vaccination

by MedicalTrend.org

712 people died suddenly after being vaccinated. Taiwan has the highest mortality rate after vaccination in the world.

A total of 712 people died suddenly after vaccinating the COVID-19 vaccine in Taiwan, most of which involved the AstraZeneca vaccine.

712 people died after vaccination, of which 565 were vaccinated against AZ

There were 712 deaths after vaccination in Taiwan, including 565 in AZ, 141 in Moderna, and 6 in high-end. The Blue Commission’s control command center did not perform the inspections that should be done, but pushed them to chronic diseases, and even died of high-end vaccines. In the case, it was attributed to drug overdose, etc., and Chen Shizhong was required to explain to his family members and give justice to the deceased.

According to China Times News, the KMT “legislator” Wu Yiqin pointed out that some people died suddenly after being vaccinated. Forensic doctors could only tell the family members the cause of death.

But whether it was induced by the vaccine, they did not provide any evidence. Thrombus-related immune thrombotic thrombocytopenia (VITT) and Anti-PF4 tests have not been performed, and whether the death is related to vaccination must be determined by the expert meeting of the Ministry of Health and Welfare.

Video report is on our Bitchute and Rumble channels.

*

Note to readers: Please click the share buttons above or below. Follow us on Instagram, @crg_globalresearch. Forward this article to your email lists. Crosspost on your blog site, internet forums. etc.

  • Posted in English
  • Comments Off on 27,247 Deaths and 2,563,768 Injuries Following COVID Shots in European Database – Taiwan Records More Deaths from Vaccine than Virus

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the “Translate Website” drop down menu on the top banner of our home page (Desktop version).

Visit and follow us on Instagram at @crg_globalresearch.

***

Füllmich is a consumer protection trial lawyer invited to talk about his work as one of four members of the German Corona Investigative Committee. Since July 10, 2020, he has been listening to large numbers of international scientists’ and experts’ testimonies, to find answers to questions about the pandemic, being asked by people worldwide.

The irregularities that are committed in the name of public health during this pandemic has called for a firm response, he told FWM. He specializes in representing ordinary people against big companies, and he made headlines when he won cases against giants like Volkswagen and Deutsche Bank.

When examining the lockdowns, restrictions, Covid-vaccines, the PCR tests and other measures, he found that they were not supported by scientific inquiry. He described how advisors on Covid measures who are presented as “experts” in the media, are actually frauds that for example were given professorships at private universities, without having accomplished any scientific work.

In this in-depth interview, Füllmich also talked about the considerable part of the workforce in the US that have refused the jab because of fear of serious side effects. The fatalities resulting from the experimental shots are massively underreported.

His conclusion is that there are other reasons for the measures than those we are told to follow, and calls the hidden hand “Mr. Global” using the pandemic to further their own agenda. It was planned years in advance and serves only to make the already wealthy and powerful even more assertive.

*

Note to readers: Please click the share buttons above or below. Follow us on Instagram, @crg_globalresearch. Forward this article to your email lists. Crosspost on your blog site, internet forums. etc.

  • Posted in English
  • Comments Off on Video: The Pandemic is a Global Coup d’état. Reiner Füllmich

What Happens When Doctors Buck Government Narrative on COVID?

October 16th, 2021 by Children’s Health Defense

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the “Translate Website” drop down menu on the top banner of our home page (Desktop version).

Visit and follow us on Instagram at @crg_globalresearch.

***

In the latest episode of “Doctors and Scientists” on CHD.TV, host Brian Hooker, Ph.D., P.E., interviewed Dr. Alvin Moss on the threats medical professionals and scientists face when they step away from the mainstream narrative.

Moss is director of the West Virginia University Center for Health Ethics and Law at the Health Sciences Center in Morgantown, West Virginia. A professor of internal medicine, Moss has published more than 150 scientific peer-reviewed articles and published more than 20 book chapters in medical textbooks.

Hooker and Moss sorted through the latest developments in the COVID pandemic, including the federal response to the current wave of the Delta variant.

Hooker asked Moss about his progress working with West Virginians for Health Freedom. Moss said it’s becoming increasingly difficult to opt out of the childhood vaccination program across the U.S.

“Even physicians who used to write medical exemptions in the state no longer do so,” Moss said. In West Virginia, he explained, “we are tied for last in the percentage of kindergartners who actually have medical exemptions. It’s 0.1%. We are as low as you can get. The national average is 2.7%. So if you’re really interested in health freedom don’t move to West Virginia unless you plan to homeschool.”

The discussion took a personal turn when Hooker talked about the “sacrosanct” patient-doctor relationship, and shared his experience with his own vaccine-injured son and his doctors.

Hooker asked Moss, given the current context of COVID, what did Moss see happening with the patient-doctor relationship, and how will any feelings of mistrust affect the standard of care?

In Moss’ professional opinion, he said, the patient-physician relationship is key.

“Patients and other people who have been talking to their physicians are telling me that we no longer can trust our physicians,” Moss said. “We have the feeling that he or she is not telling us everything — that he or she feels constrained.”

The reason the physicians feel pressure and intimidation, said Moss, is because they feel their livelihoods are threatened.

With good reason. Late this summer, the Federation of State Medical Boards, which oversees each state medical board and grants each medical license, told members if they are giving out “misinformation,” they could lose their license.

Hooker and Moss discussed what happens when patients suffer from a physician’s unwillingness to speak up and do what they think is right.

Other highlights from the episode include:

  • A discussion on the definition of “misinformation” as it relates to a physician’s professional opinion and real scientific data, and how to decipher who is the arbiter of this so-called “misinformation.”
  • A review of the data on the recent surges of the Delta variant and the troubling issue of “breakthrough cases.”
  • The disturbing pattern Moss has observed in his palliative medicine practice, where patients, both old and young, with morbid obesity have been dying from COVID pneumonia.
  • Moss’s observations in his own practice, where he’s seen both vaccinated and unvaccinated patients die of COVID.

Watch this week’s episode here: Click lower right corner to enlarge screen

Tune in every Thursday at 9 a.m. PT / Noon ET to watch a new episode of “Doctors and Scientists” on CHD.TV.

“Doctors and Scientists” is hosted by Brian Hooker, Ph.D., professor of biology, bioengineer, and author of more than 60 science and engineering peer-reviewed publications. Hooker invites leading voices in science and medicine to discuss the latest science. In 2013 and 2014, Hooker worked with the CDC Whistleblower, Dr. William Thompson, to expose fraud and corruption within vaccine safety research in the U.S. Centers for Disease Control, which led to the release of more than 10,000 pages of documents. On his show, Hooker and his guests uncover more controversies in the hope to clear up the data and break down the details.

*

Note to readers: Please click the share buttons above or below. Follow us on Instagram, @crg_globalresearch. Forward this article to your email lists. Crosspost on your blog site, internet forums. etc.

  • Posted in English
  • Comments Off on What Happens When Doctors Buck Government Narrative on COVID?

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the “Translate Website” drop down menu on the top banner of our home page (Desktop version).

Visit and follow us on Instagram at @crg_globalresearch.

***

The announcement that the Biden Administration has cleared two more Guantanamo Bay detainees for transfer is a hopeful sign in as much that two men have surpassed one hurdle on the way to freedom. But don’t be fooled, they may not see the light of day outside the barbed wire and concrete of the Cuban island for years. And if they do, it will most likely be in a foreign country not of their own choosing, with government monitors awaiting them. And if they are sent to the United Arab Emirates, it could be the next stop to an even greater hell.

Simple question: What kind of constitutional republic are we that supports federal measures that detain other human beings without charge for 20 years and then, when they are “cleared” to go, insist they must be released to a foreign government that agrees to treat them as criminals furthermore?

According to the New York Times, Sanad Yislam al-Kazimi and Assadullah Haroon Gul, of Yemen and Afghanistan respectively, cannot go back to their native countries because of obvious security concerns. Al-Kazimi is likely to go to neighboring Oman, which has taken some 30 repatriations over the years, and Gul’s fate is up in the air.

The Biden Administration has released but one Guantanamo Bay prisoner since he took office. But even then, the process for Abdul Latif Nasser’s release began during the Obama administration. Nasser, 56, who was never charged with a crime, actually got to return to his home country of Morocco, though he was subsequently put under investigation there, too.

So who is left? According to the Times, there are 39 detainees at the prison (which Obama had pledged to close during his time) today. Al-Kazimi and Assadullah now join 10 others of that number who are cleared to go but awaiting repatriation. Another 15 are not charged but are considered “law of war” prisoners and not cleared (news flash: supposedly we are not “at war” anymore — or are we? Apparently it is fungible). That includes Abu Zubaydah, who was waterboarded 83 times upon his capture nearly 20 years ago and still hasn’t been charged (and is still awaiting a ruling as to whether his detention is lawful).

There are 10 who are awaiting trial (including the so-called 9/11 mastermind Khalid Sheikh Mohammed and four cohorts), and two already convicted. No one has any confidence that those trials will go anywhere soon, given the issues over torture evidence and the convoluted nature of the system. Meanwhile, as of 2019, each prisoner at GTMO has cost the U.S. taxpayers $13 million a year.

The military tribunal system is broken and many argue that it should have never been stood up after 9/11. It was illegal from the beginning, and efforts to “legalize” it only managed to keep it open. As we know, access to due process means one thing in America and another at Guantanamo Bay.

But yes, let’s talk about the “rules based order” some more. Biden may say his hands are tied by Congress, which won’t let him release prisoners anywhere near U.S. territory, or be tried in U.S. courts. But the fact is the interagency Periodic Review Board that clears the prisoners is under Executive Branch purview and the president should have some authority to expedite the processes and or/loosen the restrictions and conditions placed on potential host countries. Unfortunately, aside from the dense legal and administrative thicket, the stigma built up around these men has rendered them radioactive — who knows who will take them if given the right opportunity. They have been stripped of their humanity and their native lands, and to the American government they are nothing but a cost and legal burden. How long will it be before we forget why they are even there?

*

Note to readers: Please click the share buttons above or below. Follow us on Instagram, @crg_globalresearch. Forward this article to your email lists. Crosspost on your blog site, internet forums. etc.

The featured image is from shutterstock/ Pres Panayotov

  • Posted in English
  • Comments Off on The Guantanamo Detention Center: Men ‘Cleared’ for Release from GITMO is a Cruel, Twisted Joke

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the “Translate Website” drop down menu on the top banner of our home page (Desktop version).

Visit and follow us on Instagram at @crg_globalresearch.

***

A trove of 11.9 million records released last week exposed the offshore financial secrets of hundreds of politicians, billionaires, celebrities, royal family members and other wealthy individuals in more than 200 countries and territories across the globe.

The Pandora Papers records obtained by the International Consortium of Investigative Journalists shine a light on how the world’s wealthy elite use offshore shell companies to avoid disclosing their assets, and the firms that help them do it.

Many of the big names in the Pandora Papers have also sought to influence U.S. policy and public opinion in the U.S., an OpenSecrets analysis finds.

One law firm mentioned in more than 7,500 documents in the data leak is Baker McKenzie.

Although internal Baker McKenzie records are not included among the leaked files, the firm is mentioned more than any other big U.S. law firm.

The Pandora Papers files highlight the law firm’s role in lobbying to shape laws and regulations around the world in countries including Australia and the United Arab Emirates. The documents show the firm tried to influence policies concerning money laundering and tax shelters.

Many of the Pandora Papers records mentioning Baker McKenzie come from three offshore providers: Trident Trust in the British Virgin Islands, Alcogal in Panama and Asiaciti Trust in Singapore.

Baker McKenzie has also represented foreign governments seeking to influence policy and public opinion in the U.S.

In 2020, Baker & McKenzie registered as a foreign agent for the first time since 1992 as part of its work for the Republic of Congo. In the past year, the firm has been paid nearly $1.3 million for foreign influence operations reported in Foreign Agents Registration Act.

Issues related to tax avoidance and companies with a presence outside the U.S. have also been central to Baker McKenzie’s recent lobbying for domestic clients.

The law firm’s lobbying for the Fair Credit Coalition and the Global Business Alliance, a trade association that represents U.S. subsidiaries of companies headquartered abroad, has focused on base erosion and an anti-abuse tax aimed at preventing multinational companies operating in the U.S. from avoiding domestic tax liability by shifting profits abroad.

The firm’s recent lobbying for Boeing focused on foreign-derived intangible income, the portion of a U.S. company’s intangible income from assets such as patents, trademarks and copyrights that comes from serving foreign markets.

In the first half of 2021, Baker McKenzie brought in $220,000 from domestic lobbying clients following $860,000 from domestic clients for lobbying in all of 2020.

In addition to lobbying clients, Baker McKenzie has worked for a range of clients in other capacities that are not required to be disclosed in lobbying or FARA disclosures.

Those clients include Ukrainian oligarch Ihor Kolomoisky and fugitive Malaysian financier Jho Low, who is suspected of embezzling billions of dollars that disappeared from a Malaysian state-owned investment fund known as 1MDB.

U.S. law firms aren’t the only big names caught up in the Pandora Papers. World leaders mentioned in the data have also gone to extreme measures to maintain and hide their wealth.

Dominican Republic president Luis Abinader is among the world leaders with assets in opaque financial systems that shield them from taxes. The ICIJ exposed him, though, for having at least seven offshore companies grouped under a revocable trust when he was elected.

Abinader was elected in 2020 and has a history of hiring foreign agents in the U.S. going back to at least 2013. In 2013, he hired a $17,000-per-month foreign agent to help him “alert U.S. policy makers and media with an interest in democracy in the Dominican Republic to issues related to sustaining democratic reforms.” FARA records show the representation was paid through an entity referenced as “IDEACOM, Inc.”

Abinader later went on to hire former President Donald Trump’s personal attorney Rudy Giuliani as a consultant in the leadup to Abinader’s 2020 presidential election. He is now the wealthiest public official in the Dominican Republic.

The Pandora Papers show Bulgarian oligarch and former parliament member Delyan Peevski owned Verum International Ltd., incorporated in January 2016 in the Seychelles. Its sole shareholder was Peevski’s Dubai-based company, IGWT Ltd. In 2018, Peevski transferred his shares in Verum International and IGWT to his longtime associate and attorney, Aleksandar Paraskevov Angelov.

Angelov incorporated a new company, Aviora Consult EAD, in 2009. According to FARA records, the company began paying BGR Government Affairs for foreign influence operations in the U.S. on behalf of Peevski in 2017.

In December 2020, Aviora Consult EAD signed a new $30,000-per-month contract with BGR Government Affairs on behalf of Peevski for “strategic guidance and counsel with regard to public relations activity within the United States,” FARA records show.

Because the foreign agents are paid through Aviora Consult EAD, it is impossible to tell whether the funding comes from Peevsky directly, through shell companies or from other sources.

In June, the Treasury Department sanctioned Peevski for “significant acts of corruption in Bulgaria.” The sanctions freeze any property or assets Peevski has in the U.S. and prohibit anyone in the U.S. from transacting with Peevski. Sanctioned individuals sometimes use shell companies to disguise transactions and evade sanctions.

Aviora Consult EAD reportedly funneled millions of dollars from Peevski’s personal account to pay for lobbyists in the United States and media support, according to an investigation by Bivol, a Bulgarian investigative media site based in Bulgaria that is part of the Organized Crime and Corruption Reporting Project network.

Angelov is also the beneficiary of two other offshore companies linked to Peevski’s interests that were exposed in the Panama Papers as well: Viafot Ltd. and Doreco Limited.

Bulgaria’s anti-corruption commission announced it had begun examining wealth declarations filed by Peevski after ICIJ’s media partner in Bulgaria, BIRD, revealed Peevski was linked to offshore companies not listed in declarations that Bulgarian politicians are required to file. On Wednesday, Peevski was summoned for questioning by the commission.

The Pandora Papers also revealed two secret offshore trusts that a notorious art dealer, Douglas Latchford, used to hold money and art. The Skanda and the Siva trusts were set up by Latchford and his family in the country of Jersey shortly after U.S. investigators began linking him to looted Cambodian artifacts.

FARA records filed in June 2021 provided additional context, and indicated the government of Cambodia had been working with a duo of foreign agents on “communications and research on issues relating to the repatriation and use of Khmer cultural properties,” including those dealt by Latchford.

The FARA records note the Cambodian government ​​has been in “active discussions with numerous parties around the world in efforts to obtain Khmer antiquities,” including a list with photos of statuesLatchford’s family has agreed to return to Cambodia following his death.

The two foreign agents’ services have been provided pro bono up until this point, according to the FARA records. But the Cambodian government has reported paying other foreign agents for influence operations in the U.S. with $360,000 in spending going to Brownstein Hyatt in 2021 for government relations services, a FARA record filed Sept. 30 shows. In September, Cambodia’s embassy signed a $69,300-per-month contract with Qorvis LLC.

FARA records also show that Jordanian King Abdullah II hired U.S. law firm DLA Piper days before the Pandora Papers investigation was made public. The contract notes that a $1,335-an-hour lawyer would provide “advice on potential defamation and other legal remedies associated with inquiries and/or articles concerning His Majesty King Abdullah II from media outlets,” Reuters reported. Public relations firm Stripe Services also registered as a foreign agent of the King of Jordan within days of the investigation’s publication and FARA records indicate that it is being paid as a subcontractor of DLA Piper.

The Pandora Papers showed that King Abdullah spent more than $100 million on a property empire across the US and UK using a network of secretly-owned firms. DLA Piper has defended his use of the shell companies and told the Washington Post that it was “necessary for security reasons.”

In the fallout of the leak, FARA records may reveal even more individuals bringing on public relations firms to help clean up their images.

Isabel dos Santos, once Africa’s richest woman, hired a U.S. lobbying firm a day after learning that journalists were investigating her empire as part of the Luanda Leaks. In August, an international tribunal ruled that she must surrender one of her last remaining major assets, a stake in the Portuguese energy company worth an estimated $500 million.

*

Note to readers: Please click the share buttons above or below. Follow us on Instagram, @crg_globalresearch. Forward this article to your email lists. Crosspost on your blog site, internet forums. etc.

Anna Massoglia is OpenSecrets’ investigative researcher. She researches foreign influence as part of the Foreign Lobby Watch Project, tracks political ad data, and investigates “dark money.” She holds degrees in political science and psychology from North Carolina State University and a J.D. from the University of the District of Columbia School of Law.

  • Posted in English
  • Comments Off on Pandora Papers Reveal Offshore Finances of the Global Elite Currying Influence in the U.S.

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the “Translate Website” drop down menu on the top banner of our home page (Desktop version).

Visit and follow us on Instagram at @crg_globalresearch.

***

The weapons company Lockheed Martin is part of a corporate group that is aggressively lobbying against a proposed corporate tax increase that would help pay for the $3.5 trillion ($350 billion annually) reconciliation bill. The manufacturer of bombs and fighter jets, at the same time, is also backing a separate corporate effort to win a weapons industry bailout in the 2022 National Defense Authorization Act.

The dual campaigns backed by the weapons giant, one of the largest military contractors in the world, are a glaring example of how the same companies that oppose a modest increase in corporate contributions to the public coffer simultaneously believe that corporations should be able to take from this public coffer to pad their bottom line.

Lockheed Martin is listed as a “member” of the “Reforming America’s Taxes Equitably (Rate) Coalition,” which says its mission is to “defend the United States’ globally competitive corporate tax rate.” (Among the other corporate backers of the group are Altria, AT&T, and Capitol One.)

In May 2021, it was reported that the Rate Coalition hired Forbes Tates partners to lobby against President Biden’s proposal to increase the corporate tax rate: The lobby firm which began reaching out months ago to Democrats in the House and Senate. This effort is picking up pace along with political efforts to pass—and obstruct—the reconciliation bill. On September 15, the Rate Coalition wrote a letter to the leadership of the House Ways and Means Committee opposing any increase at all to corporate taxes. And the group is also churning outadvertisements in Arizona, New Hampshire, and Virginia that are specifically aimed at putting pressure on Democrats to oppose corporate tax increases.

The group’s social media specifically pushes Sen. Joe Manchin to torpedo Biden’s Build Back Better bill.

The Rate Coalition isn’t the only corporate effort to defeat the reconciliation bill. From the U.S. Chamber of Commerce to the Business Roundtable, the group has no shortage of allies. But the Coalition distinguishes itself from the others for its laser focus on opposing any corporate tax hike at all. “We believe that our country’s globally competitive corporate tax rate, once the highest in the world, is benefitting American businesses, American workers and American consumers,” says the group, which is fronted by senator-turned-lobbyist Blanche Lincoln. The splash page on its website, unable to pass up on a touch of red-baiting, reads,

“AMERICA CAN’T BUILD BACK BETTER WITH A HIGHER RATE THAN CHINA”.

For some important context, the proposed corporate tax increase is relatively modest, aimed at partially reversing the 2017 tax cuts which reduced the tax rate for large corporations from 35 percent to 21 percent. The Biden administration initially proposed that this rate be brought up to 28 percent. The version passed by the House Ways and Means Committee on September 15 calls for 26.5 percent. Either way, corporations are still benefiting from the 2017 cuts. The “emergency” of a looming tax hike that will cause “a range of deleterious outcomes,” as the Rate Coalition puts it, is entirely manufactured.

Despite the detached way our media speaks about “slimming down” the bill, these numbers are not abstractions: On the other end of them are real human stakes. Build Back Better includes social programs like universal pre-K, two years of free community college, paid family and medical leave, an expansion of Medicare (to vision, dental, and hearing), and reduced drug prices (by allowing Medicare to negotiate prices). The bill is by no means perfect: Some have pointed out, for example, that its climate measures leave intact major U.S. subsidies to the fossil fuel industry. But the bill inarguably has more social value than companies like Lockheed Martin, which manufactured the bomb that killed 40 children when it struck a school bus in Yemen in 2018.

Yet Lockheed Martin is among numerous weapons manufactures that claim their social value is so great that, in addition to low tax rates, they deserve their own focused bailouts using public money.

Lockheed Martin is a member of Professional Services Council, a military industry trade group that has lobbied aggressively for the 2022 NDAA to include a measure aimed at providing “emergency reimbursement” for Pentagon contractors that are unable to work during the pandemic. The idea is that the “defense industrial base” is so important to “national security” that contractors must be kept afloat during the pandemic. As I reported last month for the American Prospect, the House Armed Services Committee passed such a provision in the NDAA just as 7.5 million workers lost their expanded unemployment benefits. The version of the NDAA that passed the House includes this measure, which will likely be included in the final.

The military industry pushed hard for this measure, which was an extension of a similar giveaway—section 3610 in the CARES Act, the March 2020 pandemic relief bill. (Section 3610, however, applied to more federal agencies, like the Department of Homeland Security and Department of Energy.) “No one predicted the duration or magnitude of Covid-19 and we cannot predict when and where the next emergency will occur,” said David Broome, Executive Vice President for Government Relations at the Professional Services Council, upon news that the measure had advanced in the NDAA. Of course, he is referring to theoretical future emergencies posed by some threatening “other” out there, not the very real and present emergencies of poverty and climate change that are already here.

The military industry made this NDAA provision such a huge legislative priority because it will likely mean massive amounts of money for it. The Government Accountability Office released a report in July 2021 which found that section 3610 was invoked to “reimburse $73.2 million in paid leave costs,” yet the Department of Defense estimates the real need is $7 billion, signifying that future payouts could be far greater. That GAO report notes that Lockheed Martin had either received or requested money under that provision but did not provide details about where exactly this money went.

This specific bailout provision is just one part of a much larger public windfall. In a July 26 earnings call, James D. Taiclet, chairman, president, and CEO of Lockheed Martin, boasted that Biden’s initial proposed NDAA (whose funds were increased even further by Congress) included significant funds for the company. “The White House submitted their fiscal year 2022 budget proposal to Congress, requesting $715 billion for the Department of Defense, an $11 billion increase from the FY’21 enacted budget,” he said. “Our programs continue to be well supported, including over $12 billion for the F-35 program, approximately $3.5 billion for our signature Sikorsky helicopters and over $2 billion for hypersonics programs.”

Of course, Lockheed Martin is not unique in pushing for low corporate taxes and high corporate bailouts: Such positions are written into the DNA of companies, whether they manufacture F-35s or shoes. But the fact that Lockheed Martin is in the business of the former adds a certain moral clarity. After all, it’s not just that the company doesn’t want to contribute to social goods. It also sees its global distribution of bombs and fighter jets as an indisputable good that, unlike Medicare expansion and universal pre-K, must be protected at all costs, by drawing from the public purse.

*

Note to readers: Please click the share buttons above or below. Follow us on Instagram, @crg_globalresearch. Forward this article to your email lists. Crosspost on your blog site, internet forums. etc.

  • Posted in English
  • Comments Off on Lockheed Martin Is Lobbying Against Biden’s Reconciliation Bill While Pushing Targeted Bailout of Weapons Industry

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the “Translate Website” drop down menu on the top banner of our home page (Desktop version). Visit and follow us on Instagram at @crg_globalresearch.

***

The “Lift Sanctions, Save Lives” network is lobbying Congress to do what it should have done years ago: assess the impact of economic sanctions now routinely applied to ally as well as adversary. Such a review is long overdue.

Economic sanctions have become a new global battlefield. In July Beijing targeted several organizations and individuals, including former Commerce Secretary Wilbur Ross, in retaliation for earlier U.S. penalties. In January Beijing sanctioned 28 former Trump administration officials, including Secretary of State Mike Pompeo, as the Biden administration took over. In March, after the European Union penalized Beijing for suppressing political liberty in Hong Kong, the Xi regime retaliated against a number of Europeans, including members of the European Parliament.

The Chinese actions had little practical impact – preventing Pompeo and Ross from traveling to Hong Kong is not much of an inconvenience. (Ironically, they deserve to be sanctioned by Americans for their awful performance in office!) Moreover, Beijing’s action, though popular at home, backfired internationally. For instance, the European Parliament effectively killed a pending investment agreement.

Nevertheless, the whining about China’s action is striking. Americans and Europeans declared economic war on the proud, nationalistic People’s Republic of China, and were surprised when it struck back. Who knew that the PRC would dare act like … America!?

Of course, Beijing remains but a babe when it comes to applying sanctions. The US is by far the world’s cruelest and most prolific practitioner of economic warfare, which these days mostly means starving desperate civilians under impoverished dictatorships. Congress appears to be constantly looking for foreign peoples to target, based on the bizarre assumption that if the US punishes civilians already ravaged by civil war, political oppression, and socialist economics, the reigning autocrats will immediately apologize, disarm, liberalize, democratize, and ally with America.

Unfortunately, despite widespread expectations to the contrary, this theoretical political unicorn has yet to make an appearance. Washington currently is applying economic and/or financial sanctions on Cuba, Venezuela, Russia, Syria, Iran, and North Korea. The US also has imposed more limited penalties on states ranging from China to even Germany. Although Washington has further immiserated the victims of some of the world’s worst governments, none of the oppressors has yielded. None.

Heck’uva job, Uncle Sam!

Nevertheless, Washington keeps trying. While exempting murderous allies like Saudi Arabia from penalty, hardly a day goes by without the US sanctioning another country, company, or individual. Attempts to lighten, let alone eliminate, existing sanctions are shouted down by lobbies convinced that just a little more effort, a tiny tightening of the rules, will finally bring surrender or collapse, followed by the flourishing of a new democratic Garden of Eden whose residents will be properly grateful to America for its benighted intervention.

What makes US sanctions uniquely punitive is an international financial system disproportionately dependent on America. In 1986 Congress, frustrated that a quarter century of sanctions had failed to cow the Castro brothers, targeted European firms investing in Cuba. America later pioneered in Sudan the use of financial sanctions, which were applied to anyone with the slightest connection to the US banking system.

Washington is deadly serious about sanctions. They are sometimes presented as a moderate, peaceful alternative to war, yet their consequences can be as lethal as war. Which is why US officials have turned to sanctions as the new normal. Their very harshness makes them attractive to policymakers.

This was illustrated by the infamous exchange between Leslie Stahl of 60 Minutes and America’s United Nations Ambassador Madeleine Albright. When asked to justify the death of a half million Iraqi children due to sanctions, Albright’s response was chilling: “We think the price is worth it.” She later acknowledged that her words were impolitic in the extreme – she won few friends in the Mideast by admitting that Washington knowingly killed hundreds of thousands of Muslim kids to advance US policy – but she never repudiated the notion that she and other US policymakers were entitled to casually sacrifice the lives of others for American geopolitical objectives.

This attitude lives on with the architects of today’s starvation sanctions most brutally applied to Syria and Venezuela. For instance, James Jeffrey was a “never-Trumper” diplomat appointed by the Trump administration to deal with Syria, with predictably disastrous results. He actively undercut administration policy while channeling Albright-style cruelty. He admitted lying about the number of US troops in Syria to thwart the president’sexpressed desire to withdraw. Worse, he supported sanctions on the Syrian people, victims of years of civil war, in order to use their misery – impoverishing them and preventing reconstruction – to pressure the government. The Syrian people were but a convenient way to create his desired “quagmire” for Russia. He indicated no concern for the Syrians who were suffering. After all, “the price is worth it,” in the view of Washington’s masters of the universe!

Needless to say, Jeffrey’s vicious policy failed as badly as did Albright’s. But neither were inconvenienced by their own failure or the hardship they caused others. The Washington “Blob” takes care of its own. Albright, a living symbol of sanctimonious arrogance at its worst, has become an elder stateswoman, routinely trotted out to add vacuous gravitas to various meaningless events and panels. Jeffrey left Syria a horror show but picked up the usual well-paid, high-status sinecure with one of the national capital’s venerable think tanks – filled with similar staffers, almost always pro-war, usually wrong, and never repentant, no matter how high the body county they left behind.

Indeed, the Trump proclivity for “maximum pressure” campaigns offered a significant test of the value of US economic sanctions in forcing significant political change in other nations. The experience of Russia, Venezuela, Syria, Iran, North Korea, and Cuba, all of which faced substantially increased sanctions, was US zero, adversaries six. Nor did adding in countries facing lesser sanctions, most notably China, help. In those cases Washington did enough to irritate target nations but not enough to cause them serious injury.

It is time for Washington to consider the impact of US sanctions – their failure to achieve their purported ends and terrible harm caused to the most vulnerable populations. Rep. Jesus “Chuy” Garcia advanced an amendment mandating an assessment by the Government Accountability Office that was adopted by the House to the National Defense Authorization Act.

The provision calls for: “a report on all comprehensive sanctions imposed on de jure or de facto governments of foreign countries, and all comprehensive and targeted sanctions imposed on non-state actors, including individuals, organizations, or other entities, that exercise significant de facto governmental control over a foreign civilian population, under any provision of law.” The required study would cover humanitarian impact, national security purpose, success rates, and enforcement prospects.

A coalition of peace, humanitarian, and related groups is pushing to ensure that the provision survives in the conference committee. The activists argue: “Impact assessments provide valuable information to ensure that U.S. foreign policy advances US interests while protecting innocent civilians and maintaining channels for humanitarian organizations to continue their work. This issue is even more important as populations around the globe continue to manage the shared threat of the COVID-19 pandemic.”

In fact, passage should be a no-brainer. Such assessments should be conducted regularly on all sanctions imposed by the US government. The only logical opposition would come from the Albrights and Jeffreys, who lose when their cruel yet ineffective policies are publicized. A policymaker might not mind if a half million children elsewhere are killed – in Washington such an event is viewed as the inevitable collateral damage when the great American republic, leader of the free world and all that, selflessly acts to save humanity and Western civilization. However, few policymakers want to be known publicly to hold that view. Hence Albright’s regrets over admitting the truth. It is well past time for a very public evaluation of Washington’s sanctions policy.

Until recently US policymakers only restricted the behavior of Americans. No one in Washington imagined that they were authorized to regulate other peoples. However, that understanding changed as the capital turned into an ostentatiously imperial city, dedicated to world domination. Washington, D.C. now is filled with wannabe masters of the universe, determined to rule over others wherever they live.

Unfortunately, the consequences of US sanctions policy have been horrid. After two decades of costly yet largely failed endless war Washington policymakers should learn the virtue of humility. America’s sanctions policy is both costly and cruel, with the gains rarely worth the resulting human harm. The Biden administration should review current policy and sharply limit the use of economic sanctions.

*

Note to readers: Please click the share buttons above or below. Follow us on Instagram, @crg_globalresearch. Forward this article to your email lists. Crosspost on your blog site, internet forums. etc.

Doug Bandow is a Senior Fellow at the Cato Institute. A former Special Assistant to President Ronald Reagan, he is author of Foreign Follies: America’s New Global Empire.

  • Posted in English
  • Comments Off on “Lift Sanctions, Save Lives”: Time for Washington To Stop Sanctioning the World: US Arrogance Leaves Trail of Innocent Victims Behind

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the “Translate Website” drop down menu on the top banner of our home page (Desktop version).

Visit and follow us on Instagram at @crg_globalresearch.

***

With the October 26 deadline only two weeks from now on releasing the 60-year secret records of the CIA relating to the Kennedy assassination, the silence from the mainstream press is deafening. The great mainstream defenders of transparency and openness in government, at least when it comes foreign dictatorships, cannot bring themselves to openly advocate for the release of thousands of records relating to the JFK assassination that the CIA still insists on keeping secret.

Why the silence? I will explain the reason, but first please permit me to restate the prediction I have made regarding this matter.

I predict that within the next weeks, President Biden will grant a request by the CIA for continued secrecy of its assassination-related records. I predict that Biden will order the release of some of the records for appearance’s sake, but he will cite “national security” to justify continuing the secrecy of the vast majority of the records.

Why do I make this prediction? Because the reason that the CIA needed to keep these records secret 60 years ago still exists. That same reason was why it it needed to keep them secret during the 1990s, when the Assassination Records Review Board was enforcing the JFK Records Act of 1992, which mandated the release of all federal records relating to the assassination. 

Further, that same reason obviously caused the CIA, despite the law’s mandate, to continue keeping its records secret for another 25 years after the JFK Records Act was enacted. When that deadline came due in 2017, that same reason obviously motivated the CIA to petition President Trump for another extension of time for secrecy, which Trump dutifully granted. That deadline comes due on October 26, 2021 — two weeks from now — and mark my words: The same reason will cause the CIA to request that Biden grant another extension of time for secrecy, which Biden, like Trump, will dutifully grant.

What is the reason that has caused the CIA to want to keep these thousands of records secret from the American people. The reason, I am more convinced than ever, is that the CIA knows that those remaining records constitute more pieces to the overall puzzle of criminal culpability on the part of the CIA in the regime-change operation that took place on November 22,1963. 

After all, let’s face it: No matter what definition is put on that nebulous and meaningless term “national security,” there is no possibility that anything bad will happen to the United States if those 60-year-old secret records are released to the American people. The United States will not fall into the ocean. The supposed international communist conspiracy to take over the United States that was supposedly based in Moscow, Russia (yes, that Russia!) during the Cold War won’t be reinvigorated. Communist Cuba will not invade the United States. The dominoes near North Vietnam will not fall to the communists. North Korea will not come and get us. 

President Biden just ordered the release of President Trump’s secret records relating to the January 6 Capitol protests. Why not the same decision with respect to those 60-year-old secret records of the CIA relating to the Kennedy assassination?

Why won’t the mainstream press call on Biden to enforce the JFK Records Act of 1992? They’re scared to do so. In a remarkably candid and direct statement made to MSNBC’s Rachel Maddow in 2017, New York Senator Charles Schumer explained why they are scared: “Let me tell you, you take on the intelligence community, they have six ways from Sunday at getting back at you,” Schumer said to MSNBC’s Rachel Maddow.

Schumer was referring to President Trump, but actually the admonition applies to everyone. The CIA, the Pentagon, the NSA, and the FBI — i.e., the entire intelligence community — has “six ways from Sunday at getting back” at anyone who takes it on, including newspaper owners, publishers, and editors.

Most people know about Operation Mockingbird, the top-secret operation of the CIA to acquire assets within the mainstream press to advance the CIA’s propaganda. Does anyone really think that the CIA would stop there in the quest to expand its power and influence? 

Not a chance! For example, the entire national-security establishment would concentrate on acquiring, installing, and grooming assets in Congress, which sets the budgets. Does anyone think it’s just a coincidence that Congress gives the national-security establishment whatever it wants plus sometimes even more than what it wants? There is good reason why President Eisenhower planned to use the term “military-industrial-congressional” complex in his Farewell Address. No one can reasonably deny that Congress is owned lock, stock, and barrel by the national-security establishment.

But they obviously would not stop there. They would also be acquiring assets within the IRS, one of the most powerful and tyrannical agencies within the federal government. There isn’t anyone, including newspaper owners, publishers, and editors, who isn’t afraid of receiving an audit notice from the IRS.

And if it happens, no one would ever be able to prove that it originated with the CIA or the rest of the national-security establishment. It would just look like it was occurring at random. If any victim of an IRS audit accused the CIA or the rest of the national-security establishment of being behind the audit, they would be ready to hurl the infamous “conspiracy theorist” label at him.

What newspaper owner, publisher, or editor wants to take that chance? They all know that the national-security establishment frowns very seriously on any mainstream media outlet that even remotely suggests that the Kennedy assassination was a regime-change operation, no different in principle from those in Iran, Guatemala, Cuba, Congo, and Chile both before and after the Kennedy assassination. But they also do not want to take the chance of upsetting the CIA by simply calling on it to release its 60-year-old still-secret records relating to the assassination.

After all, everyone knows that if an entity is powerful enough to regime-change presidents and prime ministers, both foreign and domestic, with impunity, it can easily destroy any mainstream media executive who dares to buck the CIA on the assassination. 

It’s just the way life works in a national-security state. It’s why the mainstream media is maintaining strict silence on the upcoming October 26 deadline on the release of those 60-year-old still-secret records of the CIA relating to the Kennedy assassination.  

  • Posted in English
  • Comments Off on Why the Mainstream Media Remains Silent on the JFK Records Deadline

Docs Show Fetal Organ Trafficking Horrors

October 16th, 2021 by Judicial Watch

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the “Translate Website” drop down menu on the top banner of our home page (Desktop version).

Visit and follow us on Instagram at @crg_globalresearch.

***

 

FDA Bought Fetal Organs, Heads and Tissue for ‘Humanized Mice’ Project

Judicial Watch has uncovered more documents detailing the evil activities of your federal government – the trafficking of the remains of unborn human beings killed by abortion. 

We received another 198 pages of records and communications from the U.S. Food and Drug Administration (FDA) involving “humanized mice” research with human fetal heads, organs and tissue, including communications and contracts with human fetal tissue provider Advanced Bioscience Resources (ABR). 

Most of the records are communications and related attachments between Perrin Larton, a procurement manager for ABR, and research veterinary medical officer Dr. Kristina Howard of the FDA.

We received the records through a March 2019 FOIA lawsuit against the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services, of which the FDA is a part (Judicial Watch v. U.S. Department Health and Human Services (No. 1:19-cv-00876)). 

Our lawsuit asks for all contracts and related documentation on disbursement of funds, procedural documents and communications between FDA and ABR for the provision of human fetal tissue to be used in humanized mice research. After we successfully opposed the FDA’s redaction of certain information from its records, a federal court ordered HHS to release additional information about its purchases of organs harvested from aborted human fetuses – including “line item prices,” or the price per organ the government paid to ABR. The court also found “there is reason to question” whether the transactions violate federal law barring the sale of fetal organs. Documents previously uncovered in this lawsuit show that the federal government demanded the purchased fetal organs be “fresh and never frozen.”)

The records include an FDA generated contract with ABR, based on a “requisition” it issued on July 27, 2012, for $12,000 worth of “tissue procurement for humanized mice,” which indicates the requisition was for a “non-competitive award.” Although the initial award was for $12,000, the total estimated amount of funds allocated for the requisition was $60,000. Under “Justification for Other than Full and Open Competition,” the FDA writes:

Scientists within the FDA and in the larger field of humanized mouse research have searched extensively over the past several years, and ABR is the only company in the U.S. capable of supplying tissues suitable for HM research. No other company or organization is capable of fulfilling the need.

***

Costs are estimated [for the fetal parts] at $230 per tissue x two tissues per shipment = $460 plus $95 shipping = $555 per shipment. A total of 21 shipments = $11,655.00.

An April 1, 2013, “Amendment of Solicitation/Modification of Contract” form that shows the FDA purchased fetal livers and thymuses from ABR going back to at least October 2012, billing $580 per liver/thymus set, but later paying a unit price of $685. 

A January 1, 2013, “Fees for Services Schedule” provided by ABR to the FDA includes:

FETAL CADAVEROUS PROCUREMENT – SERVICE FEE

2nd trimester D&E [Dilation and Evacuation abortion] (13-24 weeks) – per specimen $275

1st trimester aspiration [abortion] (8-12 weeks) – per specimen $515 

Intact Calvarium [baby’s skull] (8-24 weeks)” – per specimen $515

The fees for services schedule also includes “Special Processing/Preservation” of the fetal parts, such as “Tissue ‘Cleaning,’” “Snap freezing,” and “Passive freezing (Dry ice).” 

In a September 9, 2014, “Order for Supplies or Services,” the FDA writes regarding a $9,900 order: 

The Contractors shall ship 2nd Trimester thymus $325, 2nd Trimester liver $325. Overnight deliver $150 and EFT wire transfer fee $25, for a total per delivery of $825. Total of this contract not to exceed $9,900.00.

As the result of an August 21, 2015, “Amendment of Solicitation/Modification of Contract,” ABR bumped up the price of baby livers and thymuses from $325 each to $340 each. 

A “Tissue Acquisition Quote” sent by ABR to Howard on July 5, 2017, provided a quote of $5,440 each to provide 16 sets of second trimester (16-24 weeks) livers and 16 sets of second trimester (16-24 weeks) thymuses at $340 per “sample.” The request for the quote notes that “tissue known to be positive for HIV, HepA, HepB, HepC or chromosomal abnormalities are not acceptable.” 

On June 28, 2017, a redacted FDA contract specialist sends Larton at ABR a request for a quote(RFQ) of pricing for human fetal tissue, aged “16-24 weeks,” including a “Statement of Needs”: 

The HM [humanized mice] are created by surgical implantations of human tissue into mice that have multiple genetic mutations that block the development of the mouse immune system at a very early stage. The absence of the mouse immune system allows the human tissues to grow and develop into functional human tissues…. In order for the humanization to proceed correctly we need to obtain fetal tissue with a specific set of specialized characteristics.

A May 2018, report from a company named “LABS,” which was employed by ABR to test fetal parts and their mothers for hepatitis and HIV, notes in its “methodology description” that they are approved by the FDA “for living and cadaveric donor screening.” 

The records include a recitation of requirements by the FDA for “Payment by Electronic Funds Transfer,” in which ABR must adhere to regulations relating to “Convict Labor” and “Child Labor-Cooperation with Authorities and Remedies.” 

On September 24, 2018, the Trump FDA terminated its contract with ABR for human tissue purchases and began an audit of its acquisitions of baby body parts. The records include the FDA’s letter terminating the contract:

Based on the terms and conditions of the Purchase Order as awarded to Advanced Bioscience Resources, Inc. (“ABR”) on July 27, 2018, the Government is not sufficiently assured that the human tissue provided to the Government to humanize the immune systems of mice will comply with the prohibitions set forth under 42 U.S.C. § 289g- 2. Furthermore, the Government has concerns with the sufficiency of the sole-source justification. Therefore, pursuant to FAR [Federal Acquisition Regulation] clause 52.213-4(f), the Purchase Order is being terminated effective September 24, 2018.

Here’s some background. 

In February 2020, we first uncovered through this lawsuit hundreds of pages of records from the National Institutes of Health (NIH) showing that the agency paid thousands of dollars to a California-based firm to purchase organs from aborted human fetuses to create “humanized mice” for HIV research.

In May 2021, this lawsuit uncovered FDA records showing the agency spent tens of thousands of taxpayer dollars to buy human fetal tissue from ABR. The tissue was used in creating “humanized mice” to test “biologic drug products.” The records indicated the FDA wanted tissue purchases “Fresh; shipped on wet ice.”

On August 3, 2021, we announced that The Center for Medical Progress (CMP) and Judicial Watch, through a separate lawsuit, received 252 pages of new documents from the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services that reveal nearly $3 million in federal funds were spent on the University of Pittsburgh’s quest to become a “Tissue Hub” for human fetal tissue ranging from 6 to 42 weeks’ gestation. The Pitt scientists note that, “All fetal tissue is collected through a collaborative process including Family Planning, Obstetrics and Pathology.” Pitt anticipated “being able to harvest and distribute quality tissue and cells … [and] do not anticipate any major problems related to the acquisition and distribution of the tissues.” Pitt’s target goal “is to have available a minimum of 5 cases (tissues and if possible other biologicals) per week of gestational age for ages 6-42 weeks.”

Chopping up aborted human beings for their organs and tissue is a moral and legal outrage. This issue should be front and center in any debate about America’s barbaric abortion industry.

DC Police Seek Second Delay in Responding to Ashli Babbitt Records Suit

Nancy Pelosi is using events at the U.S. Capitol on January 6 to attack those who oppose the tyranny of the Left. What gives her political game away is the wholesale concealing of facts about that day.

The latest: The District of Columbia asked a court for an additional delay to respond to our FOIA lawsuit for records related to the U.S. Capitol Police shooting death of Ashli Babbitt on January 6. 2001.

In our opposition to the second requested 30 day delay, we argue that DC “has brazenly violated the law on an issue of significant public interest,” and “seeks delay for nothing more than delay’s sake.

We filed our May 2021 FOIA lawsuit filed after DC failed to respond to two FOIA April, 2021 requests to the Metropolitan Police Department and the Office of the Chief Medical Examiner for records related to Babbitt’s death (Judicial Watch v. The District of Columbia (No. 2021 CA 001710 B)).  

In August, our lawsuit led to the release of records from the Office of the Chief Medical Examiner revealing that it submitted a request for permission to cremate Babbitt only two days after taking custody of her body and that ‘due to the “high profile nature” of Babbitt’s case, Deputy Chief Medical Examiner Francisco Diaz requested that a secure electronic file with limited access be created for Babbitt’s records.  

The Metropolitan Police Department has yet to provide any records.  

Babbitt was shot and killed as she climbed through a broken interior window in the United State Capitol. She was unarmed, and a 14-year Air Force veteran. The identity of the shooter was kept secret by Congress, and federal and local authorities for eight months until U.S. Capitol Police officer Michael Byrd went public to try to defend his killing of Ms. Babbitt. 

Now that the officer who shot Ashli Babbitt has finally been identified – and has gone public – there is no reason for the DC Police to hide records on the homicide of Babbitt. America deserves to have the full details of what really happened on January 6.

We are pursuing several investigations into the events of January 6.

We recently asked the court for discovery in its lawsuit against the United States Capitol Police for emails and videos concerning the disturbance at the U.S. Capitol.

In March, we filed a FOIA lawsuit against the District of Columbia for records about the death of Capitol Police Officer Brian Sicknick. Pressure from this lawsuit helped lead to the disclosure that Capitol Police Officer Brian Sicknick died of natural causes.

In May, we sued both the Department of the Interior and the Department of Defense for records regarding the deployment of armed forces around the Capitol complex in Washington, D.C., in January and February of 2021.

We also filed a lawsuit for Speaker Nancy Pelosi’s communications with the Pentagon in the days after the January 6 incident.

(Update: The Court granted the extension of time but Judicial Watch will continue the legal pressure for full disclosure about the Babbitt killing and other January 6 information that Nancy Pelosi and her allies are hiding.)

Delaware Supreme Court Considers Case on Biden Senate Records Secrecy

Our quest to learn what Joe Biden is hiding about his Senate career has reached the Supreme Court of Delaware, which heard arguments this week in our state Freedom of Information Act (FOIA) lawsuit. We sued on behalf of the Daily Caller News Foundation for access to records about President Joe Biden’s Senate records held by the University of Delaware. (You can view the arguments here.)

Biden’s papers include more than 1,850 boxes of archival records from his senate career. The university is withholding the alleged agreement with President Biden to keep them secret as well as communications between the university and representatives of the president about keeping them secret.

We and The Daily Caller filed requests on April 30, 2020, for all of Biden’s records and for records about the preservation and any proposed release of the records, including communications with Mr. Biden or his representatives.

Our appeal challenges a Superior Court of Delaware’s January 4, 2021, ruling upholding the Delaware state attorney general’s opinion that the records are not “public records” because, the opinion concludes without evidence, no public funds are used to support the Biden records project at the University of Delaware.

We argue that it is impossible for the housing of Biden’s senatorial records in the University of Delaware’s Library to not be supported by or have an effect on any public funds. We note that the University admitted that “[t]he State of Delaware provides the University with approximately $120 million each year through an appropriation in the state budget,” but has yet to show how any of these funds are not used to support the papers.

We also point out that “archival storage space and professional staff members’ time are things of value that it can be inferred are paid for with public funds,” and notes that the requests even listed the “University personnel who maintain the Senatorial Papers whose salaries, it can be inferred, are paid with State funds.”

“The University of Delaware’s argument that a public university housing public records is not subject to public disclosure requirements would be comical if all this weren’t so serious. We are hopeful that the court will not allow this attempt to hide President Biden’s rightfully public information to stand,” Daily Caller News Foundation President Neil Patel said.

We filed the July 2020 FOIA lawsuit after the University denied its April 30, 2020, request for:

  • All records regarding the proposed release of the records pertaining to former Vice President Joe Biden’s tenure as a Senator that have been housed at the University of Delaware Library since 2012. This request includes all related records of communication between the University of Delaware and any other records created pertaining to any meeting of the Board of Trustees during which the proposed release of the records was discussed.
  • All records of communication between any representative of the University of Delaware and former Vice President Biden or any other individual acting on his behalf between January 1, 2018 and the present.

Also on April 30, the Daily Caller News Foundation submitted its FOIA request to the university for:

  • All agreements concerning the storage of more than 1,850 boxes of archival records and 415 gigabytes of electronic records from Joe Biden’s senate career from 1973 through 2009.
  • Communications between the staff of the University of Delaware Library and Joe Biden or his senatorial, vice-presidential or political campaign staff, or for anyone representing any of those entities between January 1, 2010, and April 30, 2020, about Joe Biden’s senate records.
  • Any logs or sign-in sheets recording any individuals who have visited the special-collections department where records from Joe Biden’s senate career are stored between 2010 to the date of this request.
  • All records from Joe Biden’s Senate career that have been submitted to the University of Delaware Library.

It is more than a little bit curious that President Biden refuses to make not one page of his Senate records available to the American public. Delaware law requires state entities, including the University of Delaware, to provide public access to these records.

Obama Program to Expand Migrant Youth Entry Returns with Broadened Eligibility

Joe Biden’s minions are looking for every opportunity to open our border to any and all comers, and our Corruption Chronicles blog has details on their latest move.

A revived Obama program to allow more migrants under the age of 21 to come to the U.S. legally will begin accepting new applications this week and has been expanded to assure more candidates qualify, the Biden administration announced via the State Department. Known as the Central American Minors (CAM) Refugee and Parole program, it was initially launched in 2014 so youths from Guatemala, El Salvador, and Honduras with a relative in the U.S. could qualify for asylum without having to apply in person as is customary. The Trump administration terminated the program in 2017 and earlier this year the Biden administration said it was “reinstituting and improving” it.

The new version, which officially begins accepting new applications today, will broaden eligibility and reopen cases that were closed when CAM was shut down, according to the State Department announcement that says “resettlement support center partners were trained to support families during the process” throughout August. That means it is highly likely the government paid leftist nonprofits to assist the illegal immigrants and their relatives. “The reopening of CAM coupled with eligibility expansion are components of President Biden’s multi-pronged approach to address the challenges of irregular migration throughout North and Central America,” the State Department further writes, adding that “a greater number of qualifying individuals now have access to this program.”

In addition to parents, eligibility to petition will now be extended to include legal guardians who are in the United States, pursuant to any of the following qualifying categories: lawful permanent residence; temporary protected status; parole; deferred action; deferred enforced departure; or withholding of removal. The expansion of eligibility will also include “certain U.S.-based parents or legal guardians who have a pending asylum application or a pending U visa petition” filed before May. “We are firmly committed to welcoming people to the United States with humanity and respect, and reuniting families,” the Biden administration writes in the press release, adding this: “We are delivering on our promise to promote safe, orderly, and humane migration from Central America through this expansion of legal pathways to seek humanitarian protection in the United States.”

The Obama administration enacted CAM in 2014 to allow youths from the three impoverished Central American nations with parents or relatives in the U.S. legally to apply for protective status from home. Typically, foreigners seeking asylum must apply in person. Originally, CAM only offered the perk to the children of “certain parents who are lawfully present in the United States.” To qualify the “child” had to be unmarried, under he age of 21, and a national of El Salvador, Guatemala, or Honduras. In some cases, the government allowed an “in-country parent of the qualifying child” to also qualify for access. Those determined by the U.S. government to be ineligible for refugee status, were considered for parole, which does not lead to a permanent immigration status but allows illegal immigrants to lawfully enter and live temporarily in the U.S. and apply for work authorization. Under the original CAM, the U.S. generally approved parole for a three-year period.

Reinstating CAM will make tens of thousands of minors eligible to come to the U.S. even though the country is already overwhelmed with an influx of migrant youths, mainly from Central America, that have shown up at the Mexican border. The government classifies them as Unaccompanied Alien Children (UAC) and there are approximately 14,319 in taxpayer-funded shelters throughout the U.S., according to the latest figures released by the Department of Health and Human Services (HHS), the agency charged with caring for the UAC. The overwhelming majority (72%) are not young children but rather adolescents over 14 years of age, the government figures show, and 68% are boys. Most come from Guatemala El Salvador, and Honduras. Last fiscal year the U.S. released 75,165 UAC to “sponsors” around the country, with four states—Texas, Florida, California, and New York—absorbing the biggest chunk. Thousands also went to relatives in Georgia, Maryland, New Jersey, and Virginia.

Until next week …

*

Note to readers: Please click the share buttons above or below. Follow us on Instagram, @crg_globalresearch. Forward this article to your email lists. Crosspost on your blog site, internet forums. etc.

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the “Translate Website” drop down menu on the top banner of our home page (Desktop version).

Visit and follow us on Instagram at @crg_globalresearch.

***

 

A trove of 11.9 million records released last week exposed the offshore financial secrets of hundreds of politicians, billionaires, celebrities, royal family members and other wealthy individuals in more than 200 countries and territories across the globe.

The Pandora Papers records obtained by the International Consortium of Investigative Journalists shine a light on how the world’s wealthy elite use offshore shell companies to avoid disclosing their assets, and the firms that help them do it.

Many of the big names in the Pandora Papers have also sought to influence U.S. policy and public opinion in the U.S., an OpenSecrets analysis finds.

One law firm mentioned in more than 7,500 documents in the data leak is Baker McKenzie.

Although internal Baker McKenzie records are not included among the leaked files, the firm is mentioned more than any other big U.S. law firm.

The Pandora Papers files highlight the law firm’s role in lobbying to shape laws and regulations around the world in countries including Australia and the United Arab Emirates. The documents show the firm tried to influence policies concerning money laundering and tax shelters.

Many of the Pandora Papers records mentioning Baker McKenzie come from three offshore providers: Trident Trust in the British Virgin Islands, Alcogal in Panama and Asiaciti Trust in Singapore.

Baker McKenzie has also represented foreign governments seeking to influence policy and public opinion in the U.S.

In 2020, Baker & McKenzie registered as a foreign agent for the first time since 1992 as part of its work for the Republic of Congo. In the past year, the firm has been paid nearly $1.3 million for foreign influence operations reported in Foreign Agents Registration Act.

Issues related to tax avoidance and companies with a presence outside the U.S. have also been central to Baker McKenzie’s recent lobbying for domestic clients.

The law firm’s lobbying for the Fair Credit Coalition and the Global Business Alliance, a trade association that represents U.S. subsidiaries of companies headquartered abroad, has focused on base erosion and an anti-abuse tax aimed at preventing multinational companies operating in the U.S. from avoiding domestic tax liability by shifting profits abroad.

The firm’s recent lobbying for Boeing focused on foreign-derived intangible income, the portion of a U.S. company’s intangible income from assets such as patents, trademarks and copyrights that comes from serving foreign markets.

In the first half of 2021, Baker McKenzie brought in $220,000 from domestic lobbying clients following $860,000 from domestic clients for lobbying in all of 2020.

In addition to lobbying clients, Baker McKenzie has worked for a range of clients in other capacities that are not required to be disclosed in lobbying or FARA disclosures.

Those clients include Ukrainian oligarch Ihor Kolomoisky and fugitive Malaysian financier Jho Low, who is suspected of embezzling billions of dollars that disappeared from a Malaysian state-owned investment fund known as 1MDB.

U.S. law firms aren’t the only big names caught up in the Pandora Papers. World leaders mentioned in the data have also gone to extreme measures to maintain and hide their wealth.

Dominican Republic president Luis Abinader is among the world leaders with assets in opaque financial systems that shield them from taxes. The ICIJ exposed him, though, for having at least seven offshore companies grouped under a revocable trust when he was elected.

Abinader was elected in 2020 and has a history of hiring foreign agents in the U.S. going back to at least 2013. In 2013, he hired a $17,000-per-month foreign agent to help him “alert U.S. policy makers and media with an interest in democracy in the Dominican Republic to issues related to sustaining democratic reforms.” FARA records show the representation was paid through an entity referenced as “IDEACOM, Inc.”

Abinader later went on to hire former President Donald Trump’s personal attorney Rudy Giuliani as a consultant in the leadup to Abinader’s 2020 presidential election. He is now the wealthiest public official in the Dominican Republic.

The Pandora Papers show Bulgarian oligarch and former parliament member Delyan Peevski owned Verum International Ltd., incorporated in January 2016 in the Seychelles. Its sole shareholder was Peevski’s Dubai-based company, IGWT Ltd. In 2018, Peevski transferred his shares in Verum International and IGWT to his longtime associate and attorney, Aleksandar Paraskevov Angelov.

Angelov incorporated a new company, Aviora Consult EAD, in 2009. According to FARA records, the company began paying BGR Government Affairs for foreign influence operations in the U.S. on behalf of Peevski in 2017.

In December 2020, Aviora Consult EAD signed a new $30,000-per-month contract with BGR Government Affairs on behalf of Peevski for “strategic guidance and counsel with regard to public relations activity within the United States,” FARA records show.

Because the foreign agents are paid through Aviora Consult EAD, it is impossible to tell whether the funding comes from Peevsky directly, through shell companies or from other sources.

In June, the Treasury Department sanctioned Peevski for “significant acts of corruption in Bulgaria.” The sanctions freeze any property or assets Peevski has in the U.S. and prohibit anyone in the U.S. from transacting with Peevski. Sanctioned individuals sometimes use shell companies to disguise transactions and evade sanctions.

Aviora Consult EAD reportedly funneled millions of dollars from Peevski’s personal account to pay for lobbyists in the United States and media support, according to an investigation by Bivol, a Bulgarian investigative media site based in Bulgaria that is part of the Organized Crime and Corruption Reporting Project network.

Angelov is also the beneficiary of two other offshore companies linked to Peevski’s interests that were exposed in the Panama Papers as well: Viafot Ltd. and Doreco Limited.

Bulgaria’s anti-corruption commission announced it had begun examining wealth declarations filed by Peevski after ICIJ’s media partner in Bulgaria, BIRD, revealed Peevski was linked to offshore companies not listed in declarations that Bulgarian politicians are required to file. On Wednesday, Peevski was summoned for questioning by the commission.

The Pandora Papers also revealed two secret offshore trusts that a notorious art dealer, Douglas Latchford, used to hold money and art. The Skanda and the Siva trusts were set up by Latchford and his family in the country of Jersey shortly after U.S. investigators began linking him to looted Cambodian artifacts.

FARA records filed in June 2021 provided additional context, and indicated the government of Cambodia had been working with a duo of foreign agents on “communications and research on issues relating to the repatriation and use of Khmer cultural properties,” including those dealt by Latchford.

The FARA records note the Cambodian government ​​has been in “active discussions with numerous parties around the world in efforts to obtain Khmer antiquities,” including a list with photos of statues Latchford’s family has agreed to return to Cambodia following his death.

The two foreign agents’ services have been provided pro bono up until this point, according to the FARA records. But the Cambodian government has reported paying other foreign agents for influence operations in the U.S. with $360,000 in spending going to Brownstein Hyatt in 2021 for government relations services, a FARA record filed Sept. 30 shows. In September, Cambodia’s embassy signed a $69,300-per-month contract with Qorvis LLC.

FARA records also show that Jordanian King Abdullah II hired U.S. law firm DLA Piper days before the Pandora Papers investigation was made public. The contract notes that a $1,335-an-hour lawyer would provide “advice on potential defamation and other legal remedies associated with inquiries and/or articles concerning His Majesty King Abdullah II from media outlets,” Reuters reported. Public relations firm Stripe Services also registered as a foreign agent of the King of Jordan within days of the investigation’s publication and FARA records indicate that it is being paid as a subcontractor of DLA Piper.

The Pandora Papers showed that King Abdullah spent more than $100 million on a property empire across the US and UK using a network of secretly-owned firms. DLA Piper has defended his use of the shell companies and told the Washington Post that it was “necessary for security reasons.”

In the fallout of the leak, FARA records may reveal even more individuals bringing on public relations firms to help clean up their images.

Isabel dos Santos, once Africa’s richest woman, hired a U.S. lobbying firm a day after learning that journalists were investigating her empire as part of the Luanda Leaks. In August, an international tribunal ruled that she must surrender one of her last remaining major assets, a stake in the Portuguese energy company worth an estimated $500 million.

*

Note to readers: Please click the share buttons above or below. Follow us on Instagram, @crg_globalresearch. Forward this article to your email lists. Crosspost on your blog site, internet forums. etc.

Anna is OpenSecrets’ investigative researcher. She researches foreign influence as part of the Foreign Lobby Watch Project, tracks political ad data, and investigates “dark money.” She holds degrees in political science and psychology from North Carolina State University and a J.D. from the University of the District of Columbia School of Law.

Selected Articles: Growing Vaccine Resistance Around the World

October 16th, 2021 by Global Research News

The global elite’s depopulation agenda is now in high gear. Vaccine mandates are gradually being rolled out across the world, urging most especially the working population to get vaccinated or lose their income.

In this selection, we present to you some of our latest and most popular articles that highlight the pandemic of COVID tyranny and the subsequent growing resistance against COVID vaccination. 

Forward this selection to your family, friends, and respective communities.

***

Video: Joe Biden’s Divisive ‘Purge’ of Unvaccinated Americans from Society. Tucker Carlson

By Tucker Carlson and Kyle Becker, October 13, 2021

The host broke down the Biden White House’s “purge” of the unvaccinated from society as an unprecedented vendetta in American history. It is not a noble agenda driven by a concern over public health, but rather an illogical and reckless drive for political power, he argued.

Southwest Airlines Is Collapsing – A Glimpse of the Future and Hope

By Charles “Sam” Faddis, October 13, 2021

The pilot’s union for Southwest Airlines responded to the mandate by filing suit and trying to block the action, but the pilots themselves are not waiting for court action to make clear where they stand. They have started using vacation and sick days and refusing to show up for work. Other employees have followed suit.

The Final Solution. Full Digitization. “The QR Codification of the World”

By Peter Koenig, October 12, 2021

How come, it hasn’t occurred to everyone yet, that there is something wrong? Badly wrong. Can it be that it is simply cognitive dissonance? You know that there is something horribly wrong, but your comfort zone doesn’t allow you to admit it? That was the case in the Third Reich – that brought forward Hitler’s tyranny.

U.S Air Transportation in Crisis: Pilots Taking a Bold Stand against “Killer Vaccine”

By Joachim Hagopian, October 12, 2021

The worldwide mandate for all airline pilots and air travel industry personnel to be vaccinated with a known kill shot which some analysts describe as depopulation is having major repercussions, hemorrhaging the entire transportation industry and for that matter the entire planet.

The People Are Unaware of the War Being Conducted Against Them

By Dr. Paul Craig Roberts, October 12, 2021

The extent of the propaganda in behalf of a “vaccine” that is known not to protect but to cause death and serious health impairments, and against known proven cures increasingly used world wide, is astounding.

UCLA Doctor ‘Willing to Lose Everything’ Escorted from Work for Refusing COVID Vaccine

By Katie Camero, October 11, 2021

An anesthesiologist at UCLA Health in California who has not shied away from airing his suspicions about COVID-19 vaccines was escorted out of his workplace this week for refusing to get vaccinated in defiance of a statewide and employer mandate.

Florida Nightmare — Federal Air Traffic Controllers Conduct ‘Mass Sickout’ to Protest Vaccine Mandate…

By Citizen Free Press, October 11, 2021

Hundreds of flights today and yesterday have been postponed or canceled into and out of Florida. Legacy media is claiming the outages are due to bad weather, but word has leaked of a mass sickout at the FAA air traffic control center in Jacksonville in protest of federal Vaccine mandates.

Freedom Flyers: Airline Industry Workers Fired for Refusing COVID-19 Shot Fight Back

By Brian Shilhavy, October 11, 2021

A group of airline professionals have banded together to fight back against mandatory COVID-19 vaccination mandates. They call themselves the “U.S. Freedom Flyers.”

University of California, Irvine Director of Medical Ethics Placed on ‘Investigatory Leave’ over Challenge to Vaccine Mandate

By Zero Hedge, October 09, 2021

The University of California, Irvine has placed their Director of Medical Ethics, Dr. Aaron Kheriaty, on ‘investigatory leave’ after he challenged the constitutionality of the UC’s vaccine mandate in regards to individuals who have recovered from Covid and have naturally-acquired immunity.

Italian Court Sides with Nurse Wrongly Suspended for Refusing COVID-19 Jab

By Pierre Boralevi, October 06, 2021

The ruling was given by the Tribunal of Milan on September 16, following the appeal of the Italian nurse, who was not named. She had been suspended without pay in February because she refused to receive the jab in defiance of a vaccine mandate imposed by her employer.

Over 7,000 Doctors and Scientists Sign “Rome Declaration” Accusing COVID Policy-Makers of ‘Crimes Against Humanity’

By Debra Heine, October 13, 2021

A group of physicians and scientists met in Rome, Italy earlier this month for a three day Global Covid Summit to speak “truth to power about Covid pandemic research and treatment.”

J’Accuse! The Gene-based “Vaccines” Are Killing People. Governments Worldwide Are Lying to You the People, to the Populations They Purportedly Serve

By Doctors for COVID Ethics, October 06, 2021

The signal of harm is now indisputably overwhelming, and, in line with universally accepted ethical standards for clinical trials, Doctors for Covid Ethics demands that the COVID-19 “vaccination” programme be halted immediately worldwide.

The “Killer Vaccine” Worldwide. 7.9 Billion People

By Prof Michel Chossudovsky, October 08, 2021

While we are not in a position to establish precise estimates, we are able to establish the order of magnitude. Multiply the official figures (registered and recorded) by the relevant parameter to get the REAL NUMBERS of deaths and injuries.

  • Posted in NO READ MORE LINK
  • Comments Off on Selected Articles: Growing Vaccine Resistance Around the World

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the “Translate Website” drop down menu on the top banner of our home page (Desktop version).

Visit and follow us on Instagram at @crg_globalresearch.

***

 

With the October 26 deadline only two weeks from now on releasing the 60-year secret records of the CIA relating to the Kennedy assassination, the silence from the mainstream press is deafening. The great mainstream defenders of transparency and openness in government, at least when it comes foreign dictatorships, cannot bring themselves to openly advocate for the release of thousands of records relating to the JFK assassination that the CIA still insists on keeping secret.

Why the silence? I will explain the reason, but first please permit me to restate the prediction I have made regarding this matter.

I predict that within the next weeks, President Biden will grant a request by the CIA for continued secrecy of its assassination-related records. I predict that Biden will order the release of some of the records for appearance’s sake, but he will cite “national security” to justify continuing the secrecy of the vast majority of the records.

Why do I make this prediction? Because the reason that the CIA needed to keep these records secret 60 years ago still exists. That same reason was why it it needed to keep them secret during the 1990s, when the Assassination Records Review Board was enforcing the JFK Records Act of 1992, which mandated the release of all federal records relating to the assassination. 

Further, that same reason obviously caused the CIA, despite the law’s mandate, to continue keeping its records secret for another 25 years after the JFK Records Act was enacted. When that deadline came due in 2017, that same reason obviously motivated the CIA to petition President Trump for another extension of time for secrecy, which Trump dutifully granted. That deadline comes due on October 26, 2021 — two weeks from now — and mark my words: The same reason will cause the CIA to request that Biden grant another extension of time for secrecy, which Biden, like Trump, will dutifully grant.

What is the reason that has caused the CIA to want to keep these thousands of records secret from the American people. The reason, I am more convinced than ever, is that the CIA knows that those remaining records constitute more pieces to the overall puzzle of criminal culpability on the part of the CIA in the regime-change operation that took place on November 22,1963. 

After all, let’s face it: No matter what definition is put on that nebulous and meaningless term “national security,” there is no possibility that anything bad will happen to the United States if those 60-year-old secret records are released to the American people. The United States will not fall into the ocean. The supposed international communist conspiracy to take over the United States that was supposedly based in Moscow, Russia (yes, that Russia!) during the Cold War won’t be reinvigorated. Communist Cuba will not invade the United States. The dominoes near North Vietnam will not fall to the communists. North Korea will not come and get us. 

President Biden just ordered the release of President Trump’s secret records relating to the January 6 Capitol protests. Why not the same decision with respect to those 60-year-old secret records of the CIA relating to the Kennedy assassination?

Why won’t the mainstream press call on Biden to enforce the JFK Records Act of 1992? They’re scared to do so. In a remarkably candid and direct statement made to MSNBC’s Rachel Maddow in 2017, New York Senator Charles Schumer explained why they are scared: “Let me tell you, you take on the intelligence community, they have six ways from Sunday at getting back at you,” Schumer said to MSNBC’s Rachel Maddow.

Schumer was referring to President Trump, but actually the admonition applies to everyone. The CIA, the Pentagon, the NSA, and the FBI — i.e., the entire intelligence community — has “six ways from Sunday at getting back” at anyone who takes it on, including newspaper owners, publishers, and editors.

Most people know about Operation Mockingbird, the top-secret operation of the CIA to acquire assets within the mainstream press to advance the CIA’s propaganda. Does anyone really think that the CIA would stop there in the quest to expand its power and influence? 

Not a chance! For example, the entire national-security establishment would concentrate on acquiring, installing, and grooming assets in Congress, which sets the budgets. Does anyone think it’s just a coincidence that Congress gives the national-security establishment whatever it wants plus sometimes even more than what it wants? There is good reason why President Eisenhower planned to use the term “military-industrial-congressional” complex in his Farewell Address. No one can reasonably deny that Congress is owned lock, stock, and barrel by the national-security establishment.

But they obviously would not stop there. They would also be acquiring assets within the IRS, one of the most powerful and tyrannical agencies within the federal government. There isn’t anyone, including newspaper owners, publishers, and editors, who isn’t afraid of receiving an audit notice from the IRS.

And if it happens, no one would ever be able to prove that it originated with the CIA or the rest of the national-security establishment. It would just look like it was occurring at random. If any victim of an IRS audit accused the CIA or the rest of the national-security establishment of being behind the audit, they would be ready to hurl the infamous “conspiracy theorist” label at him.

What newspaper owner, publisher, or editor wants to take that chance? They all know that the national-security establishment frowns very seriously on any mainstream media outlet that even remotely suggests that the Kennedy assassination was a regime-change operation, no different in principle from those in Iran, Guatemala, Cuba, Congo, and Chile both before and after the Kennedy assassination. But they also do not want to take the chance of upsetting the CIA by simply calling on it to release its 60-year-old still-secret records relating to the assassination.

After all, everyone knows that if an entity is powerful enough to regime-change presidents and prime ministers, both foreign and domestic, with impunity, it can easily destroy any mainstream media executive who dares to buck the CIA on the assassination. 

It’s just the way life works in a national-security state. It’s why the mainstream media is maintaining strict silence on the upcoming October 26 deadline on the release of those 60-year-old still-secret records of the CIA relating to the Kennedy assassination.  

*

Note to readers: Please click the share buttons above or below. Follow us on Instagram, @crg_globalresearch. Forward this article to your email lists. Crosspost on your blog site, internet forums. etc.

Jacob G. Hornberger is founder and president of The Future of Freedom Foundation. He was born and raised in Laredo, Texas, and received his B.A. in economics from Virginia Military Institute and his law degree from the University of Texas. He was a trial attorney for twelve years in Texas. He also was an adjunct professor at the University of Dallas, where he taught law and economics. In 1987, Mr. Hornberger left the practice of law to become director of programs at the Foundation for Economic Education. He has advanced freedom and free markets on talk-radio stations all across the country as well as on Fox News’ Neil Cavuto and Greta van Susteren shows and he appeared as a regular commentator on Judge Andrew Napolitano’s show Freedom Watch. View these interviews at LewRockwell.com and from Full Context. Send him email.

Featured image is from JFK Presidential Library and Museum

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the “Translate Website” drop down menu on the top banner of our home page (Desktop version).

Visit and follow us on Instagram at @crg_globalresearch.

***

 

 

Venezuela has slammed the European Union (EU) High Commissioner for Foreign Affairs Josep Borrell’s recent statements as “interventionist.”

Speaking in Madrid last Friday, Borrell doubled down on the bloc’s regime change goals in Venezuela, telling reporters that he has “no less desire than the US” to see a change of government in the Caribbean country. In recent years, Washington has looked to oust the Nicolás Maduro government through attempted coup d’états and a wide-reaching economic blockade against the country deemed “illegal” and “devastating” by the United Nations, amongst other strategies.

Borrell’s comments at the New Economic Forum also sparked a diplomatic storm surrounding the upcoming 11-member EU mission to accompany Venezuela’s November 21 regional and local elections. During his speech, the diplomat claimed that it will be the EU report and not Venezuelan votes which “will legitimize the Maduro government or not.”

Finally, the Spanish politician controversially admitted that the electoral mission looks to safeguard conditions for the rightwing forces instead of impartially accompanying the process.

The upcoming EU delegation is the first time the body has accepted Venezuela’s invitation to accompany elections since 2006. Its presence ̶ alongside customary observation from other multilateral organizations including the Council of Latin American Electoral Experts (CEELA), Caribbean Community (CARICOM) and African Union   ̶ is seen as a major step forward in achieving both global recognition as well as forming part of efforts to lift the unilateral coercive measures. Venezuela’s hard-right had previously identified EU observation as a precondition for their participation. The United Nations has also been invited, but it is unclear at the time of writing if it will be assisting.

Brussels’ mission is, however, under threat following Borrell’s latest comments, with Venezuela’s National Electoral Council (CNE) accusing the diplomat of “violating” the agreement signed between the two organizations.

“We invited these organizations in good faith and strict adherence to the Constitution and legal principles,” explained CNE President Pedro Calzadilla on Sunday. “The administrative agreement [between the CNE and EU] has been affected and violated by Borrell’s recent declarations.”

Calzadilla went on to inform that his office has formally requested that the EU operative issue an “explanation” and “apology” to the Venezuelan people. While the high commissioner is yet to respond to Caracas’ demands, Borrell did state that he thought the EU should “make sure it is respected” on the global arena in an interview to El Pais on Monday.

CEELA President Nicanor Moscoso, who has been overseeing the buildup to Venezuela’s elections, also criticized the European official’s position, explaining that it is a “mistake for international observers to think of themselves as judges.”

The Maduro government likewise hit back on Friday, with the foreign ministry “categorically rejecting” Borrell’s “attempted interventionism” in a statement.

The communiqué went on to state that the European bloc had “lost the opportunity to position itself as a respectable, impartial and independent actor and has rather positioned itself as a political pawn subordinated to US foreign policy.”

Borrell’s statements additionally drew cross-party criticism from organizations participating in the November ‘mega-elections.’

For his part, United Socialist Party (PSUV) leading member and National Assembly President Jorge Rodríguez argued that “if [the EU] is not able to minimally respect the agreement signed with the CNE, then it might be best not to come at all.”

Similarly, right wing Democratic Action leader Bernabé Gutiérrez told reporters that “EU observers can come to Venezuela, I hope they do, but not to play an interventionist role (…) They must respect Venezuela.”

The diplomatic standoff comes as Venezuela moved forward with its electoral schedule on Sunday by holding a dry-run vote.

The non-obligatory event allows the electoral agency to fine-tune its logistical and technological capacity, as well as granting voters an opportunity to familiarize themselves with voting machines and candidates.

According to Calzadilla, the CNE was “extremely satisfied” with the dry-run, and turnout had “exceeded expectations,” despite the organization not releasing participation levels.

Mass migration, political disenchantment and right wing boycotts have caused participation in Venezuela’s elections to decrease from over 80% in Hugo Chávez’s 2012 reelection to 30% in the December 2020 parliamentary elections.

Apart from the dry-run, the CNE is moving forward with its sixteen audits of the different components of the electoral process, including data transmission, the civil register and central results room. The fourth audit, which will review fingerprint databases, is due to begin on Monday in the presence of international observers and political party representatives.

This audit “is very important for those who have doubts or are confused about the possibility of identity fraud or that someone may vote twice,” explained Calzadilla, reinforcing that fingerprint technology renders these scenarios impossible.

Over 70,000 candidates from 111 political parties have signed up to contest the 3,082 governor, mayor, regional legislator and local councilor offices on offer in November, at an average of 23 candidates per post. While registrations closed in September, parties are currently able to make modifications to their electoral offer and campaigning formally begins on October 28.

*

Note to readers: Please click the share buttons above or below. Follow us on Instagram, @crg_globalresearch. Forward this article to your email lists. Crosspost on your blog site, internet forums. etc.

Featured image: EU High Commissioner for Foreign Affairs Josep Borrell’s comments have threatened an upcoming EU electoral mission to Venezuela. (Reference)

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the “Translate Website” drop down menu on the top banner of our home page (Desktop version).

Visit and follow us on Instagram at @crg_globalresearch.

***

 

The “Lift Sanctions, Save Lives” network is lobbying Congress to do what it should have done years ago: assess the impact of economic sanctions now routinely applied to ally as well as adversary. Such a review is long overdue.

Economic sanctions have become a new global battlefield. In July Beijing targeted several organizations and individuals, including former Commerce Secretary Wilbur Ross, in retaliation for earlier U.S. penalties. In January Beijing sanctioned 28 former Trump administration officials, including Secretary of State Mike Pompeo, as the Biden administration took over. In March, after the European Union penalized Beijing for suppressing political liberty in Hong Kong, the Xi regime retaliated against a number of Europeans, including members of the European Parliament.

The Chinese actions had little practical impact – preventing Pompeo and Ross from traveling to Hong Kong is not much of an inconvenience. (Ironically, they deserve to be sanctioned by Americans for their awful performance in office!) Moreover, Beijing’s action, though popular at home, backfired internationally. For instance, the European Parliament effectively killed a pending investment agreement.

Nevertheless, the whining about China’s action is striking. Americans and Europeans declared economic war on the proud, nationalistic People’s Republic of China, and were surprised when it struck back. Who knew that the PRC would dare act like … America!?

Of course, Beijing remains but a babe when it comes to applying sanctions. The US is by far the world’s cruelest and most prolific practitioner of economic warfare, which these days mostly means starving desperate civilians under impoverished dictatorships. Congress appears to be constantly looking for foreign peoples to target, based on the bizarre assumption that if the US punishes civilians already ravaged by civil war, political oppression, and socialist economics, the reigning autocrats will immediately apologize, disarm, liberalize, democratize, and ally with America.

Unfortunately, despite widespread expectations to the contrary, this theoretical political unicorn has yet to make an appearance. Washington currently is applying economic and/or financial sanctions on Cuba, Venezuela, Russia, Syria, Iran, and North Korea. The US also has imposed more limited penalties on states ranging from China to even Germany. Although Washington has further immiserated the victims of some of the world’s worst governments, none of the oppressors has yielded. None.

Heck’uva job, Uncle Sam!

Nevertheless, Washington keeps trying. While exempting murderous allies like Saudi Arabia from penalty, hardly a day goes by without the US sanctioning another country, company, or individual. Attempts to lighten, let alone eliminate, existing sanctions are shouted down by lobbies convinced that just a little more effort, a tiny tightening of the rules, will finally bring surrender or collapse, followed by the flourishing of a new democratic Garden of Eden whose residents will be properly grateful to America for its benighted intervention.

What makes US sanctions uniquely punitive is an international financial system disproportionately dependent on America. In 1986 Congress, frustrated that a quarter century of sanctions had failed to cow the Castro brothers, targeted European firms investing in Cuba. America later pioneered in Sudan the use of financial sanctions, which were applied to anyone with the slightest connection to the US banking system.

Washington is deadly serious about sanctions. They are sometimes presented as a moderate, peaceful alternative to war, yet their consequences can be as lethal as war. Which is why US officials have turned to sanctions as the new normal. Their very harshness makes them attractive to policymakers.

This was illustrated by the infamous exchange between Leslie Stahl of 60 Minutes and America’s United Nations Ambassador Madeleine Albright. When asked to justify the death of a half million Iraqi children due to sanctions, Albright’s response was chilling: “We think the price is worth it.” She later acknowledged that her words were impolitic in the extreme – she won few friends in the Mideast by admitting that Washington knowingly killed hundreds of thousands of Muslim kids to advance US policy – but she never repudiated the notion that she and other US policymakers were entitled to casually sacrifice the lives of others for American geopolitical objectives.

This attitude lives on with the architects of today’s starvation sanctions most brutally applied to Syria and Venezuela. For instance, James Jeffrey was a “never-Trumper” diplomat appointed by the Trump administration to deal with Syria, with predictably disastrous results. He actively undercut administration policy while channeling Albright-style cruelty. He admitted lying about the number of US troops in Syria to thwart the president’sexpressed desire to withdraw. Worse, he supported sanctions on the Syrian people, victims of years of civil war, in order to use their misery – impoverishing them and preventing reconstruction – to pressure the government. The Syrian people were but a convenient way to create his desired “quagmire” for Russia. He indicated no concern for the Syrians who were suffering. After all, “the price is worth it,” in the view of Washington’s masters of the universe!

Needless to say, Jeffrey’s vicious policy failed as badly as did Albright’s. But neither were inconvenienced by their own failure or the hardship they caused others. The Washington “Blob” takes care of its own. Albright, a living symbol of sanctimonious arrogance at its worst, has become an elder stateswoman, routinely trotted out to add vacuous gravitas to various meaningless events and panels. Jeffrey left Syria a horror show but picked up the usual well-paid, high-status sinecure with one of the national capital’s venerable think tanks – filled with similar staffers, almost always pro-war, usually wrong, and never repentant, no matter how high the body county they left behind.

Indeed, the Trump proclivity for “maximum pressure” campaigns offered a significant test of the value of US economic sanctions in forcing significant political change in other nations. The experience of Russia, Venezuela, Syria, Iran, North Korea, and Cuba, all of which faced substantially increased sanctions, was US zero, adversaries six. Nor did adding in countries facing lesser sanctions, most notably China, help. In those cases Washington did enough to irritate target nations but not enough to cause them serious injury.

It is time for Washington to consider the impact of US sanctions – their failure to achieve their purported ends and terrible harm caused to the most vulnerable populations. Rep. Jesus “Chuy” Garcia advanced an amendment mandating an assessment by the Government Accountability Office that was adopted by the House to the National Defense Authorization Act.

The provision calls for: “a report on all comprehensive sanctions imposed on de jure or de facto governments of foreign countries, and all comprehensive and targeted sanctions imposed on non-state actors, including individuals, organizations, or other entities, that exercise significant de facto governmental control over a foreign civilian population, under any provision of law.” The required study would cover humanitarian impact, national security purpose, success rates, and enforcement prospects.

A coalition of peace, humanitarian, and related groups is pushing to ensure that the provision survives in the conference committee. The activists argue: “Impact assessments provide valuable information to ensure that U.S. foreign policy advances US interests while protecting innocent civilians and maintaining channels for humanitarian organizations to continue their work. This issue is even more important as populations around the globe continue to manage the shared threat of the COVID-19 pandemic.”

In fact, passage should be a no-brainer. Such assessments should be conducted regularly on all sanctions imposed by the US government. The only logical opposition would come from the Albrights and Jeffreys, who lose when their cruel yet ineffective policies are publicized. A policymaker might not mind if a half million children elsewhere are killed – in Washington such an event is viewed as the inevitable collateral damage when the great American republic, leader of the free world and all that, selflessly acts to save humanity and Western civilization. However, few policymakers want to be known publicly to hold that view. Hence Albright’s regrets over admitting the truth. It is well past time for a very public evaluation of Washington’s sanctions policy.

Until recently US policymakers only restricted the behavior of Americans. No one in Washington imagined that they were authorized to regulate other peoples. However, that understanding changed as the capital turned into an ostentatiously imperial city, dedicated to world domination. Washington, D.C. now is filled with wannabe masters of the universe, determined to rule over others wherever they live.

Unfortunately, the consequences of US sanctions policy have been horrid. After two decades of costly yet largely failed endless war Washington policymakers should learn the virtue of humility. America’s sanctions policy is both costly and cruel, with the gains rarely worth the resulting human harm. The Biden administration should review current policy and sharply limit the use of economic sanctions.

*

Note to readers: Please click the share buttons above or below. Follow us on Instagram, @crg_globalresearch. Forward this article to your email lists. Crosspost on your blog site, internet forums. etc.

Doug Bandow is a Senior Fellow at the Cato Institute. A former Special Assistant to President Ronald Reagan, he is author of Foreign Follies: America’s New Global Empire.

  • Posted in English
  • Comments Off on “Lift Sanctions, Save Lives”. Time for Washington to Stop Sanctioning the World: US Arrogance Leaves Trail of Innocent Victims Behind
  • Tags: ,

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the “Translate Website” drop down menu on the top banner of our home page (Desktop version).

Visit and follow us on Instagram at @crg_globalresearch.

***

Moscow has categorically stated that it will not accept a US military presence in the Central Asian region. This reiteration has come at the level of Russian Deputy Foreign Minister Sergei Ryabkov who told Tass that Afghanistan had been discussed at a meeting with Victoria Nuland, the visiting US Undersecretary of State in Moscow on Tuesday. 

Ryabkov added, “We emphasised the unacceptability of a US military presence in Central Asian countries in any form whatever.”  

Prima facie, Ryabkov has squashed the disinformation media campaign by Washington that at the Russia-US summit in Geneva in June, President Vladimir Putin had offered to President Biden that Pentagon could use Russian bases in the Central Asian region for conducting future (“out-of-the-horizon”) operations in Afghanistan. 

The The Wall Street Journal had earlier referred to its sources that Russia and the US had allegedly discussed the possibility of the US military using Russian bases in Central Asia at the level of Gen. Mark Milley, the chairman of the Joint Chiefs of Staff with Gen. Valery Gerasimov, the Russian Chief of General Staff at a meeting in Helsinki on September 24 “at the request of  President Biden’s National Security Council staff.” read more

Washington’s ploy appeared to have been to create misconceptions among the Central Asian states regarding Russia’s intentions. To be sure, just before the Helsinki meeting of the two generals, US Secretary of State Antony Blinken also took a meeting of the so-called C5+1 Ministerial on September 22 to discuss “coordination on Afghanistan” with his Central Asian counterparts. 

As follow up, the US Deputy Secretary of State Wendy Sherman appeared in the steppes just 10 days later to meet the leadership in Tashkent presumably to fathom whether Uzbekistan might be open to Pentagon having some basing facilities in that country. Apparently, she  drew blank. 

Ryabkov underscored that there is no scope at all for the US to have a military presence “in any form whatever” in the Central Asian steppes. 

Conceivably, Ryabkov voiced a consensus opinion among regional states, including China and Iran. 

From such a perspective, a regional consensus is steadily evolving in regard of the Afghan situation. Tehran disclosed yesterday that it will soon be hosting the second foreign-minister level meeting of Afghanistan’s neighbours and has sought an enlargement of the format as a special case to include Russia as well. That is to say, the format will now comprise Iran, Pakistan, Turkmenistan, Uzbekistan, Tajikistan, China and Russia. (India stands excluded!) 

Ryabkov’s remark comes after the meeting between the Taliban officials and a US delegation led by the deputy director of the CIA in Doha in the weekend where Taliban ruled out any form of unilateral military operations by the US on Afghan soil under whatever pretext. 

Meanwhile, Pakistan has also categorically refused to facilitate any US operations directed against Afghanistan. Although India is increasingly acting as a junior partner of the US on regional security issues, it is unlikely that the Modi Government will want to provoke the Taliban government, either. 

That is to say, the Pentagon’s much-touted plan for staging “out-of horizon” operations in Afghanistan turns out to be a pipe dream. Apart from outer space, perhaps, such operations will have to be staged from the Pentagon bases in West Asia and their efficacy is in serious doubt. 

Ryabkov’s remark testifies to extreme wariness in Moscow about the US military or intelligence presence in or around Central Asia where Russia has profound security concerns. Given the US’ clandestine links with the ISIS and its history of using terror groups as geopolitical tools, Russia has to be extra-cautious. 

So will China and Iran be. The Central Asian states are also mindful of the US strategy to incite colour revolutions to bring about “regime change” in the ex-Soviet republics. The US-government-funded media organs are waging a sustained information war to discredit the Central Asian leaderships.

Broadly, a schism is appearing in the international community as regards the way forward in Afghanistan. The regional states refuse to follow Washington’s lead. India is probably the solitary exception, but here too, Delhi’s animus against Pakistan and China could be the real leitmotif. 

Significantly, Putin and Chinese President Xi Jinping did not participate in the G20 Extraordinary Leaders’ Meeting on Afghanistan on Tuesday under Italy’s Presidency.  The Italian initiative had aimed at mobilising support for the US leadership. The unspoken core issue is of course the international recognition of the Taliban government. The US expects that no country should recognise the Taliban government until Washington is ready. 

The document summarising the outcome of yesterday’s G20 meeting deftly sidesteps the issue of recognition. Instead, it de facto gives green signal for a comprehensive engagement with the Taliban government. 

The Summary inter alia states: “Solutions must be identified to guarantee the provision of basic services – in particular in education and health – that go beyond delivering emergency aid, provided those services are open to all. The functioning of the payment system and the overall financial stability should also be addressed. G20 countries will cooperate with the International Organisations, International Financial Institutions, including Multilateral Development Banks, and humanitarian actors in this field.”

“G20 countries invite the World Bank to explore possible ways to redirect support to international agencies with presence in the country for humanitarian efforts.” read more        

The big question is about the diplomatic recognition of the Taliban government by the regional states. Pakistan is keen that the regional states should evolve a collective decision.

Indeed, the Deputy Minister of Information and Culture in the Taliban government Zabihullah Mujahid told TASS on Monday, “We are negotiating with Russia, mainly on the recognition of our government and the resumption of the work of the embassies. Resolving these issues will pave the way for further cooperation.” read more

We may expect some regional initiative before long on recognition. The criterion for recognition is usually a government’s effective control of the entire country. 

Following the withdrawal of Soviet forces from Afghanistan, when the victorious Mujahideen warlords grabbed power in Kabul in April 1992, no one from the West or East demanded that Burhanuddin Rabbani ought to form an “inclusive government” or should  accommodate Afghan women. Even countries like India do not necessarily have “inclusive government”. 

  • Posted in English, NO READ MORE LINK
  • Comments Off on Afghanistan: Russia Draws Redlines for U.S. Moscow Will Not Accept U.S. Military Presence in Central Asia

Biologist Tells RFK, Jr : Science Doesn’t Support Vaccine Mandates

October 15th, 2021 by Children’s Health Defense

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the “Translate Website” drop down menu on the top banner of our home page (Desktop version).

Visit and follow us on Instagram at @crg_globalresearch.

***

Why does Christina Parks, Ph.D., object to the idea that a “vaccine passport” will reduce COVID rates? And why don’t African Americans and Ph.D.s want the vaccine?

Parks, whose Ph.D. is in cellular and molecular biology, addressed those questions and more on the latest episode of “The Defender Show,” where she told the show’s host, Robert F. Kennedy, Jr., that mandating something to be injected into somebody’s body is “just ridiculous,” and vaccine passports are “blatantly illegal.”

Parks said there are two reasons she objects to vaccine mandates and passports: lack of informed consent and lack of science to support them.

Parks explained how mRNA vaccines were never designed to prevent transmission of the pathogen, even though they were marketed that way. All you have to do, she said, is read and understand the clinical trials.

At a virtual press conference held by the World Health Organization on Dec. 28, 2020, officials warned there is no guarantee COVID-19 vaccines will prevent people from being infected with the SARS-CoV-2 virus and transmitting it to other people.

In her Aug. 19 testimony at the Michigan House of Representatives against House Bill 4471, a bill which prohibits certain vaccinations as a condition of employment, Parks pointed out that she belongs to the two demographic groups that are most vaccine-hesitant: Ph.D.s and African Americans.

According to data from the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention (CDC), as of Oct. 4, of the 61% of Americans who have received at least one vaccine dose, 11% are Black. In contrast, 60% are white, 17% are Hispanic and 6% are Asian.

Parks said African Americans are vaccine-hesitant because “they rightly do not trust the government,” and because the government has experimented on marginalized groups such as African Americans and the disabled.

Parks cited examples when African Americans were “lied to and mistreated and experimented on.” In one example of a CDC cover-up, CDC senior scientist, Dr. William Thompson, confessed the CDC knew since 2001 that Black boys exposed to the MMR vaccine have a disproportionate risk of autism.

Parks said she is furious Congress will not investigate the CDC and the willing medical and scientific participants.

“It’s criminal to me, what they’ve done,” she said, noting the lies, mistreatment and experimentation are happening all over again with vaccine mandates.

“The fact that they’ve been able to get away with this for so long, and no one’s saying anything, and we really have to get this information out to the Black community,” Parks said.

As for Ph.D.s being vaccine-hesitant, Parks said the reasoning is different. A study conducted by researchers from Carnegie Mellon University and the University of Pittsburgh found COVID vaccine hesitancy held constant in the group of individuals who have obtained higher levels of education.

Parks explained: “We know the body’s really, really complex and you cannot change things. You cannot have an insult, which is what a vaccine is, without an unintended consequence.”

Parks said if a product is good, you don’t have to mandate it. “It should be a choice,” she said. “It should be informed consent. If you want to take some experimental drug, fine, but don’t force people to do it.”

Watch this week’s episode here:

 
  • Posted in English
  • Comments Off on Biologist Tells RFK, Jr : Science Doesn’t Support Vaccine Mandates

The Vaccine Mandate: Is This Becoming a General Strike?

October 15th, 2021 by Jeffrey A. Tucker

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the “Translate Website” drop down menu on the top banner of our home page (Desktop version).

Visit and follow us on Instagram at @crg_globalresearch.

***

Never in our lifetimes has a federal mandate created such cultural and economic havoc. Did the Biden administration really imagine that it could outright force its way into the bloodstream of every American, simply by demanding it in a press conference?

Talk about the personalization of compulsion! People take their health seriously, especially when it involves the coercive injection of a tax-funded substance about which people know next to nothing and which has not been shown even to prevent or even reduce the infection or spread of a virus it was advertised to stop.

Doubt is the inevitable result of exaggerated promises and underperforming results. Resentment is what you breed when you smother those doubts under threats of fines and firings. And the timing cannot be worse: the jobs report was grim and inflation is outpacing wage increases. It is understandable why American workers are feeling caged in on all sides with mask and jab mandates.

Like lockdowns, the vaccine mandate utterly fails to account for risk levels and demographic heterogeneity, for a virus that impacts people based strongly on age and health. The mandate treats everyone in a geographic jurisdiction as an identical collective whereas people think and act only as individuals, especially when it comes to medical and health matters. The denial of infection-acquired immunity is especially cruel because it is exploitative of the very people who were on the frontlines during this whole pandemic period, took the greatest risks, and are now told they are expendable unless they comply even more.

My inbox is flooded with personal stories of heartbreak and panic – members of the military who know for certain of their infection-acquired immunity and are facing discharge, teachers who are terrified for their livelihoods, tech workers who are trying to figure out a means of getting around the rules, parents sick of forcing masks on the kids and now nervous about shots for kids, and so on. As for those who have given into the vaccine mandate and gotten the jab against their will, they are seething in anger.

But it’s more than just passive complaining. More and more, these people are finding each other, coming together (despite so many attempts to keep people apart and censor accounts) and starting to act. It feels like the birth of a general strike.

This phrase has mostly pertained to socialist or anti-capitalist movements in the past. This time it is different. This is happening not for a socialist revolution as the fevered imaginations of communism once predicted, nor by the owners of capital on behalf of their rights, as Ayn Rand cleverly reconstructed the old Hegelian forecast. Instead it is by the lockdown-abused workers – nurses, pilots, air traffic controllers, mechanics, teachers, city and federal employees, technicians of all types – on behalf of their bodily autonomy and their freedom to choose.

It is also occurring unofficially and surreptitiously. Southwest Airlines never admitted the real reason for the cancellation of thousands of flights (this is continuing as I type) even though everyone in the company knew why it was happening. The labor unions did not admit it either, because they knew that the secretly organized sickout would be deemed illegal according to the union rules. Instead, we have this bizarre situation in which no official organ could admit to what everyone already knew.

When there is such a vast gulf between what everyone knows and what no one publicly admits, it suggests a growing crisis. Add to that mysterious cancellations, absenteeism, declining presidential poll numbers, plus an intensifying problem with inflation, ever less trust in official pronouncements, winter on the way with a shortage in heating oil, and you have the makings of an epic change of some sort. What it amounts to depends very much on the philosophical convictions of the public, which are right now being trained in a direction to fight for rights rather than blindly obey.

In the spring of 2020, a swath of the ruling class attempted a radical economic and legal reconstruction of the social order to deal with a pathogen, based entirely on models of their own creation. When it flopped, they doubled down, rewarding big tech and big pharma at the expense of everyone else, while tightening the controls on the population. It is not unfolding the way they imagined.

More on that in a bit, but let’s first address this continuing threat that the vaccine mandate will apply to all businesses with more than 100 employees. Here is an email I received from a person in the know on this Southwest “sickout.”

I just saw your article “Where are the Regulations?” from October 6th. You are correct that OSHA has not issued a vaccine rule even though the president announced it would be coming over a month ago.

But you are missing the real reason why an OSHA mandate hasn’t surfaced – the administration has decided they don’t need to because of their use of federal contracting rules instead. By forcing all companies that have a federal contract to enforce the vaccine requirement they are getting around the OSHA requirement.

When vaccine requirements were first announced for federal employees “and contractors” the assumption was that meant for on-site contractors sharing space with federal employees. That is not what is being enforced. Instead it is for all companies with any federal contract (with extremely limited exceptions). It doesn’t matter where you are working – to include at home.

This is why Southwest says it has a federal mandate. All airlines would have this mandate, and it covers not only the pilots but the baggage handlers and the gate agents, too. As well as the entire defense industry, that is, if you are building an airplane or supplying food to a dining hall you are affected/mandated. FedEx, Amazon, UPS, Microsoft and more – included. The list would cover tens of millions of employees of private firms even though they have no direct interaction with any federal employee. Yet this is the guidance being used for “workplace safety.”

Point blank – the federal government is forcing industry to comply with its vaccine mandate through a mechanism that doesn’t have to even go through rules scrutiny that an OSHA requirement would. Companies are placed in the position of losing all federal business or becoming the state’s agent for vaccine mandate compliance.

Like many (millions) of others, I have been given the option of either passing my medical information to my employer (who requires no other medical procedure for employment) or being fired on December 8th, even though my current work location is from home. This is the government’s cowardice – sneaking something past since they know OSHA rules will likely not stand legal challenges. The only way this can be addressed is through mass action – either from employees, or from companies en masse saying it is not the federal government’s purview.

The resentment against mandates is real and growing. It is a blowback beyond anything I could have imagined a year ago.

Tragically roped into the cabal of “bad guys” here is big tech. It long ago enlisted itself in the machinery of lockdowns and mandates, using every means in its information arsenal to silence dissent. The resentment against this censorship is also starting to boil over.

A friend of mine did a deep empirical analysis of top Twitter accounts and their opinions on these topics. He found that the opponents of these policies are gaining followers at a much faster rate than others. That might explain why the company is backing off some of its censorship for now, even as LinkedIn is intensifying it. Brownstone has been hit by this in particular.

These companies will push evil only so far. They will stop when it starts affecting the bottom line. It seems like Twitter might be at that point. But regardless, the public blowback against Twitter, Microsoft, Amazon, Google, and Facebook is extremely high right now.

When you see how much of Manhattan real estate these companies are buying – even as perhaps 100,000 small businesses were destroyed by lockdowns – it shocks the sensibilities. Add to that the loathing of pharmaceutical companies, and you add gas on the fire.

Sadly for the future of civilization, this has also unleashed a frightening level of hatred of capitalism. This is because most people associate capitalism with whatever the richest companies and billionaires think and do. This is a huge mistake, as Milton Friedman pointed out long ago. He said that big business is typically a greater enemy of capitalism than the socialists themselves. He is right.

But you can’t convince the masses of that.

To be sure, my preferred definition of capitalism would go something like this. It is an economic environment that protects and celebrates the right of voluntary exchange and accumulation of private property by all people, according to their own lights, so long as they do not engage in force or fraud, leading to the meritorious construction of complex production structures.

That’s a definition far too geeky and obscure for most people to manage.

Mostly, too, we advocates of capitalism have always celebrated the rich – provided that they get that way on a level playing field of law that protects everyone’s right to trade and innovate. It’s different this time. The rich this time were mostly fine during the lockdowns; it was the working class that was most impacted.

When you forcibly unemploy millions of people and block business owners from serving customers, and then other companies are given a free hand to make all the money they want, we are not talking about capitalism; we are dealing with a different animal altogether.

Hence, we have this weird irony at work. People are blaming capitalism for the most egregious overreach of governments into the economy in generations if not in the whole of human history. Why? Because the biggest and richest companies were thereby made richer and bigger. Now you see people left and right calling on the very same governments to control the monsters that government policies created.

Another feature of capitalist ideology has generally been to defend the owners of capital against pillaging by government and agitation against them by organized workers. But now we have another problem. Most of the socialist organs of opinion have favored lockdowns and mandates (“public health measures”) despite their egregious effects on the working classes and vulnerable populations. The flagship publication The Nation has been explicit in demanding even more lockdowns.

My suggestion to real capitalists everywhere: it’s time to change your tactics and focus. The pilots, nurses, mechanics, and many other workers who are in full rebellion against vaccine mandates are your friends. They are favoring nothing but the right to choose and protect their bodily integrity against physical invasion. It’s the owners of the largest companies who are acquiescing to government orders.

Nor do I think it is important to quibble about definitions here. The term capitalism has never served the cause of freedom well. It’s always been confusing. In fact, Adam Smith never used it. It was the Marxists who stuck that term on us, with the implication that we somehow wanted to construct a social order around the interests of large capital owners only. That’s completely untrue but the label stuck.

What we are seeing right now is something no one could have predicted. Governments are being discredited. Their minions are deeply unpopular. The anger is pouring out into the streets in London, Paris, Rome, Madrid, and Melbourne. It is also right here in the US but it is taking the form of quiet anger, and acted upon in surprising ways that have severely hurt normal social and economic functioning. It’s a speakeasy-style general strike.

Here is a great example of what I mean:

The crucial question is what happens next. This kind of social and political tension rarely ends in more freedom for everyone. It usually ends in the entrenchment of fascism or some dangerous socialist revolution. We cannot rule that out but things have become very complicated and somewhat hopeful.

We really do live in an unsustainable situation today. It is best illustrated by the executive order issued by Texas Governor Greg Abbott. It forbids any entity in the state from mandating any vaccines, while of course allowing any individual who wants them to get them. This is a direct challenge to the Biden administration, which has imposed a national mandate for anyone working for the federal government or contracting with the federal government. The order even takes a direct slap at the Biden administration. “The Biden Administration is now bullying many private entities into imposing COVID-19 vaccine mandates,” it says.

In my lifetime, we’ve never seen a conflict this intense between any state and the federal government, nor between the ruling and working classes. This is emblematic of a pandemic policy that from the beginning was stratified not by risk, much less by age, but by class and profession. The vaccine mandate has become an extension of that same policy that divided people by essential and nonessential, elective and non-elective, by Covid and every other potential malady in life experience.

We had better hope and pray that the anger against the government and the ruling class does not ultimately turn against the free economy itself. In order for that not to happen, the intellectual opposition to the current regime needs to get its thinking straight, give up its old habits, see the current struggle for what it is, and start celebrating the freedom of everyone.

*

Note to readers: Please click the share buttons above or below. Follow us on Instagram, @crg_globalresearch. Forward this article to your email lists. Crosspost on your blog site, internet forums. etc.

Jeffrey A. Tucker is Founder and President of the Brownstone Institute and the author of many thousands of articles in the scholarly and popular press and ten books in 5 languages, most recently Liberty or Lockdown. He is also the editor of The Best of Mises. He speaks widely on topics of economics, technology, social philosophy, and culture. [email protected]

  • Posted in English
  • Comments Off on The Vaccine Mandate: Is This Becoming a General Strike?

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the “Translate Website” drop down menu on the top banner of our home page (Desktop version).

Visit and follow us on Instagram at @crg_globalresearch.

***

Chicago police officers union president John Catanzara is calling Mayor Lori Lightfoot’s bluff.

The Chicago Mayor is trying to force all of Chicago’s police officers to register at a portal supplied by the city that reveals whether or not they have proof of a COVID-19 vaccination. The officers have until midnight tonight (October 14, 2021) to register at the portal, or they will go into a “non-pay” status, which Catanzara claims is a new status that previously did not even exist.

Catanzara put out a video on Tuesday this week, directing officers to “hold the line” and NOT go to the portal and give the city their personal information. He does not believe the Mayor or the City has a lawful right to this information, which clearly violates HIPAA and other privacy laws.

“Do not fill out the portal information. You are under no obligation to do that, other than the city’s demand.

Once you do that, we can never get information back.

We have no assurances from the city that that is secure. What that information is going to entail as far as going forward, who it can be shared with, etc. (nobody knows.)

The simple fact that they keep putting out public statements, emails, and having bosses call you, means one thing: our members are holding the line.

And officers from all ranks are not going into that portal. They clearly must have a very very low cooperation level, which is good.

It’s information they shouldn’t be entitled to.”

Catanzara tells the officers to submit exemption forms today (Thursday) instead of going to the portal, and the union has supplied three exemption forms that are allowed by law in the State of Illinois for valid vaccine exemptions: medical, religious, and conscientious objection.

The forms are supplied on the Union’s website here.

In the video, Catanzara explains that they are prepared to file grievances with the Labor Board, and also take this to court and request a temporary restraining order (TRO).

In addressing the police officers, Catanzara makes it very clear that they are NOT calling for a strike or any other illegal action.

This is very clearly not a job action, not a call for a strike, none of that illegal stuff that I’m sure the city is going to try to make it out to be.

If the city maintains its current course, come midnight on Thursday/Friday morning, members will be forced into a non-pay status that did not complete the portal information or subject to testing thereafter.

He encourages all officers to report for duty Friday morning, and force their supervisors to send them home for not going to the portal and filling out the medical information.

If the city goes through with this, Catanzara states that 50% of the Chicago police force, or even less, will be on duty this weekend.

It seems that not only are the unvaccinated not going to the portal to surrender personal information, apparently many officers who have received a vaccine but consider the City’s demands illegal and an invasion of their privacy are also not complying.

Mayor Lori Lightfoot responded to Catanzara’s video by following the current script that the Globalists have written and that is being broadcast on their pharma-owned corporate media 24/7 now.

“If you are not vaccinated, you are playing with your life, the life of your family, the life of your colleagues, and members of the public. We don’t want to lose any more police officers for covid-19 deaths when a lifesaving vaccine is readily available.”

When questioned about the legal actions Catanzara stated the Union would take, she reportedly responded:

“Bring it on.”

Watch John Catanzara’s entire message to the Chicago police, because you will not get an accurate account of what he said from the pharma-owned corporate media.

This is still on YouTube, but if it disappears, let us know as we have a copy and will get it back up right away on alternative video platforms.

The featured image is from The Daily Beast

  • Posted in English
  • Comments Off on Chicago Set to Lose 50% or More of Police Force at Midnight Tonight as Police Union Calls Mayor’s Bluff on Reporting COVID-19 Vaccine Status

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the “Translate Website” drop down menu on the top banner of our home page (Desktop version).

Visit and follow us on Instagram at @crg_globalresearch.

***

This video provides a testimony by young American recruits of the 1960s who were drafted and sent to fight America’s war against the people of Vietnam. 

What they say confirms the criminal mindset of  the Pentagon. “All Vietnamese Were ‘Gooks'”, “We Were The Civilized People”.

Extensive crimes against humanity were committed.

Vietnam Did not Win the War

Vietnam never received war reparations from the U.S. for the massive loss of life and destruction, yet an agreement reached in Paris in 1993 required Hanoi to recognize the debts of the defunct Saigon regime of General Thai.

This agreement is in many regards tantamount to obliging Vietnam to compensate Washington for the costs of war.

In recent years, Vietnam has entered into a bilateral military cooperation dialogue with the US.

The atrocities committed by the U.S. are being erased from the history of so-called “post war era”. 

Our thoughts today are with the people of Vietnam. 

Michel Chossudovsky, Global Research, October 15, 2021

VIDEO. Vietnam Vets

click lower righthand corner to enlarge

 

 

Vietnam under the Brunt of Neoliberalism 

Vietnam remains an impoverished country under the brunt of deadly neoliberal reforms imposed by the US and its allies since the early 1990s: 

“The adoption of sweeping macro-economic reforms under the supervision of the Bretton Woods institutions was also a condition for the lifting of the U.S. embargo.

These free market reforms now constitute the Communist Party’s official doctrine. With the normalization of diplomatic relations with Washington in 1994, reference to America’s brutal role in the war is increasingly considered untimely and improper.

Not surprisingly, Hanoi had decided to tone down the commemoration of the Saigon surrender so as not to offend its former wartime enemy. The Communist Party leadership has recently underscored the “historic role” of the United States in “liberating” Vietnam from the Vichy regime and Japanese occupation during World War II.” (Peace Magazine, 1994)

***

45 Years Ago, End of Vietnam War: Neoliberalism and “The Vietnam Model”. Who Won the Vietnam War?

By Prof Michel Chossudovsky, April 30, 2020

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the “Translate Website” drop down menu on the top banner of our home page (Desktop version).

Visit and follow us on Instagram at @crg_globalresearch.

***

 

The Bank of Canada is hiring a product architect as it continues to move forward with its “contingency plan” for a central bank digital currency (CBDC), leading some to speculate about the potential consequences.

A digital currency is a hot topic south of the border, as the U.S. public awaits the imminent release of a Federal Reserve paper on its own CBDC. While the idea may be new to Americans, the Bank of Canada has been issuing reports on the concept since November 2016.

A year ago, the bank co-authored a report with six other central banks and the Bank of International Settlements to establish foundational principles and core features of a CBDC. In February 2021, the bank published three CBDC proposals: one from the University of Calgary, another from McGill University, and a joint University of Toronto and York University submission.

In an email to The Epoch Times, Bank of Canada spokesman Alex Paterson said the proposals were made to stimulate thought.

“[T]he proposed designs are not intended to be adopted by the Bank. Rather, the Bank will use these reports to inform its thinking and advance public conversation on a central bank digital currency design,” Paterson wrote.

Bank leadership has consistently said it’s only trying to be prepared and a digital currency is not a sure thing. Governor Tiff Macklem told the media in April that the decision ultimately lies with the finance minister, adding, “if we were to issue a digital currency, we wouldn’t stop printing cash.”

Still, the bank is taking steps toward bringing a product to market. In August, it issued a job posting for a product architect for “a program of major social significance to design a contingent system for a central bank digital currency (CBDC), which can be thought of as a banknote, but in digital form.”

According to the posting, part of the job would be to “craft a coherent product architecture and design that will be a fit at a national scale and adaptable for decades.”

Potential Sweeping Changes to Banking

According to Université du Québec à Montréal economist Steven Ambler, a CBDC would have broad implications.

“Central banks could potentially compete unfairly with commercial banks by offering higher rates of interest or charging smaller fees and use seigniorage revenue—ultimately our tax dollars—to subsidize this unfair competition,” Ambler said in an interview.

“Commercial banks would be forced to rely less on deposits for their financing, potentially making them behave more like investment banks.”

Seigniorage refers to the interest earned on a bank note minus the cost of producing, distributing, and replacing that note.

Should central banks take on more liabilities as a result of issuing the CBDC, Ambler says they would have to acquire more assets. This would either involve assuming a greater portion of government debt or taking an active role in the economy, like the Federal Reserve has done in the United States.

He noted, however, that central banks tend to be wary of digital currencies and “what could happen if demand for their national currency disappeared in favour of something else—some cryptocurrency or some version of a stablecoin—this would involve a loss in monetary control.”

Concerns About Privacy and Control

China’s central bank has issued its own digital currency, which state-run Global Times said will help challenge “U.S. dollar hegemony.” Meanwhile, it has banned bitcoin. In April, hedge fund manager Kyle Bass told NTD Television, an affiliated network of The Epoch Times, that the move is a means of controlling the Chinese people domestically but could one day also be used against foreign investors.

“If you think [Chinese leader Xi Jinping] is a terrible ruler, all of sudden, your global social credit score gets whacked and the Chinese can actually stop your ability to spend the money,” Bass said.

“This is a way they can export their digital authoritarianism around the world, and it’s something that we must stop.”

Some believe Western countries will get left behind if they don’t have a domestic version of China’s digital yuan, but others disagree. In a recent interview with Kitco News, Canadian businessman and entrepreneur Kevin O’Leary downplayed the development.

“What person outside of China would ever put that on their balance sheet? That thing as far as I am concerned is toxic waste. I wouldn’t touch it and so I would never impute any value to it. I don’t like having a single individual in a foreign government deciding who can own it, who cannot, and having a track on it because that blockchain is going to let them know that I own it. No thanks,” O’ Leary said.

“[We will] still be talking about this 20 years from now. I think what’s more likely to happen is that they [the U.S. Federal Reserve] will regulate issuers of stablecoins as banks.”

Although Ambler believes “a desire to be able to monitor people’s transactions more closely” is part of the motivation for a CBDC, he doubts any democratic government would or could ban bitcoin or physical cash.

“I personally think ways of escaping surveillance and control will exist, and if governments try to become too authoritarian, I think they won’t be able to, although … one of the things that COVID has taught me is that people have a very high demand for safety—even at the expense of individual rights and freedoms,” he said.

Sweden, one of the countries where digital payments are increasing the fastest, has an option of inserting a tiny computer chip under the skin of the hand, which can be used for certain transactions. So far around 3,000 Swedes have had a microchip implanted.

*

Note to readers: Please click the share buttons above or below. Follow us on Instagram, @crg_globalresearch. Forward this article to your email lists. Crosspost on your blog site, internet forums. etc.

Lee Harding is a journalist and think tank researcher based in Saskatchewan, and a contributor to The Epoch Times.

Featured image: Governor of the Bank of Canada Tiff Macklem speaks during a videoconference event with the Council on Foreign Relations at the Bank of Canada in Ottawa on Oct. 7, 2021. (The Canadian Press/Justin Tang)

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the “Translate Website” drop down menu on the top banner of our home page (Desktop version).

Visit and follow us on Instagram at @crg_globalresearch.

***

 

The modern battlefield is rapidly changing, mostly thanks to emergent technologies such as robotics and Artificial Intelligence.

Not too-long-ago, infantry had to look for their adversaries on a battlefield, be it in a forest, city or even a cave. Now, troops can simply send in their machines with mounted weapons do their dirty work.

Ghost Robotics is a company known for developing military dog-like robots for several years now. The concept was mostly popularized by Boston Dynamics and their numerous robots.

But at the 2021 Annual Meeting of the Association of the United States Army, between October 11th and 13th, they took things up a notch and showcased their brand-new robot.

The four-legged robot called Q-UGV (quadrupedal uncrewed ground vehicle) had a rifle mounting on top of it.

A gun pod mounted from the center of the robot’s torso has transformed the robot from a strange biomechanical thing to a terrifying chimera. It looks like it came out from a video game.

Although information about the newly-mounted rifle is limited, Ghost Robotics disclosed that the weapon is capable of hitting targets at a distance of 1,200 meters.

The robot also provides impressive stabilization to the rifles because of its quadrupedal design. The rifle could have “some degree of additional autonomy” because it is based on artificial intelligence, which enables the weapon to detect and lock on potential threats.

The weapon also reportedly has a sound suppressor, making it more difficult for enemy soldiers to determine where the shooting is coming from.

In short, the Q-UGV can kill a person from a distance of more than a kilometer, while not revealing where the attack came from.

Robots That Feel the World™ reads the brief display for Ghost Robotics. It describes the machines as “agile & unstoppable ruggedized ground drones with legs” that can be used “for a broad range of military and homeland security applications.”

Those applications, packed into dense jargon-rich phrases, starting with “ISR/Comms,” or intelligence, surveillance, reconnaissance, and communications.

All of these are tasks that a robot dog, equipped with cameras and other sensors, can do well, provided a human operator is on hand with a tablet to receive the communications and scouting.

The Q-UGV is also pitched as useful for patrolling a base, or “explosive ordnance disposal,” and “Chemical, biological, radiological and nuclear defence.”

But the key innovation is the rifle on top of the robot dog, which makes it possible for an operator to control it and attack adversary infantry, or it can function in autonomous mode. The Q-UGV is listed as offering another essential military function: “lethality.”

Starting in 2017, under Secretary of Defense James Mattis, “Lethality” became a focal point of military product marketing. Earlier, weapons manufacturing was focused on allowing users to fulfill their mission. However, ever since then it is much more about the “ultimate goal” – killing people. If possible, according to the “laws of war”.

Back in June 2021, Russia also showcased a robot dog, but it was not equipped with a rifle.

For war, the Russians are focusing on less-complex and, as a result, less mistake-prone systems such as the Uran-9 and the Nerektha which are actively being tested in combat and being used in military operations.

These developments show that warfare is changing towards a more autonomous and robot-oriented fight, with soldiers much less willing to risk their lives in combat, especially performing overseas operations. This is especially evident in Western militaries (and Israel, due to low population) who are rushing to develop unmanned systems of every type.

*

Note to readers: Please click the share buttons above or below. Follow us on Instagram, @crg_globalresearch. Forward this article to your email lists. Crosspost on your blog site, internet forums. etc.

SUPPORT SOUTHFRONT:

PayPal: [email protected], http://southfront.org/donate/ or via: https://www.patreon.com/southfront

  • Posted in English
  • Comments Off on Video: Gruesome Warfare and Artificial Intelligence: Robot Dogs with Assault Rifles
  • Tags: ,

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the “Translate Website” drop down menu on the top banner of our home page (Desktop version).

Visit and follow us on Instagram at @crg_globalresearch.

***

 

The American television presenter Stew Peters is currently doing intensive research into the scary death series among flight pilots. Together with his interview partner Dr. Jane Ruby, a health economist, keeps reporting new cases.

Now what he has been predicting for a while has happened: One of the pilot deaths happened in the middle of a flight. A horrific event. 

British Airways pilots die

As early as June there were reports that four British Airlines pilots had died in a very short time. Due to a voice message on Facebook that three BA pilots had suddenly died within seven days, the rumor surfaced that they had been vaccinated against Covid shortly beforehand:

“The first two were 40- and 50-year-olds, and this man, in his mid-thirties, was very healthy and had no underlying illnesses. He received his second shot and died within a few days, just like the other two, ”the Facebook message said, saying that“ only 10 percent of pilots can fly ”because almost 90 percent of British Airways pilots are said to have been vaccinated be.

British Airways had its spokesman respond to the circulating suspicions that four pilots had actually died recently and that the photos of the men and the condolence books in the photo on Twitter were real. But that has nothing to do with vaccinations.

 

“I think it was actually four young pilots who died because of the vaccination. (Note: The word “Maxine” often stands for “Vaccine” in posts because it sounds very similar, everyone knows what is meant, but the censorship robots do not recognize it and therefore do not delete the posts)

Many readers are not exactly convinced by British Airways’ answers.

Pilot “Alexander”, a pilot and aviation advisor, questioned the likelihood that four pilots dying in quick succession – after BA demanded that the flight crew be vaccinated – were pure coincidence. Pilots would have to undergo a thorough medical examination every year for reasons of safety for passengers and flight attendants. From a certain age, they would even have to be examined every six months. It is highly unlikely that these perfectly healthy pilots suffered from serious and life-threatening illnesses and were still allowed to fly on.

Delta Airlines pilots die

Three pilots of the US airline Delta Airlines also died in June 2021 after a vaccination, according to health economist Dr. Jane Ruby reported on US television at Stew Peters.

No one was granted access to the deceased’s medical records. In addition, another pilot of a cargo plane collapsed on the runway when landing in Canada.

The paramedics had to take him away on the stretcher, she explains in this video.

She goes on to say that she was given access to a document proving that the airline paid the United Airlines pilots to be vaccinated with $ 2,000, the same with Delta Airlines.

The “carrot or stick” strategy was probably used, because failure to vaccinate could result in discharge.

JetBlue Airways pilots die

A pilot of the US airline “JetBlue Airways” even went public and unpacked that up to five pilots of the airline had died between February and May of this year.

It is not known if they were vaccinated. The company is keeping the incidents secret.

The obituary notice for a 31-year-old pilot named Benjamin C. Cumberland said he died of cancer.

According to the JetBlue whistleblower, this is very unlikely because a pilot will have to remain on the ground for at least two years after being diagnosed with cancer.

 

Pilot dies in flight

A vaccinated pilot for the US airline Delta Air Lines died during a flight. The pilot suddenly said strange things and then died, the co-pilot said.

This case has been confirmed by three different whistleblowers, said Dr. Jane Ruby on the Stew Peters Show. The aircraft then had to make an emergency landing. The pilot worked from Los Angeles International Airport. A few days before the flight he was known to have received the second vaccination.

“It goes a lot further than people think,” said Dr. Ruby. Flights are diverted because pilots have chest pain. A flight was also rerouted because a vaccinated passenger had chest pain and was unable to breathe.

A Seattle pilot was found dead at home. He was diagnosed with an embolism. Two flight attendants from Atlanta were found dead a few days after the second vaccination. And a steward from Salt Lake City died after a second Janssen vaccination.

Last weekend, Southwest Airlines canceled more than 1,800 flights, disrupting the travel plans of thousands of passengers. According to a spokesman for the airline, this was due to the “weather conditions”.

The FAA said the cancellations were caused by Southwest’s severe staff shortage.

Pilots are advised not to fly for two to three days after receiving the corona vaccination. This is to prevent them from suffering side effects at high altitudes, according to the European Aviation Safety Agency (EASA).

Stroke and coma on the joystick

The number of incidents is increasing. On August 27, pilot Nawshad Quaiyum of Biman Bangladesh Airlines fell ill during a flight from Masqat in Oman to Dhaka.

The aircraft had to make an emergency landing. He suffered a stroke, fell into a coma and died in the hospital.

It’s not clear if he had been vaccinated, but the 45-year-old pilot was reportedly in good health. Quaiyum collapsed in the cockpit, whereupon the co-pilot initiated an emergency landing.

In the context of the deaths of the four British Airways pilots, three Delta Airlines pilots, five JetBlue Airways pilots, the Bangladeshi and one Air India pilot who were either known or most likely to have been vaccinated, the whole thing is starting to get spooky.

Moderator Stew Peters says in his series of interviews about the strange dying of pilots that the pilots are apparently ticking time bombs.

Also, a woman wrote on social media that her father, an Air Canada pilot, was hospitalized on a flight from Montreal to Vancouver three days after receiving the Pfizer vaccination because of a burst blood vessel in his arm. “Now Air Canada is refusing to pay his salary. And all because of that damn vaccine, ”she said.

A rebellion breaks out in Southwest Airlines

Now, last weekend, a riot has brewed out of nowhere at Southwest Airlines.

According to media reports, numerous pilots and other employees of the US airline Southwest Airlines have agreed to use up their “sick days” at the same time in order to force the management of Southwest Airlines to withdraw their new policy, either take sick leave or lose their jobs if one is not vaccinated. More than 2,000 flights were canceled over the weekend and the airports were in total chaos.

The pilots’ association of Southwest Airlines is suing the airline over the mandatory vaccination. Obviously, the angry Southwest pilots organize a so-called “sick out” (means: to be suspended from duty due to sick leave).

Interestingly, the US mainstream media are trying to cover up the uprising, telling something about “bad weather and lack of air traffic controllers,” which is why flights have to be canceled en masse. The weather phenomenon occurs conspicuously only with Southwest Airlines. No other airline reports outages due to bad weather – at the same airports.

Air travel is not very recommendable at the moment.

This article was translated by Global Research from the German.

To access the original article click here

Our thanks to Rudolf Haensel for having brought this article to our attention.

*

Note to readers: Please click the share buttons above or below. Follow us on Instagram, @crg_globalresearch.

Forward this article to your email lists. Crosspost on your blog site, internet forums. etc.

Featured image is from Krisenfrei

  • Posted in English
  • Comments Off on Now it has Happened: Vaccinated Pilot Dies in Flight. Emergency Landing and Uproar in the Aviation Industry

Engineered Economic Chaos, “Fake Shortages”. Collapse in Industrial Production

By Prof Michel Chossudovsky and Stew Peters, October 14, 2021

Worldwide, large sectors of industry, agriculture and urban services stand idle. The lockdown policies initiated in March 2020 have triggered bankruptcies and unemployment, which in turn have been conducive to a process of disengagement of human resources (labor) and productive assets from the economic landscape.

Canada Bans Unvaccinated Travellers from Boarding Planes, Trains & Cruises

By Joe Martino, October 13, 2021

Yesterday, the Canadian government announced that by Oct. 29th “core” federal public servants will have to be fully vaccinated against COVID-19 or face unpaid leave by Nov. 15th. Further, the government announced that anyone wishing to board a plane, train, or cruise in Canada will have to prove they are vaccinated by Oct 30th.

Airline Industry Issues Dire Warning Against Vaxx Mandates: “We have all the Control – Aircraft Will Stop Moving” with Major Effects on Economy

By Brian Shilhavy, October 14, 2021

There have been widespread rumors this week that the thousands of flights canceled this past weekend by Southwest Airlines have been the result of massive amounts of people calling in sick to protest COVID-19 vaccine mandates for the airline industry.

The Pentagon’s Dilemma: The Covid Vaccine Impairs the Performance of U.S. Fighting Forces

By Prof Michel Chossudovsky, October 14, 2021

The adverse events and injuries pertaining to the Covid vaccine are amply documented: thrombosis, heart attacks, myocarditis, blood clots, cancer, neurological impacts. Indelibly these vaccine related “health risks” will affect vaccinated military personnel as well as the performance and capabilities of “US fighting forces”.

Behind NATO’s ‘Cognitive Warfare’: ‘Battle for Your Brain’ Waged by Western Militaries

By Ben Norton, October 14, 2021

Western governments in the NATO military alliance are developing tactics of “cognitive warfare,” using the supposed threats of China and Russia to justify waging a “battle for your brain” in the “human domain,” to “make everyone a weapon.”

National Security Alert: Thousands of U.S. Special Forces and Combat Troops Discharged as Total Force ‘Vaccination’ Decimates Military Readiness

By David DeGraw, October 14, 2021

An estimated 350,000 of our military service members are being dishonorably discharged for refusing to take a completely unnecessary and experimental mRNA nanotech injection, which is now proven to degrade immune systems and cause many serious side effects.

The New American Leadership: Biden Tells the World What He Wants It to Know

By Philip Giraldi, October 14, 2021

Currently the politically motivated expressions of national greatness tend to honor America’s quality rather than the jobs and prosperity that it is able to generate. Presidents speak of the country’s “Exceptionalism,” as well as it being a “force for good” and “leader of the free world” with all that implies.

Blinken: US Policy Is to ‘Oppose the Reconstruction of Syria’

By Dave DeCamp, October 14, 2021

On Wednesday, Secretary of State Antony Blinken said the US position on Syria is to “oppose” the country’s reconstruction and not support any attempts at normalization with the government of Bashar al-Assad.

“Police for Freedom”: Conscientious Resignation of Police Officer in Australia

By Robert J. Burrowes and Police for Freedom, October 14, 2021

Following the conscientious resignation of Acting Senior Sergeant Krystle Mitchell of the Victoria Police in Australia, the international network Police for Freedom https://policeforfreedom.org/ has just issued the statement below in support.

Hiroshima 1945, Chile’s 1973 Coup d’état, Afghanistan 2001, Iraq 2003: Four Key Anniversaries Glossed over by Western Media

By Shane Quinn, October 14, 2021

The US conducted many attacks on foreign soil and four of them include the 2003 Anglo-American attack on Iraq, 2001 US-led military intervention in Afghanistan, The first 9/11, military coup d’etat in Chile and Atomic bombings of Japan. But why is Western Media is glossing over these incidents?, discusses Shane Quinn, a British geo-strategist.

  • Posted in NO READ MORE LINK
  • Comments Off on Selected Articles: Engineered Economic Chaos, “Fake Shortages”. Collapse in Industrial Production

Funeral Rites for COVID Zero

October 15th, 2021 by Dr. Binoy Kampmark

  • Posted in English
  • Comments Off on Funeral Rites for COVID Zero

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the “Translate Website” drop down menu on the top banner of our home page (Desktop version).

Visit and follow us on Instagram at @crg_globalresearch.

***

 

 

It is sometimes difficult to absorb how much the United States has changed in the past twenty years, and not for the better. When I was in grade school in the 1950s there was a favorite somewhat simplistic saying much employed by teachers to illustrate the success of the American way of life that prevailed at that time. It went “What’s good for General Motors is good for America” and it meant that the U.S. version of a robust and assertive capitalist economy generated opportunity and prosperity for the entire nation. Today, having witnessed the devastation and offshoring of the domestic manufacturing economy by those very same corporate managers, such an expression would be rightly sneered at and considered risible.

Currently the politically motivated expressions of national greatness tend to honor America’s quality rather than the jobs and prosperity that it is able to generate. Presidents speak of the country’s “Exceptionalism,” as well as it being a “force for good” and “leader of the free world” with all that implies. That Americans are now in fact both poorer and less safe has generated its own national myth, that of a country beleaguered by terrorists who despise “our freedom” and which has been stabbed in the back by others, mostly in Asia, who have been engaging in unfair practices to bring America down. President Joe Biden’s gang of apologists has as well been fixated on the positive assertions that “America is back” and that the president will “build back better,” surely meaningless expressions that reflect the vacuity of the Democratic Party pre-electoral hype that Donald Trump had led the country to perdition.

President Joe Biden’s United Nations address three weeks ago was indeed largely Trump without all the bluster, threats and admonishments. He lied to the world leaders that: “I stand here today, for the first time in 20 years, with the United States not at war.” According to the latest available information, the U.S. was involved in seven wars in 2018: Afghanistan, Iraq, Syria, Yemen, Somalia, Libya, and Niger. Now that Afghanistan is nominally over, the number of current American wars is six officially, though none of them are actually declared by Congress as demanded the Constitution. If one includes clandestine counter-terrorism operations the real number is certainly much higher.

Joe Biden issued a call for all nations to work together to deal with transnational and even global threats like climate change and the pandemic, promising “relentless diplomacy” from the United States with a pledge that “we will look ahead, we will lead.” The response by the audience was predictably tepid as no one asked Joe whether anyone really wanted to be led any more, most notably America’s oldest friend and ally France, which was recently stiffed on a submarine deal by the White House. There are even reports that Biden is on bad terms with Great Britain, usually a completely reliable partner in crime. It was as if the U.S. president were reading from the “General Motors” script, having forgotten to refresh himself on what happened more recently in the debacle retreat from Afghanistan, which was not mentioned at all.

But it wasn’t all sugar and spice as Biden demonstrated his required toughness, cautioning Iran and skewering those who do not “…give their people the ability to breathe free, …who seek to suffocate their people with an iron-hand authoritarianism. The authoritarians of the world, they seek to proclaim the end of the age of democracy, but they’re wrong.” He was speaking, somewhat gratuitously, about Russia and China while also failing to mention the chaos on the U.S. southern border, demonstrating once again that everything is susceptible to change, but not in Washington.

To be sure, perhaps the most interesting aspect of the speech was the complete lack of self-awareness that the world has moved on without the United States, which has been locked into a certain foreign policy mindset since 9/11. In the past two decades Washington has invaded and brought about regime change in Afghanistan and Iraq, and has attempted to do the same unsuccessfully in Syria. It has openly intervened in the electoral process in Ukraine, which brought about a change of government that also generated a major crisis with Russia. It joined together with European allies to overthrow the Libyan government, reducing that stable and prosperous country into what is currently little better than a gangster and terrorist stronghold. It has more recently been seeking to undermine the elected government in Venezuela and has worked assiduously to wreck that country’s economy. It has interfered in Cuba, Bolivia and Ecuador and has dealt out devastating economic sanctions on adversaries like Iran.

It should be noted that all those initiatives, which Joe Biden might describe as “leadership,” took place under both Democratic and Republican Administrations, suggesting that if there is consensus in Washington it likely can be found in the willingness to wreck other nations. And Joe denounces “authoritarian” regimes without recognizing that many Americans have observed how the United States is itself becoming a model totalitarian state, irrationally obsessed with war while also having a health care system that has been ranked as one of the worst in the developed world. Witness the Patriot Act and the Authorization for the Use of Military Force, which have empowered any president to go to war without being endangered by a foreign threat. And then there is the Military Commissions Act which permits the indefinite imprisonment of terror and other suspects without having to charge anyone with a crime. And what about the prisoners still held without trial at Guantanamo after twenty years, or the Obama initiated policy of assassinating U.S. citizens overseas using drones? Or using drones to wipe out entire wedding parties while imprisoning the whistleblower Daniel Hale who had the temerity to reveal that 90% of the drone deaths in Afghanistan were of innocent bystanders who fit a “profile”?

And then there is the handling of the COVID-19 virus vaccination program at home, making it mandatory if people want to stay employed or in school. Or have a government job. The Biden Administration is now making health care decisions that impact directly on all Americans. Joe Biden is all for that and some in his administration are calling for mandatory booster vaccinations to include everyone who is already allegedly protected. Many Americans are resisting the government policies and there is growing dissent from the scientific and medical community over the efficacy of the vaccines, to include some legitimate concerns that they do more harm than good.

The government is also planning on looking at everyone’s bank accounts, an enormous invasion of privacy. A proposal working its way into law would require all banks to report directly to the Internal Revenue Service (IRS) all relevant information on any account that has more than $600 in transactions in a year. That would mean nearly all accounts and one can combine that with continued government surveillance of the phones and emails of citizens who have not been involved in any criminal activity plus increased broadening of domestic terrorism legislation and guidelines which will turn half the population into “suspects.”

So, the myth of America trudges on with some new labels attached but otherwise pretty much the same. Many would argue that it is time for a reboot, to return to constitutionalism, small government and an end to pointless foreign wars and interventions. But to do that would pit individuals and small groups against some very powerful interests, i.e. the defense industry, big pharma, and government itself, which sees its natural role as one of growth. It is an unbalanced struggle, but it must be won if the United States of America is to survive with some basic freedoms intact into the 22nd century.

*

Note to readers: Please click the share buttons above or below. Follow us on Instagram, @crg_globalresearch. Forward this article to your email lists. Crosspost on your blog site, internet forums. etc.

Philip M. Giraldi, Ph.D., is Executive Director of the Council for the National Interest, a 501(c)3 tax deductible educational foundation (Federal ID Number #52-1739023) that seeks a more interests-based U.S. foreign policy in the Middle East. Website is https://councilforthenationalinterest.org address is P.O. Box 2157, Purcellville VA 20134 and its email is [email protected]

He is a frequent contributor to Global Research.

Featured image is from The Last Refuge

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the “Translate Website” drop down menu on the top banner of our home page (Desktop version).

Visit and follow us on Instagram at @crg_globalresearch.

***

 

The world’s biodiversity has fallen below the ‘safe limit’, researchers suggest, as habitat destruction and agriculture take their toll on nature.

Ahead of the 2021 UN Biodiversity Conference (COP 15), the Museum has launched the Biodiversity Trends Explorer, an online tool that will allow everyone, from members of the public to policymakers, to see how the biodiversity of different regions has changed over time.

According to new analysis of over 58,000 species by Museum scientists, the UK has only half of its entire biodiversity left, putting it in the bottom 10% of the world’s countries.

With an average of just 53% of its native wildlife intact, it falls behind countries including the USA and China following widespread destruction of its habitats from the seventeenth to nineteenth centuries.

Globally – biodiversity intactness, which represents the proportion of the original number of species in an area that remain and their abundance – is measured at 75%. This is significantly below the 90% average set as the ‘safe limit’ to maintain the ecological processes such as pollination and nutrient cycling that are vital to our survival.

The researchers behind the new analysis have called on governments around the world for ambitious action to preserve and enhance biodiversity globally ahead of the 2021 UN Biodiversity Conference (COP 15).

Professor Andy Purvis, who researches biodiversity at the Museum and carried out the analysis, says, ‘Biodiversity loss is just as catastrophic as climate change, but the solutions are linked. Stopping further damage to the planet requires big change, but we can do it if we act now, together.

‘Muddling through as we currently are doing is nowhere near enough to halt, let alone reverse, this devastating decline in biodiversity.

‘Governments possess the power – economic, political and legal – to address the planetary emergency, and there may still be time, but they must act now.’

The Museum has also launched a new tool, the Biodiversity Trends Explorer, to allow people around the world to track biodiversity changes from 2000 to 2050.

An image of industrial Radcliffe in 1902

The Industrial Revolution contributed to much of the loss of British biodiversity. Image © T.H. Hayhurst, licensed under Public Domain via Wikimedia Commons

The ghost of biodiversity past

Under the analysis, scientists looked at data from ecological studies from around the world covering over 58,000 species, including animals, plants and fungi. This data was used to produce a metric, known as the Biodiversity Intactness Index (BII), for countries and island groups around the world.

Five different scenarios were modelled to predict how the BII could change in the years to 2050. These scenarios range from Taking the Green Road, where the world moves gradually to a more sustainable future, to Taking the Highway, where fossil fuels are used to fuel growth. Other scenarios imagine countries competing with each other and becoming more unequal.

Under the scenario where current trends continue, the researchers found that the UK lags behind much of the world. In the 2021 figures, only a handful of countries such as Denmark and Ukraine were found to have a lower BII.

This low figure has been attributed to the events of the Agricultural and Industrial Revolutions. These events saw traditional farming and industry increasingly replaced by more intensive practices and mechanisation, which destroyed swathes of habitat.

‘It’s over 200 years, probably, since we passed the safe threshold in terms of having enough biodiversity to reliably meet our needs in the UK,’ Andy says. ‘But since then, we’ve in effect been exporting biodiversity damage elsewhere by importing materials from those places.

‘We’ve done that because our spending power has been high. Basically, we cashed in our natural capital for economic capital hundreds of years ago.’

These impacts mean the UK is one of the most nature-depleted countries in the world. Even in the twenty-first century, the nation’s BII fell from 53.88 in 2003 to a low of 52.31 by 2007. It is yet to return to its former level. While gains are predicted until 2050, this will only reach 56.32 in the most generous scenario.

Barrel corals and fish off East Timor

Timor-Leste’s coral reefs are some of the most pristine in the world, contributing to its high BII. Image © Mayumi.K/Shutterstock

The ghost of biodiversity yet to come

While the UK is starting from a low baseline, scientists are concerned that countries with high BII values now may see them collapse as resources are exploited to fuel development in wealthy countries.

‘Taking the Green Road is the fairest route,’ explains Andy. ‘We, the developed world, mustn’t export our biodiversity loss to lower-income countries which often have more unique biodiversity and whose people depend critically on what their local ecosystems can provide them with.’

For instance, under a scenario in which wealthy countries exploit low-income countries, Timor-Leste – currently home to some of the world’s most biodiverse marine habitats – could see its BII value fall by almost 25% by 2050.

‘Because we have purchasing power in the UK, it’s easy to massively improve the state of nature as we could just stop farming. But what that would mean is that the UK would just buy everything in, usually from places that have more unique biodiversity than the UK ever had.

‘At a global level, that would be terrible.’

Cooperation between everyone is vital to protect global biodiversity, with negotiators set to meet in China for COP 15 in October 2021, where it is hoped they will set binding targets for the preservation of biodiversity. However, agreement won’t be easy.

‘It’s easier for wealthy nations to meet targets based on trends because theirs are largely stable, whereas it’s easier for developing countries to meet targets based on status because they usually have more left,’ says Andy. ‘Both these viewpoints are valid, so it may well be that the equitable outcome involves different countries making their contribution in different ways.’

Agreements such as the Convention on Biological Diversity are based on a principle of fairness, with some suggesting wealthier countries with poorer biodiversity should provide funding to lower-income countries to preserve theirs.

‘I think that there’s a huge fairness and equality issue here,’ Andy says. ‘Biodiversity damage is driven primarily, but not exclusively, by consumption in rich countries.

‘I think there is an obligation on developed countries that have cashed in their own nature for profit to be compensating other countries to retain theirs, which might mean financial instruments are needed to enable those transfers to happen.’

Protest signs left by activists at COP 23 in Bonn, Germany

Negotiators are set to meet at COP 15 and COP 26 for vital talks about biodiversity and climate change. Image © Dominika Zara/Shutterstock

Fight for the future

Ahead of COP 15, the Museum has launched the Biodiversity Trends Explorer (BTE), which uses BII data to provide open monitoring of biodiversity for all. It is hoped that the tool will allow negotiators to make fair agreements using the latest data and predictions.

Andy says,

‘The negotiations at COP 26 [the UN Climate Change Conference] and COP 15 can only be successful if the validity of both sides’ positions is clearly understood, by providing each country with accurate information, not only on its recent biodiversity trend but also how much nature it has retained.

‘Accessing the Biodiversity Intactness Index via our BTE tool can help negotiators reach equitable agreements.’

Lord Zac Goldsmith, UK Government Minister for Pacific and the Environment, says,

‘As Presidents of COP26, the UK has put nature at the heart of the agenda, and we very much welcome this important study which highlights the crucial connections between climate and biodiversity and the urgent need to protect nature.

‘We wholly support this new tool and encourage all countries to increase their efforts to protect and restore nature as a solution not only to climate change, but biodiversity loss and poverty too.’

While nations must play their part, there are also actions that individuals can do as well. For instance, cutting down on meat intake, growing more nature-friendly gardens and using fewer fossil fuels can all help the planet.

‘I think it’s really important to retain the optimism that that this can be fixed,’ Andy says. ‘It’s not so much consumption of natural resource that’s the problem, it’s overconsumption.

‘Buying less and thinking about it more can make a really big difference.’

*

Note to readers: Please click the share buttons above or below. Follow us on Instagram, @crg_globalresearch. Forward this article to your email lists. Crosspost on your blog site, internet forums. etc.

Featured image: The world’s biodiversity intactness is around 75% – below the 90% limit scientists believe is safe. Image © Tarcisio Schnaider/Shutterstock

  • Posted in English
  • Comments Off on Analysis Warns Global Biodiversity Is Below ‘Safe Limit’ Ahead of COP 15
  • Tags: ,

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the “Translate Website” drop down menu on the top banner of our home page (Desktop version).

Visit and follow us on Instagram at @crg_globalresearch.

***

 

The Central Asia region for thousands of years has been the location of endless conflict and Great Power competition as it is a crossroads for East-West trade routes. Scythians, Huns and various tribes of Turks and Mongols, among a plethora of other groups, have swept across the region. In the 19th century, Central Asia hosted the so-called Great Game between the British and Russian Empires, and, over the last two decades, the U.S. made a serious attempt to establish a permanent presence. However, just as the U.S. makes its withdrawal from Afghanistan, Ankara is making serious attempts to supplant the dominant Russian and Chinese influences in the region.

In 2010, Prime Minister (now President) Recep Tayyip Erdoğan announced his ambitious 2023 vision as the year being the centenary celebration of the Republic of Turkey. The 2023 Vision aimed for Turkey to have a vigorous foreign policy and involvement in all major global organizations and events. Also envisioned was Turkey becoming a key transportation-trade-pipeline hub as just like Central Asia, it too is a crossroads for East-West trade routes.

Under this ambitious vision to elevate Turkey’s power and influence was the “Policy of Zero Problems with our Neighbors,” created by former foreign minister and current Future Party leader Ahmet Davutoğlu. Ankara went from “Zero Problems with Neighbors” to “Problems with nearly all Neighbors” very quickly as the breakout of the Syrian War provided Turkey a rare opportunity to significantly expand its influence – if President Bashar al-Assad was deposed. The Syrian War was the first giveaway that the so-called “Zero Problems with Neighbors” policy, implemented in 2010, had not even lasted the course of 2011 before Erdoğan scrapped Davutoğlu’s vision and quickly descended into an ideology of syncretic neo-Ottomanism and pan-Turkism.

The Republic of Turkey was founded by Mustafa Kemal following a campaign to create a “Turkey for the Turks” that culminated in the genocide of 3 million Armenians, Greeks and Assyrians. Surviving Christian populations that were not deported to Greece, the Soviet Union or allowed to remain in Istanbul, were forcibly Turkified and Islamified.

Because identity was fluid during the Ottoman Empire, all Muslims were labelled as Ottomans in censuses regardless if their ethnicity was Greek, Serb or something else. Kemal himself was born to Dönme (hidden Jewish but publicly Muslim) parents of Albanian stock. Following the collapse of the Ottoman Empire, Kemal embarked on a massive Turkification campaign to eliminate all identity that was not Turkish, and even adopted the moniker Atatürk (Father Turk). Atatürk enforced Turkification on a country that had only escaped total collapse from the Greek Army thanks to Bolshevik military aid. Turkey as a new country comprised of various Muslim peoples from the Balkans, Anatolia and the Caucasus that were rapidly Turkified to consolidate a united national identity and mythology for the newly established country.

Because of such a Turkification policy, most citizens in Turkey believe they are descended from Turkic tribes that conquered Anatolia, rather than indigenous peoples that were forcibly Turkified. Modern genetic testing has found that the majority of Turkish citizens have very little to zero Turkic admixture, with Turkey-born professors like Mehmet Efe Caman and Ihsan Yilmaz highlighting as much.

However, this forced Turkification has ideologically guided Ankara’s foreign policy too. It is on this basis that Turkey today is actively introducing pan-Turkism with Political Islam to Azerbaijan and the Turkic countries of Central Asia. To challenge Russian influence over these countries, remembering that it was the Soviets who introduced secularism to the region, Turkey funds NGO’s and institutions in these countries to consolidate pan-Turkic ideology that is also rooted in Islam.

This poses major issues, including for Russian security concerns, as Far-Right ultra-nationalist Turkish organizations like the once Gladio-funded Grey Wolves have the stated goal of uniting all Turkic-speaking peoples in one state stretching from the Balkans to Central Asia. The group has fought in Chechnya, made links with Tartar groups in Crimea, and encourage members to fight in Syria. One of their mottos is “Your doctor will be a Turk and your medicine will be Islam.” Erdoğan, his coalition partner Devlet Bahçeli and several opposition leaders are frequently seen making the hand signal of the group, which several countries recognize as a terrorist organization.

Erdoğan hopes that through the Turkic Council, comprising also of Azerbaijan, Kazakhstan, Kyrgyzstan and Uzbekistan, Turkish ideological influence can begin penetrating these countries. One of the mission goals of the Turkic Council is “developing common positions on foreign policy issues.” Effectively, Ankara sees itself at the centre of a Turkic Arc that stretches from Kyrgyzstan to Istanbul, and hopes that it can encapsulate Central Asia into its own sphere of influence at the expense of Russia and China.

This will prove problematic as the synthesis of pan-Turkic identity and Political Islam will ultimately culminate into the expansion of the Grey Wolves or other ideologically aligned organizations into Central Asia. Just as the Grey Wolves are responsible for exporting terrorism to Syria and the Caucasus, and have committed massacres against Kurds, Alevis and other minority groups, such extremism will ultimately be exported to Central Asia too if these countries allow themselves to be consumed by Turkey’s current ideological conjecture and foreign policy – just as it seeks to do through the Turkic Council.

For Russia, a growth of terrorism in Central Asia will be a direct affront to its own national security, especially as pan-Turkists have Crimea in their sights, and the more extreme elements even look towards the Russian regions around the Altai Mountains, the mythological homeland of the Turkic people. For China, the threat is just as great, especially as pan-Turkist ideology also includes China’s Xinjiang Province in their grand territorial aspirations.

In this way, a real ideological struggle is ensuing over Central Asia. The region has a choice to make – to take on Turkmenistan’s example of being neutral (hence why it is not a Turkic Council member state), or go on the path into becoming pariah states that could become hotbeds of extremism and instability, which itself would drive away from serious investment opportunities and projects from China and Russia which cannot be replaced by a Turkey whose economy is being battered.

*

Note to readers: Please click the share buttons above or below. Follow us on Instagram, @crg_globalresearch. Forward this article to your email lists. Crosspost on your blog site, internet forums. etc.

Paul Antonopoulos is an independent geopolitical analyst.

Featured image is from InfoBrics

  • Posted in English
  • Comments Off on Ankara’s Penetration into Central Asia Threatens to Bring Pan-Turkic Extremism to Russia’s Border
  • Tags: ,

US Trying to Boycott Energy Cooperation Between Moscow and Europe

October 14th, 2021 by Lucas Leiroz de Almeida

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the “Translate Website” drop down menu on the top banner of our home page (Desktop version).

Visit and follow us on Instagram at @crg_globalresearch.

***

 

The current energy situation in Europe is really disturbing. The exponential rise in the price of gas directly threatens the functioning of basic sectors of European society. Amidst a scenario of growing demand for energy supply with low economic and environmental impact, European countries are looking for sustainable forms of cooperation and see Russia as the most promising ally. However, American interventionism threatens this cooperation and, consequently, all sectors of European society affected by the energy crisis.

In the entire Europe, energy prices have risen uncontrollably over the past six months, reaching historic highs, and creating an extremely dangerous crisis. Considering that more than a fifth of the electricity consumed in the European continent comes from natural gas, the dependence on this product had a strong negative impact after the recent rise in prices in the world gas market. The rise in prices is due to a series of different factors, mainly the expansion in world demand, at a time when countries end their confinements and economies are trying to return to normality in a rapid way. In short, the world started to invest less and less in energy during the last year because the economy decreased, but now Europe, which is in an advanced process of vaccination, wants to return to pre-pandemic economic development numbers quickly and efficiently – however, the structures of the energy market are not being enough to supply the demand. Since 2020, the price of gas has increased by 600%, reaching an unprecedented mark.

About 90% of the gas used in Europe comes from imports, which makes the situation on the continent tense not only for the economic superstructure, but also for the common consumers, who are dealing with the increase in the price of their tariffs. European states have been trying to articulate strategies in order to solve this problem, approving tax cuts and other measures – but nothing has been enough to overcome the harmful effects of the precarious supply.

As the largest gas provider for the EU, Russia supplied about 43.4% of the product consumed in European states last year, which makes Moscow an important strategic ally for Europe in terms of mitigating the effects of the current crisis. Indeed, the more Europe buys Russian natural gas, the sooner the energy crisis will end, considering that Russian production structures have been less affected by the pandemic than those of other countries.

Historically, the Russian-European bilateral dialogue in the gas sector has operated in an absolutely pragmatic way, generating mutually beneficial results for both sides. But things seem to be changing, with misinformation and ideological alignment overlapping pragmatism recently. Recently, American experts started to accuse Russia of using gas as a geopolitical weapon in its international relations. The most impressive point is that, despite being unsubstantiated, the accusations have prevented the realization of several partnerships and have made dialogue between Russians and Europeans difficult.

Washington alleges that Russia is deliberately generating the energy crisis in Europe, using gas as a geopolitical weapon to gain advantage. However, the arguments that would supposedly support this hypothesis are extremely weak and do not corroborate this conclusion. For example, one of the arguments is that Moscow would be boycotting the presence of its own gas on European soil by banning gas routes in Ukraine due to the Nord Stream 2 – which is a big fallacy considering that such a ban not only never occurred, but also that Russia has been exporting more and more gas via Ukraine, despite the completion of the Nord Stream works. The purpose of the accusations against Russia, in the end, seems to be just to develop an anti-Nord Stream narrative, pointing to the pipeline as a supposed cause of the crisis and making European citizens believe that Germany must end its energy cooperation with Russia.

Obviously, Moscow has denied all accusations so far. President Vladimir Putin himself said:

“Russia has always been a reliable gas supplier to consumers around the world, in Europe and in Asia, and always has fully met all its obligations. I would like to underline that the situation in the European energy markets is a bright example of the inadmissibility of hasty and politically motivated moves in any sphere, particularly in energy issues that determine stability of industries and welfare and life quality of millions of people”.

In fact, with the beginning of the crisis, Russia was the first alternative for the Europeans, who started to look to Moscow for a safe, clean, and cheap source of gas. In the first months of 2021, cooperation increased by about 15% – which certainly caught the attention of the US government. The US also supplies gas to Europe, however, via a long, difficult and dangerous route. For the American government, regardless of the safety of the route, the only important thing is to undermine Russian influence and supply the European market with its own gas.

In the current scenario, there is only one path for the European democracies, which will have to choose between passively accepting Washington’s accusations or reacting by cooperating with the only country that can solve the energy problem.

*

Note to readers: Please click the share buttons above or below. Follow us on Instagram, @crg_globalresearch. Forward this article to your email lists. Crosspost on your blog site, internet forums. etc.

Lucas Leiroz is a research fellow in international law at the Federal University of Rio de Janeiro.

Featured image is from parstoday.com/

Lies and Torture Cover-up: U.S. State Secrets Doctrine Is a Fraud

October 14th, 2021 by Judge Andrew P. Napolitano

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the “Translate Website” drop down menu on the top banner of our home page (Desktop version).

Visit and follow us on Instagram at @crg_globalresearch.

***

 

 

 

 

 

 

“Three people can keep a secret if two of them are dead.”  — Benjamin Franklin (1706-1790)

Last week, President George W. Bush’s torture regime reared its head in an unusual argument before the U.S. Supreme Court.

In 2002, Abu Zubaydah was captured by a militia in Pakistan and handed over to the CIA, which brought him to Poland. Under the supervision of CIA agents and American psychologists, he was brutally tortured until his removal to the Guantanamo Bay Naval Base in Cuba in 2006.

The Bush administration argued Mr. Zubaydah was a high-ranking member of al-Qaida who possessed information needed to fight the war on terror. After his torture produced no actionable information, the CIA told the Department of Justice and the Senate that Mr. Zubaydah was not a member of al-Qaida. It had no evidence of wrongdoing by him.

His lawyers filed a criminal complaint with the European Court of Human Rights against the CIA, its psychologists, and the Polish intelligence agents who carried out the torture.

That court concluded that the torture occurred, and it referred to Polish prosecutors to proceed criminally against the defendants. During that criminal proceeding, Polish prosecutors asked the DOJ for the names of those who tortured Mr. Zubaydah and documentation of what they did to him.

In the Supreme Court last week, the government’s lawyer conceded that the names of the torturers and the nature of their horrible deeds are already known — the psychologists wrote a book about it — but the government will not confirm any of it because it constitutes state secrets.

*

Note to readers: Please click the share buttons above or below. Follow us on Instagram, @crg_globalresearch. Forward this article to your email lists. Crosspost on your blog site, internet forums. etc.

Featured image: Abu Zubaydah is a citizen of the Palestinian territories held in Guantanamo Bay. (Source: Public Domain)

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the “Translate Website” drop down menu on the top banner of our home page (Desktop version).

Visit and follow us on Instagram at @crg_globalresearch.

***

 

On Wednesday, Secretary of State Antony Blinken said the US position on Syria is to “oppose” the country’s reconstruction and not support any attempts at normalization with the government of Bashar al-Assad.

At a joint press conference with his Israeli and UAE counterparts, Blinken said the US has not “changed our position to oppose the reconstruction of Syria until there is irreversible progress toward a political solution.”

More and more Arab countries are accepting that Assad isn’t going anywhere and have taken steps to normalize, including Jordan, which opened its border with Syria in September. Blinken said the US does not intend to “express any support for efforts to normalize relations or rehabilitate Mr. Assad” or lift a “single sanction” unless there is regime change in Damascus.

US sanctions under the Caesar Act against Syria specifically target the energy and construction sectors to impede the country’s ability to rebuild after 10 brutal years of war. The sanctions can target any person regardless of nationality, discouraging Syria’s neighbors from helping in the reconstruction.

On top of the sanctions, the US also maintains an occupation force of about 900 soldiers in eastern Syria and supports the Kurdish-led Syrian Democratic Forces in the region. This area of Syria is where most of the country’s oil fields are, so the US presence keeps vital resource out of the hands of Damascus.

Washington’s economic warfare against Syria is exacerbating the country’s food shortages. According to the UN, as of February, the number of Syrians that are close to starvation is at 12.4 million, or 60 percent of the population.

*

Note to readers: Please click the share buttons above or below. Follow us on Instagram, @crg_globalresearch. Forward this article to your email lists. Crosspost on your blog site, internet forums. etc.

Dave DeCamp is the news editor of Antiwar.com, follow him on Twitter @decampdave.


Order Mark Taliano’s Book “Voices from Syria” directly from Global Research.

Mark Taliano combines years of research with on-the-ground observations to present an informed and well-documented analysis that refutes  the mainstream media narratives on Syria. 

Voices from Syria 

ISBN: 978-0-9879389-1-6

Author: Mark Taliano

Year: 2017

Pages: 128 (Expanded edition: 1 new chapter)

List Price: $17.95

Special Price: $9.95 

Click to order

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the “Translate Website” drop down menu on the top banner of our home page (Desktop version).

Visit and follow us on Instagram at @crg_globalresearch.

***

 

These nearly two Covidian years have seen the emergence of a propaganda ministry based around “certified experts” who have dominated the media scene with an uncommon skill. They are often medical doctors and medical professionals, therefore people who should be more familiar with hospital wards, sick needs for care and laboratories, so their sudden skill in managing the media gives rise to the suspicion that the “doctors” are a team of spin doctors serving non-health agendas.

The work of such an organized propaganda front has not succeeded in blinding everyone to the facts. Nurses seeing the harmful effects of the vaccine on the vaccinated, the vaccinated told that they were 95% protected only to learn that they are not and must wear masks and have booster shots, and real doctors who cure Covid with HCQ and Ivermectin have all seen through the official narrative.

Important doctors and scientists, such as Luc Montagnier and Robert Malone, have contested the propaganda narrative that is enriching pharmaceutical companies, giving authoritarian control to governments, and perhaps also reducing the world population.

Some Italian doctors have refused to follow the instructions of the Italian Ministry of Health, thus rejecting the infamous “Tylenol and watchful waiting” and they have instead visited patients (even house by house) and cured the infected by administering prohibited HCQ and Ivermectin. Many lives have been saved, and although openly attacked, these doctors have never been reported and taken to court. The last thing the official narrative desires is evidence presented in a court. That would collapse the entire house of cards.

The Hippocrate Association—IppocrateOrg Association–founded by the Italian Mauro Rango, has saved thousands of human lives by treating instead of vaccinating. Robert Malone, developer of the mRNA technology used in the vaccine, was interviewed by the association on the risks of hasty use of mRNA vaccines.

Interview with Dr. Robert Malone

The Italian Hippocratic Association 

I interviewed Mauro Rango who described a different and more humane approach than lockdowns, masks, and injection with a dangerous experimental substance, the consequences of which are unknown.

Here are Mauro Rango’s answers to my questions:

Costantino Ceoldo: Can you explain to us how the IppocrateOrg Association was born and why you gave yourselves this name?

Mauro Rango: We were born as a spontaneous Movement. It all started on a day that now seems very far away and instead only a little more than a year has passed since, on May 4, 2020, desperate for what I saw happening in my country of origin, Italy, I entrusted a message to WhatsApp. A message in a bottle, with the hope that someone would pick it up. I live on a small island in the Republic of Mauritius where I have always dealt with the right to health, collaborating with the local government. Covid had just appeared in Italy, but here in the island where I live it was immediately eradicated using Hydroxychloroquine and Azithromycin.

I followed with amazement, anger and helplessness what was happening in Italy where tens of thousands of people died without treatment or with wrong therapies, people left alone in the disease, without medical assistance and without valid therapy.

I had tried in every way to contact the Ministry of Health in Italy, political forces, anyone who was able to change things by receiving the right information and knowing that the treatments were there. My attempts were in vain, no one ever replied. So, in a last desperate act, I wrote all this on a WhatsApp message and sent it to about forty people, my contacts, hoping that someone would read it. I didn’t even expect what happened next. The reply messages arrived, one after the other, and so did the emails and so did the phone calls. They arrived in a few hours! Thousands of people answered me, some curious, some hesitant, some happy to find an opening, a way out of a nightmare. This message that spoke of cures and life had gone viral in a country that spoke only of death.

I also did not expect that my message, born from an act of desperation, could get to involve so many people. From there, exchanges of messages, phone calls, everyone had the need to talk, to find common points of view. With some people the relationship has been tightening, common ideals, common needs have come into focus and the idea has emerged clearer and clearer not to leave all this limited to exchanges of words and opinions but to transform it into something structured, operational, concrete. Something that had its own identity and gathered within it, people, even completely different ones, but with the same purpose, to restore to the human being his centrality and his natural right to health and well-being instead of being victim of a protocol dictated by strong economic powers and interests. Thus, the Movement with its website, became an International Association and gathers thousands of people within it worldwide.

The choice of the name was natural, taken for granted, it was in my thoughts and dreams as a boy. IppocrateOrg embodies the concept of medical ethics, commitment to life, respect for man and natural laws. “Primum non nocere” (Latin for “first, don’t hurt”) is the maximum expression of this.

CC: Is it a purely Italian experience or does it also exist in other parts of the world?

MR: IppocrateOrg Association is an international movement, now present in various countries of the world and in almost all continents: Europe, Asia, South America and Central North, Africa. Even in the United Arab Emirates we have our own representation. The Covid Patient Assistance Service has its greatest expression in Italy, but it is active with local doctors also in other countries, especially in South America and India. Elsewhere it is our own Italian doctors who help Covid patients, sometimes finding collaboration in local doctors.

CC: You have developed an anti-COVID protocol alternative to that of the Ministry of Health. Did I understand well?

MR: I wouldn’t say that. I would rather say that the Ministry of Health has not developed any protocols. Regarding home therapies, World Health Organization proposes a watchful waiting. Never in the history of medicine has there been a “watchful waiting” for the onset of a disease with the development of inflammatory and even lethal aspects. If the watchful waiting can make sense in young subjects who in any case do not die of Covid, it does not, however, make any sense in subjects at risk because they are burdened by other pathologies that we know are putting the patient’s life at risk. In this case it is necessary to intervene immediately in the first phase of the disease (phase of viral replication) with Ivermectin and Azithromycin and in the second phase of the disease (advanced inflammatory phase) with corticosteroids and enoxaparin. Using the right drugs, at the right dosages and on schedule, we always get the result of defeating the pathology and a recovery of the patient in a short time. [Ivermectin is spreading worldwide as the preferred Covid treatment: see this]

CC: Do you visit COVID patients house-to-house?

MR: No. We do not visit home but in telemedicine.

CC: How many are the healed among the sick who have entrusted themselves to you?

MR: Out of 60,000 patients treated we suffered 9 deaths.

CC: Is it normal that during a pandemic emergency there are “prohibited” drugs and discouraged autopsies?

MR: It is not normal. It is pure madness.

CC: What is your opinion on the “Green Pass”?

MR: We believe that the Green Pass is absolutely useless for the purpose of containing the epidemic, especially when we refer it to vaccinated people, in fact this vaccine does not block infection and contagion and therefore does not prevent the spread of the virus. Vaccinated people are carriers of the virus, they can get sick and make others sick, vaccinated or not. The green pass generates a false illusion of immunity.

CC: One last question: why don’t most doctors act like you?

MR: We should ask them. Certainly, following the instructions of the Ministry of Health is more comfortable and protects from retaliation.

*

Note to readers: Please click the share buttons above or below. Follow us on Instagram, @crg_globalresearch. Forward this article to your email lists. Crosspost on your blog site, internet forums. etc.

Featured image is from Children’s Health Defense

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the “Translate Website” drop down menu on the top banner of our home page (Desktop version).

Visit and follow us on Instagram at @crg_globalresearch.

***

 

Western governments in the NATO military alliance are developing tactics of “cognitive warfare,” using the supposed threats of China and Russia to justify waging a “battle for your brain” in the “human domain,” to “make everyone a weapon.”

NATO is developing new forms of warfare to wage a “battle for the brain,” as the military alliance put it.

The US-led NATO military cartel has tested novel modes of hybrid warfare against its self-declared adversaries, including economic warfare, cyber warfare, information warfare, and psychological warfare.

Now, NATO is spinning out an entirely new kind of combat it has branded cognitive warfare. Described as the “weaponization of brain sciences,” the new method involves “hacking the individual” by exploiting “the vulnerabilities of the human brain” in order to implement more sophisticated “social engineering.”

Until recently, NATO had divided war into five different operational domains: air, land, sea, space, and cyber. But with its development of cognitive warfare strategies, the military alliance is discussing a new, sixth level: the “human domain.”

A 2020 NATO-sponsored study of this new form of warfare clearly explained,

“While actions taken in the five domains are executed in order to have an effect on the human domain, cognitive warfare’s objective is to make everyone a weapon.”

“The brain will be the battlefield of the 21st century,” the report stressed. “Humans are the contested domain,” and “future conflicts will likely occur amongst the people digitally first and physically thereafter in proximity to hubs of political and economic power.”

NATO cognitive warfare report

The 2020 NATO-sponsored study on cognitive warfare

While the NATO-backed study insisted that much of its research on cognitive warfare is designed for defensive purposes, it also conceded that the military alliance is developing offensive tactics, stating, “The human is very often the main vulnerability and it should be acknowledged in order to protect NATO’s human capital but also to be able to benefit from our adversaries’s vulnerabilities.”

In a chilling disclosure, the report said explicitly that “the objective of Cognitive Warfare is to harm societies and not only the military.”

With entire civilian populations in NATO’s crosshairs, the report emphasized that Western militaries must work more closely with academia to weaponize social sciences and human sciences and help the alliance develop its cognitive warfare capacities.

The study described this phenomenon as “the militarization of brain science.” But it appears clear that NATO’s development of cognitive warfare will lead to a militarization of all aspects of human society and psychology, from the most intimate of social relationships to the mind itself.

Such all-encompassing militarization of society is reflected in the paranoid tone of the NATO-sponsored report, which warned of “an embedded fifth column, where everyone, unbeknownst to him or her, is behaving according to the plans of one of our competitors.” The study makes it clear that those “competitors” purportedly exploiting the consciousness of Western dissidents are China and Russia.

In other words, this document shows that figures in the NATO military cartel increasingly see their own domestic population as a threat, fearing civilians to be potential Chinese or Russian sleeper cells, dastardly “fifth columns” that challenge the stability of “Western liberal democracies.”

NATO’s development of novel forms of hybrid warfare come at a time when member states’ military campaigns are targeting domestic populations on an unprecedented level.

The Ottawa Citizen reported this September that the Canadian military’s Joint Operations Command took advantage of the Covid-19 pandemic to wage an information war against its own domestic population, testing out propaganda tactics on Canadian civilians.

Internal NATO-sponsored reports suggest that this disclosure is just scratching the surface of a wave of new unconventional warfare techniques that Western militaries are employing around the world.

Canada hosts ‘NATO Innovation Challenge’ on cognitive warfare

Twice each year, NATO holds a “pitch-style event” that it brand as an “Innovation Challenge.” These campaigns – one hosted in the Spring and the other in the Fall, by alternating member states – call on private companies, organizations, and researchers to help develop new tactics and technologies for the military alliance.

The shark tank-like challenges reflect the predominant influence of neoliberal ideology within NATO, as participants mobilize the free market, public-private partnerships, and the promise of cash prizes to advance the agenda of the military-industrial complex.

NATO’s Fall 2021 Innovation Challenge is hosted by Canada, and is titled “The invisible threat: Tools for countering cognitive warfare.”

Canada NATO innovation challenge cognitive warfare

“Cognitive warfare seeks to change not only what people think, but also how they act,” the Canadian government wrote in its official statement on the challenge. “Attacks against the cognitive domain involve the integration of cyber, disinformation/misinformation, psychological, and social-engineering capabilities.”

Ottawa’s press release continued:

“Cognitive warfare positions the mind as a battle space and contested domain. Its objective is to sow dissonance, instigate conflicting narratives, polarize opinion, and radicalize groups. Cognitive warfare can motivate people to act in ways that can disrupt or fragment an otherwise cohesive society.”

NATO-backed Canadian military officials discuss cognitive warfare in panel event

An advocacy group called the NATO Association of Canada has mobilized to support this Innovation Challenge, working closely with military contractors to attract the private sector to invest in further research on behalf of NATO – and its own bottom line.

While the NATO Association of Canada (NAOC) is technically an independent NGO, its mission is to promote NATO, and the organization boasts on its website, “The NAOC has strong ties with the Government of Canada including Global Affairs Canada and the Department of National Defence.”

As part of its efforts to promote Canada’s NATO Innovation Challenge, the NAOC held a panel discussion on cognitive warfare on October 5.

The researcher who wrote the definitive 2020 NATO-sponsored study on cognitive warfare, François du Cluzel, participated in the event, alongside NATO-backed Canadian military officers.

NATO cognitive warfare Canada panel

The October 5 panel on cognitive warfare, hosted by the NATO Association of Canada

The panel was overseen by Robert Baines, president of the NATO Association of Canada. It was moderated by Garrick Ngai, a marketing executive in the weapons industry who serves as an adviser to the Canadian Department of National Defense and vice president and director of the NAOC.

Baines opened the event noting that participants would discuss “cognitive warfare and new domain of competition, where state and non-state actors aim to influence what people think and how they act.”

The NAOC president also happily noted the lucrative “opportunities for Canadian companies” that this NATO Innovation Challenge promised.

NATO researcher describes cognitive warfare as ‘ways of harming the brain’

The October 5 panel kicked off with François du Cluzel, a former French military officer who in 2013 helped to create the NATO Innovation Hub (iHub), which he has since then managed from its base in Norfolk, Virginia.

Although the iHub insists on its website, for legal reasons, that the “opinions expressed on this platform don’t constitute NATO or any other organization points of view,” the organization is sponsored by the Allied Command Transformation (ACT), described as “one of two Strategic Commands at the head of NATO’s military command structure.”

The Innovation Hub, therefore, acts as a kind of in-house NATO research center or think tank. Its research is not necessarily official NATO policy, but it is directly supported and overseen by NATO.

In 2020, NATO’s Supreme Allied Commander Transformation (SACT) tasked du Cluzel, as manager of the iHub, to conduct a six-month study on cognitive warfare.

Du Cluzel summarized his research in the panel this October. He initiated his remarks noting that cognitive warfare “right now is one of the hottest topics for NATO,” and “has become a recurring term in military terminology in recent years.”

Although French, Du Cluzel emphasized that cognitive warfare strategy “is being currently developed by my command here in Norfolk, USA.”

The NATO Innovation Hub manager spoke with a PowerPoint presentation, and opened with a provocative slide that described cognitive warfare as “A Battle for the Brain.”

NATO Cognitive Warfare

“Cognitive warfare is a new concept that starts in the information sphere, that is a kind of hybrid warfare,” du Cluzel said.

“It starts with hyper-connectivity. Everyone has a cell phone,” he continued. “It starts with information because information is, if I may say, the fuel of cognitive warfare. But it goes way beyond solely information, which is a standalone operation – information warfare is a standalone operation.”

Cognitive warfare overlaps with Big Tech corporations and mass surveillance, because “it’s all about leveraging the big data,” du Cluzel explained. “We produce data everywhere we go. Every minute, every second we go, we go online. And this is extremely easy to leverage those data in order to better know you and use that knowledge to change the way you think.”

Naturally, the NATO researcher claimed foreign “adversaries” are the supposed aggressors employing cognitive warfare. But at the same time, he made it clear that the Western military alliance is developing its own tactics.

Du Cluzel defined cognitive warfare as the “art of using technologies to alter the cognition of human targets.”

Those technologies, he noted, incorporate the fields of NBIC – nanotechnology, biotechnology, information technology, and cognitive science. All together, “it makes a kind of very dangerous cocktail that can further manipulate the brain,” he said.

NATO cognitive warfare human targets

Du Cluzel went on to explain that the exotic new method of attack “goes well beyond” information warfare or psychological operations (psyops).

“Cognitive warfare is not only a fight against what we think, but it’s rather a fight against the way we think, if we can change the way people think,” he said. “It’s much more powerful and it goes way beyond the information [warfare] and psyops.”

De Cluzel continued:

“It’s crucial to understand that it’s a game on our cognition, on the way our brain processes information and turns it into knowledge, rather than solely a game on information or on psychological aspects of our brains. It’s not only an action against what we think, but also an action against the way we think, the way we process information and turn it into knowledge.”

“In other words, cognitive warfare is not just another word, another name for information warfare. It is a war on our individual processor, our brain.”

The NATO researcher stressed that “this is extremely important for us in the military,” because “it has the potential, by developing new weapons and ways of harming the brain, it has the potential to engage neuroscience and technology in many, many different approaches to influence human ecology… because you all know that it’s very easy to turn a civilian technology into a military one.”

NATO cognitive warfare psyops

As for who the targets of cognitive warfare could be, du Cluzel revealed that anyone and everyone is on the table.

“Cognitive warfare has universal reach, from starting with the individual to states and multinational organizations,” he said. “Its field of action is global and aim to seize control of the human being, civilian as well as military.”

And the private sector has a financial interest in advancing cognitive warfare research, he noted: “The massive worldwide investments made in neurosciences suggests that the cognitive domain will probably one of the battlefields of the future.”

The development of cognitive warfare totally transforms military conflict as we know it, du Cluzel said, adding “a third major combat dimension to the modern battlefield: to the physical and informational dimension is now added a cognitive dimension.”

This “creates a new space of competition beyond what is called the five domains of operations – or land, sea, air, cyber, and space domains. Warfare in the cognitive arena mobilizes a wider range of battle spaces than solely the physical and information dimensions can do.”

In short, humans themselves are the new contested domain in this novel mode of hybrid warfare, alongside land, sea, air, cyber, and outer space.

NATO cognitive warfare humans domain

NATO’s cognitive warfare study warns of “embedded fifth column”

The study that NATO Innovation Hub manager François du Cluzel conducted, from June to November 2020, was sponsored by the military cartel’s Allied Command Transformation, and published as a 45-page report in January 2021 (PDF).

The chilling document shows how contemporary warfare has reached a kind of dystopian stage, once imaginable only in science fiction.

“The nature of warfare has changed,” the report emphasized. “The majority of current conflicts remain below the threshold of the traditionally accepted definition of warfare, but new forms of warfare have emerged such as Cognitive Warfare (CW), while the human mind is now being considered as a new domain of war.”

For NATO, research on cognitive warfare is not just defensive; it is very much offensive as well.

“Developing capabilities to harm the cognitive abilities of opponents will be a necessity,” du Cluzel’s report stated clearly. “In other words, NATO will need to get the ability to safeguard her decision making process and disrupt the adversary’s one.”

And anyone could be a target of these cognitive warfare operations: “Any user of modern information technologies is a potential target. It targets the whole of a nation’s human capital,” the report ominously added.

“As well as the potential execution of a cognitive war to complement to a military conflict, it can also be conducted alone, without any link to an engagement of the armed forces,” the study went on. “Moreover, cognitive warfare is potentially endless since there can be no peace treaty or surrender for this type of conflict.”

Just as this new mode of battle has no geographic borders, it also has no time limit: “This battlefield is global via the internet. With no beginning and no end, this conquest knows no respite, punctuated by notifications from our smartphones, anywhere, 24 hours a day, 7 days a week.”

The NATO-sponsored study noted that “some NATO Nations have already acknowledged that neuroscientific techniques and technologies have high potential for operational use in a variety of security, defense and intelligence enterprises.”

It spoke of breakthroughs in “neuroscientific methods and technologies” (neuroS/T), and said “uses of research findings and products to directly facilitate the performance of combatants, the integration of human machine interfaces to optimise combat capabilities of semi autonomous vehicles (e.g., drones), and development of biological and chemical weapons (i.e., neuroweapons).”

The Pentagon is among the primary institutions advancing this novel research, as the report highlighted: “Although a number of nations have pursued, and are currently pursuing neuroscientific research and development for military purposes, perhaps the most proactive efforts in this regard have been conducted by the United States Department of Defense; with most notable and rapidly maturing research and development conducted by the Defense Advanced Research Projects Agency (DARPA) and Intelligence Advanced Research Projects Activity (IARPA).”

Military uses of neuroS/T research, the study indicated, include intelligence gathering, training, “optimising performance and resilience in combat and military support personnel,” and of course “direct weaponisation of neuroscience and neurotechnology.”

This weaponization of neuroS/T can and will be fatal, the NATO-sponsored study was clear to point out. The research can “be utilised to mitigate aggression and foster cognitions and emotions of affiliation or passivity; induce morbidity, disability or suffering; and ‘neutralise’ potential opponents or incur mortality” – in other words, to maim and kill people.

NATO cognitive warfare report

The 2020 NATO-sponsored study on cognitive warfare

The report quoted US Major General Robert H. Scales, who summarized NATO’s new combat philosophy: “Victory will be defined more in terms of capturing the psycho-cultural rather than the geographical high ground.”

And as NATO develops tactics of cognitive warfare to “capture the psycho-cultural,” it is also increasingly weaponizing various scientific fields.

The study spoke of “the crucible of data sciences and human sciences,” and stressed that “the combination of Social Sciences and System Engineering will be key in helping military analysts to improve the production of intelligence.”

“If kinetic power cannot defeat the enemy,” it said, “psychology and related behavioural and social sciences stand to fill the void.”

“Leveraging social sciences will be central to the development of the Human Domain Plan of Operations,” the report went on. “It will support the combat operations by providing potential courses of action for the whole surrounding Human Environment including enemy forces, but also determining key human elements such as the Cognitive center of gravity, the desired behaviour as the end state.”

All academic disciplines will be implicated in cognitive warfare, not just the hard sciences.

“Within the military, expertise on anthropology, ethnography, history, psychology among other areas will be more than ever required to cooperate with the military,” the NATO-sponsored study stated.

The report nears its conclusion with an eerie quote:

“Today’s progresses in nanotechnology, biotechnology, information technology and cognitive science (NBIC), boosted by the seemingly unstoppable march of a triumphant troika made of Artificial Intelligence, Big Data and civilisational ‘digital addiction’ have created a much more ominous prospect: an embedded fifth column, where everyone, unbeknownst to him or her, is behaving according to the plans of one of our competitors.”

“The modern concept of war is not about weapons but about influence,” it posited. “Victory in the long run will remain solely dependent on the ability to influence, affect, change or impact the cognitive domain.”

The NATO-sponsored study then closed with a final paragraph that makes it clear beyond doubt that the Western military alliance’s ultimate goal is not only physical control of the planet, but also control over people’s minds:

“Cognitive warfare may well be the missing element that allows the transition from military victory on the battlefield to lasting political success. The human domain might well be the decisive domain, wherein multi-domain operations achieve the commander’s effect. The five first domains can give tactical and operational victories; only the human domain can achieve the final and full victory.”

Canadian Special Operations officer emphasizes importance of cognitive warfare

When François du Cluzel, the NATO researcher who conducted the study on cognitive warfare, concluded his remarks in the October 5 NATO Association of Canada panel, he was followed by Andy Bonvie, a commanding officer at the Canadian Special Operations Training Centre.

With more than 30 years of experience with the Canadian Armed Forces, Bonvie spoke of how Western militaries are making use of research by du Cluzel and others, and incorporating novel cognitive warfare techniques into their combat activities.

“Cognitive warfare is a new type of hybrid warfare for us,” Bonvie said. “And it means that we need to look at the traditional thresholds of conflict and how the things that are being done are really below those thresholds of conflict, cognitive attacks, and non-kinetic forms and non-combative threats to us. We need to understand these attacks better and adjust their actions and our training accordingly to be able to operate in these different environments.”

Although he portrayed NATO’s actions as “defensive,” claiming “adversaries” were using cognitive warfare against them, Bonvie was unambiguous about the fact that Western militaries are developing these tecniques themselves, to maintain a “tactical advantage.”

“We cannot lose the tactical advantage for our troops that we’re placing forward as it spans not only tactically, but strategically,” he said. “Some of those different capabilities that we have that we enjoy all of a sudden could be pivoted to be used against us. So we have to better understand how quickly our adversaries adapt to things, and then be able to predict where they’re going in the future, to help us be and maintain the tactical advantage for our troops moving forward.”

‘Cognitive warfare is the most advanced form of manipulation seen to date’

Marie-Pierre Raymond, a retired Canadian lieutenant colonel who currently serves as a “defence scientist and innovation portfolio manager” for the Canadian Armed Forces’ Innovation for Defence Excellence and Security Program, also joined the October 5 panel.

“Long gone are the days when war was fought to acquire more land,” Raymond said. “Now the new objective is to change the adversaries’ ideologies, which makes the brain the center of gravity of the human. And it makes the human the contested domain, and the mind becomes the battlefield.”

“When we speak about hybrid threats, cognitive warfare is the most advanced form of manipulation seen to date,” she added, noting that it aims to influence individuals’ decision-making and “to influence a group of a group of individuals on their behavior, with the aim of gaining a tactical or strategic advantage.”

Raymond noted that cognitive warfare also heavily overlaps with artificial intelligence, big data, and social media, and reflects “the rapid evolution of neurosciences as a tool of war.”

Raymond is helping to oversee the NATO Fall 2021 Innovation Challenge on behalf of Canada’s Department of National Defence, which delegated management responsibilities to the military’s Innovation for Defence Excellence and Security (IDEaS) Program, where she works.

In highly technical jargon, Raymond indicated that the cognitive warfare program is not solely defensive, but also offensive: “This challenge is calling for a solution that will support NATO’s nascent human domain and jump-start the development of a cognition ecosystem within the alliance, and that will support the development of new applications, new systems, new tools and concepts leading to concrete action in the cognitive domain.”

She emphasized that this “will require sustained cooperation between allies, innovators, and researchers to enable our troops to fight and win in the cognitive domain. This is what we are hoping to emerge from this call to innovators and researchers.”

To inspire corporate interest in the NATO Innovation Challenge, Raymond enticed, “Applicants will receive national and international exposure and cash prizes for the best solution.” She then added tantalizingly, “This could also benefit the applicants by potentially providing them access to a market of 30 nations.”

Canadian military officer calls on corporations to invest in NATO’s cognitive warfare research

The other institution that is managing the Fall 2021 NATO Innovation Challenge on behalf of Canada’s Department of National Defense is the Special Operations Forces Command (CANSOFCOM).

A Canadian military officer who works with CANSOFCOM, Shekhar Gothi, was the final panelist in the October 5 NATO Association of Canada event. Gothi serves as CANSOFCOM’s “innovation officer” for Southern Ontario.

He concluded the event appealing for corporate investment in NATO’s cognitive warfare research.

The bi-annual Innovation Challenge is “part of the NATO battle rhythm,” Gothi declared enthusiastically.

He noted that, in the spring of 2021, Portugal held a NATO Innovation Challenge focused on warfare in outer space.

In spring 2020, the Netherlands hosted a NATO Innovation Challenge focused on Covid-19.

Gothi reassured corporate investors that NATO will bend over backward to defend their bottom lines: “I can assure everyone that the NATO innovation challenge indicates that all innovators will maintain complete control of their intellectual property. So NATO won’t take control of that. Neither will Canada. Innovators will maintain their control over their IP.”

The comment was a fitting conclusion to the panel, affirming that NATO and its allies in the military-industrial complex not only seek to dominate the world and the humans that inhabit it with unsettling cognitive warfare techniques, but to also ensure that corporations and their shareholders continue to profit from these imperial endeavors.

*

Note to readers: Please click the share buttons above or below. Follow us on Instagram, @crg_globalresearch. Forward this article to your email lists. Crosspost on your blog site, internet forums. etc.

Ben Norton is a journalist, writer, and filmmaker. He is the assistant editor of The Grayzone, and the producer of the Moderate Rebels podcast, which he co-hosts with editor Max Blumenthal. His website is BenNorton.com and he tweets at @BenjaminNorton.

All images in this article are from The Grayzone

  • Posted in English
  • Comments Off on Behind NATO’s ‘Cognitive Warfare’: ‘Battle for Your Brain’ Waged by Western Militaries
  • Tags: , ,

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the “Translate Website” drop down menu on the top banner of our home page (Desktop version).

Visit and follow us on Instagram at @crg_globalresearch.

***

 

There have been widespread rumors this week that the thousands of flights canceled this past weekend by Southwest Airlines have been the result of massive amounts of people calling in sick to protest COVID-19 vaccine mandates for the airline industry.

Neither management nor airline employees would admit to a protest movement like this, as it is illegal and considered a matter of “national safety.”

Anyone who was around 40 years ago will remember when President Ronald Reagan fired 11,345 striking air traffic controllers who had ignored a court order to return to work.  Reagan considered the strike a “peril to national safety” and ordered air traffic controllers back to work under the terms of the Taft–Hartley Act.

When the vast majority of them refused, Reagan banned them from federal service for life.

Pilot Joshua Yoder, who is the co-founder of the U.S. Freedom Flyers that recently produced a video that we published, appeared as a guest on Tucker Carlson’s show on Fox this week.

He made sure to explain that he and his group would never endorse a strike or “sick out” as he knows that this is illegal.

Here is what he did say on national TV:

As we know the transportation sector is the heart and soul of this country. And it’s a very delicate system. If there’s a disruption in one part of the system, it has a catastrophic effect among the rest of the system, which is going to affect commerce, it’s going to affect trade, and ultimately it is going to affect the economy.

If you have flights reduced by 30% because 30% of the pilots are fired because they won’t take the vaccine, this is going to affect how your goods get here from overseas, how they’re distributed to the stores.

We have all the control. And the control comes from a simple word. And that’s “no.” We just don’t need to comply.

I think you will see massive disruptions in the supply chain and in your travel, if we just stand up and say “no.”

If these companies fire us, and they fire 30% of the workforce, aircraft are going to stop moving. And it’s going to affect you.

It’s going to affect your air travel, and it’s going to affect the economy.

Another commercial airline pilot, who was only identified as “David in Orange County,” called into the American Journal show on Infowars.com this week.

He started out by explaining that they were given a very small window of opportunity to try and file a medical or religious exemption to the mandated COVID-19 shots, making it almost impossible to do so.

He then goes on to explain that all pilots must maintain a mandated FAA medical certificate of “good health” based on a medical exam, and that if the COVID-19 shots cause any type of injury that would cause them to fail that exam, that basically their careers are over.

He expressed surprise that more pilots were not talking about this subject.

David also addressed the issue of flying with pilots who have taken the COVID-19 shot, and their increased risks for blood clots. He stated:

I’ve noticed that some of the pilots who have taken the shot are almost mentally missing things that are kind of surprising, that (they) wouldn’t normally miss. It’s a good thing there’s two of us up there, because we can at least bounce things back forth with each other and work together as a team.

Watch both interviews. This is on both our Bitchute and Rumble channels.

Here is the Freedom Flyers video.

*

Note to readers: Please click the share buttons above or below. Follow us on Instagram, @crg_globalresearch. Forward this article to your email lists. Crosspost on your blog site, internet forums. etc.

Featured image is a screenshot from the video above

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the “Translate Website” drop down menu on the top banner of our home page (Desktop version).

Visit and follow us on Instagram at @crg_globalresearch.

***

 

Yemen’s Ansar Allah boasted a significant success in the operations to capture Marib city from the Saudi-led coalition.

On October 12th, Houthi (as Ansar Allah is known) spokesman Brigadier-General Yahya Saree said that over the last several days an operation titled ‘Fajr Al-Intisaar’ (Dawn of Victory) was carried out against Riyadh’s forces.

The specific timeline is unclear, but it lasted presumably around ten days.

The operation was dubbed a success as it achieved the capture of the area in Al Bass Al Shadebed, looking down on Marib city, and shooting down 6 US-made spy fighter planes and 11 spy planes. Approximately 600 square kilometers were taken from Saudi-coalition control.

Additionally, the Houthi missile unit had carried out 68 attacks, targeting enemy bases, barracks and headquarters, out of which 49 attacks were carried out in the occupied territories of Yemen and 19 inside the Saudi territory.

Approximately 300 armored vehicles, and troop carriers, 850 weapons, and four weapons depots, were damaged, destroyed and burned. And about 5,650 Saudi-led coalition fighters were killed, injured or captured.

The Houthis announced that any mercenary who would leave willingly would be allowed to go to Sana’a and have their injuries treated.

The Saudi-led coalition responded to this with an increased airstrike activity. Over the period, the Saudi-led coalition carried out 948 airstrikes, allegedly targeting civilian homes and roads.

On October 12th, the Saudi fighter jets carried out nearly 50 air raids, with 24 strikes targeted Houthi positions near Marib city, Abdiyah was struck 21 times.

With the fight ramping up in Yemen, it is becoming increasingly important for regional stability and power balance in the Middle East. This is especially true for the United States, after losing its positions in Afghanistan.

Yemen is a tool of influence in the region, and primarily over Saudi Arabia, since it’s capability heavily depends on the weaponry that Washington provides, as well as its logistic support.

With the energy market volatility, and the evident reinforcement of the UAE’s role in the region, Yemen’s significance is growing. It would not be any surprise if the US administration plans to focus more on fostering relations with the UAE and improving its standing in the Middle East, as Saudi Arabia has proven itself as a rather inadequate and incapable ally.

*

Note to readers: Please click the share buttons above or below. Follow us on Instagram, @crg_globalresearch. Forward this article to your email lists. Crosspost on your blog site, internet forums. etc.

SUPPORT SOUTHFRONT:

PayPal: [email protected], http://southfront.org/donate/ or via: https://www.patreon.com/southfront

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the “Translate Website” drop down menu on the top banner of our home page (Desktop version).

Visit and follow us on Instagram at @crg_globalresearch.

***

 

So-called public health experts sponsored by the federal government had been conducting experiments on how to make people take the Wuhan coronavirus (COVID-19) vaccines six months before they first became available.

Researchers from Yale University conducted the study back in July 2020, at least five months before the first COVID-19 vaccine received an emergency use authorization. It was published in the National Library of Medicine, a medical library run by the National Institutes of Health.

This means the federal government has sponsored tests designed to figure out the best messages to use to get people vaccinated.

The study, officially titled “Persuasive Messages for COVID-19 Vaccine Uptake Part 1,” involved 4,000 participants recruited online. The goal of the study was to test which kind of messaging would work best to convince people to get the COVID-19 vaccine.

In the study, one group of participants was assigned as a control group. They were given messages that were not related to getting the COVID-19 vaccines. Another group was assigned to be fed baseline messaging. Meaning, they were fed straightforward “facts” regarding the effectiveness and safety of COVID-19 vaccines.

It should be noted that all COVID-19 vaccines were still in the middle of development in July last year. This means any “facts” this group was fed regarding the vaccines had not been proven at the time. (Related: COVID propaganda roundup: The ‘safe and effective’ narrative implodes.)

The experiment had 10 other groups that were told different kinds of propaganda regarding the vaccines. One group was fed messages about “personal freedom.” Members of that group were told that COVID-19 is limiting people’s personal freedom “and by working together to get enough people vaccinated, society can preserve its personal freedom.”

One other group was told that frontline workers like firefighters, doctors and other healthcare personnel are brave for helping deal with the COVID-19 pandemic.

“Those who choose not to get vaccinated against COVID-19 are not brave,” read the study’s summary of this experiment.

Another group was told to trust in the science regarding the COVID-19 vaccines. The main message for the group was:

“Vaccination is backed by science. If one doesn’t get vaccinated that means that one doesn’t understand how infections are spread or who ignores science.”

One group was told that getting vaccinated was the only way they can regain their economic freedom. Another was told messages claiming it would be economically beneficial for them to get vaccinated.

Three groups were dedicated to feeding people messages to pressure them to get vaccinated. These groups were divided by tactic: guilt, embarrassment and anger. Two groups were fed messages regarding the social benefit of getting vaccinated and how getting vaccinated is in the best interest of the person or of the community.

Matt Agorist of the Free Thought Project has said that those messages ultimately proved to be ineffective, “which is why the government is now rolling out mandates.”

Children are now being targeted by vaccine messaging

The White House has told governors and other state leaders to prepare for the massive push to vaccinate children as young as five years old by early November. This is in anticipation of Pfizer’s COVID-19 vaccine being given clearance to be used for younger age groups.

According to recent reports, the administration of President Joe Biden has already purchased as much as 65 million doses of Pfizer’s COVID-19 vaccine. This would be enough to vaccinate an estimated 28 million children between the ages of five to 11 who will soon be eligible to take the deadly and experimental vaccine.

In line with this preparation, Biden’s administration has ordered the Department of Health and Human Services to plan a messaging and outreach campaign specifically designed to encourage parents to get their children vaccinated.

The administration has also begun planning the mass vaccination campaign with other local, state and federal groups, other medical groups and pharmacies.

Learn more about how the federal government is trying to influence people into taking the experimental, rushed and deadly COVID-19 vaccines by reading the latest articles at Vaccines.news.

*

Note to readers: Please click the share buttons above or below. Follow us on Instagram, @crg_globalresearch. Forward this article to your email lists. Crosspost on your blog site, internet forums. etc.

Featured image is from Vaccines.news

  • Posted in English
  • Comments Off on Government Sponsored Experiments to Craft the Best Pro-vaccine Messages Five Months before COVID-19 Vaccines Became Available
  • Tags:

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the “Translate Website” drop down menu on the top banner of our home page (Desktop version).

Visit and follow us on Instagram at @crg_globalresearch.

***

 

Following the conscientious resignation of Acting Senior Sergeant Krystle Mitchell of the Victoria Police in Australia, the international network Police for Freedom https://policeforfreedom.org/ has just issued the statement below in support.

Krystle had served Victorians, with distinction, for 16 years as a police officer and has recently resigned over a matter of conscience in relation to policing of the Covid-19 restrictions.

Watch her interview below.

Here is the Police for Freedom statement:

Police For Freedom International commends Acting Senior Sergeant Krystle Mitchell for standing up and giving a voice to thousands of police in Victoria, Australia right now. Thank you for your courage and integrity, sacrificing your career in the name of truth.

In the current political climate, in which rights and freedoms worldwide are restricted and under further threat, it is the conscience and courage of individuals who capably defend such rights and freedoms, such as Krystle Mitchell, that will be vital if the truth is to ultimately prevail. 

These rights include those articulated in the UNESCO Declaration on Bioethics and Human Rights, including:

Article 3.1: Human dignity and human rights:

Human dignity, human rights and fundamental freedoms are to be fully respected. The interests and welfare of the individual should have priority over the sole interest of science or society.

Article 6: Consent:

Any preventive, diagnostic and therapeutic medical intervention is only to be carried out with the prior, free and informed consent of the person concerned, based on adequate information. The consent should, where appropriate, be express and may be withdrawn by the person concerned at any time and for any reason without disadvantage or prejudice.

We at Police For Freedom are happy to support each and every serving officer who decides to stand on the right side of history. It is tragic that police are having to lose their jobs for simply raising concerns about where our societies are being taken under the guise of health mandates. 

Policing is all about community, and we will do our very best to help police stand together with their people. 

Sincerely,

Police For Freedom
www.policeforfreedom.org 

Signatories

Henna Maria Vermeulen, founder of Police For Freedom, and international coordinator 

Juan Manuel Ramos Mateo, co-founder of Policías por la Libertad, Agente Jefe del Policía Local España 

Edward Gilbert, representative of Victoria, Australia, and former An Garda Siochana, Ireland 

Dennis Spaanstra, representative of The Netherlands, and Brigadier van politie Nederland 

Vincent Gircys, representative of Ontario, Canada, and retired Provincial Constable, Canada 

Oscar Suarez, representative of Florida, U.S.A., and Corporal Supervisor, Local Police, Florida 

Sonia Vescovacci, co-founder of Policías por la Libertad, and Oficial del Cuerpo Nacional de Policía España 

Me Virginie de Araujo-Becchia, legal representative of Police For Freedom, and Attorney Paris Bar Association 

Robert J. Burrowes, nonviolent action strategist of Police For Freedom, Australia 

Mads Krarup Nielsen, representative of Denmark, and former Constable WA and Copenhagen Police 

Maria Chirdaris, representative of British Columbia, Canada, and Police Constable, former BC Sheriff 

Charlene Lynch, representative of Quebec, Canada, and Police Technic, John Abbot College 

*

Note to readers: Please click the share buttons above or below. Follow us on Instagram, @crg_globalresearch. Forward this article to your email lists. Crosspost on your blog site, internet forums. etc.

Featured image is from Police for Freedom

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the “Translate Website” drop down menu on the top banner of our home page (Desktop version).

Visit and follow us on Instagram at @crg_globalresearch.

***

The global economy is in crisis. The Covid-19 Lockdown policies have triggered a process of Worldwide economic destabilization which directly affects both “Supply” and “Demand” relations. It’s the most serious economic crisis in World history affecting simultaneously more than a 150 countries.

Worldwide, large sectors of industry, agriculture and urban services stand idle. The lockdown policies initiated in March 2020 have triggered bankruptcies and unemployment, which in turn have been conducive to a process of disengagement of human resources (labor) and productive assets from the economic landscape.

The freeze of air-travel, the contraction in international commodity trade in the course of 2020-2021 has also contributed to a massive decline in production and investment.

The Crisis in International Commodity Trade

The crisis in container trade has also led to major shortages in the availability of staple food commodities such as rice, sugar, soya beans, etc. which in turn has triggered inflationary hikes at the retail level. India, which is the second largest exporter of sugar experienced a collapse of approximately 80% in its sugar exports.

Shortage in the Availability of Semi-conductors  

The automobile industry experienced a decline in production of 15% in 2020. The evidence suggests a much larger decline in 2021, largely affecting production in Japan, South Korea and China.

This decline has been accentuated by a shortage in the availability of semi-conductors:

“Automakers, which rely on dozens of chips to build a single vehicle, have been particularly hard hit, forced to halt production lines globally as they await chip supplies. The debacle is likely to cost the auto industry $450 billion in global sales … In September 2021 Toyota was forced to slash production at 14 factories in Japan over a lack of semiconductors. Some of the cuts will continue into October due to a lack of components from Southeast Asia, Toyota has said.” (Washington Post, September 2021)

All automobile companies have been affected:

Since 2021, there have been several instances of production standstill in the automotive industry. The Volkswagen subsidiary Skoda, for example, estimates that there were 100,000 cars that they could not manufacture in 20216.

Across the entire industry, an estimated 7.7 million fewer vehicles were produced in the same year-on-year period. This corresponds to a monetary value of about 210 million USD7. Due to the complexity of the production chains described above, it will take time even after production capacities have recovered until output in the automotive industry is at pre-crisis level once again.

The resulting lead times of six to nine months for complex microchips affect the entire supply chain, making it noticeably more difficult for the whole industry to respond to fluctuations in demand.

Some car manufacturers have therefore started to stockpile chips in preparation for future fluctuations (just-in-case instead of just-in-time production)9. However, the limited shelf life of a microchip makes this a temporary solution at best.

Engineered chaos in industrial production? From one day to the the next Japan’s automobile industry is in crisis.

Semiconductors constitute a strategic commodity, used in a variety of sectors including electronics, medical devices, electronic and communications networks etc.

There are indications of possible manipulations, which have led to artificial shortages of semiconductors affecting a number of key sectors of the global economy.

There are geopolitical implications. The World’s largest semiconductor producer which was has been routinely trading with China is Taiwan Semiconductor Manufacturing Company (TSMC). 

In a strategic decision, the US has pressured the Taiwan government with a view to relocating its plant to the U.S. in a joint venture arrangement.

From the very outset of the Covid Crisis in January 2020, the Big Money elites have been involved in the broader process of manipulation of financial, commodity and energy markets as well as the disruption of  air transportation. (For details, see Michel Chossudovsky’s E Book, Chapters IV, V, XIII)

This diabolical plan from the outset has been to bankrupt entire sectors of the “Real Economy” with a view to restructuring and appropriating the productive assets of bankrupt companies. According to F. William Engdahl:

The price of energy from all sources conventional is exploding globally. Far from accidental, it is a well-orchestrated plan to collapse the industrial world economy that has already been weakened dramatically by almost two years of ridiculous covid quarantine and related measures.

 

View this important report by Stew Peters, which confirms that shortages are being created deliberately.

VIDEO

An anonymous worker from the Port of Los Angeles came forward on “The Stew Peters Show” to confirm what we have all suspected.

*

Note to readers: Please click the share buttons above or below. Follow us on Instagram, @crg_globalresearch. Forward this article to your email lists. Crosspost on your blog site, internet forums. etc.

Featured image is from Port Technology

In the last 50 years there have been two major threats to life on our planet.  The first, the nuclear arms race and its near disaster of 1962, was narrowly averted by President John F. Kennedy and his brother Robert Kennedy, who then set a course for peace. (See Part I of this essay)

The second, the ticking climate bomb on its short “business as usual” fuse, has no solution in sight.

In both cases unseen forces have blocked a survival response to incalculable danger. We will examine these forces and suggest a way forward, modeled partially on action taken by JFK to avert nuclear war.

Mind is the Master power that moulds and makes,
And Man is Mind, and evermore he takes
The tool of Thought, and, shaping what he wills,
Brings forth a thousand joys, a thousand ills: —
He thinks in secret, and it comes to pass:
Environment is but his looking-glass. 

                                                      James Allen,1902

The Looming Climate Emergency:  Science Anyone Can Understand

The role of greenhouse gases, which absorb and hold the heat in earth’s atmosphere, and which acidify the oceans, has been simply and clearly illustrated by Dr. Eric Grimsrud in his slide-show, Short Course: The Earth’s Climate.[29]

Overwhelmingly, scientists now believe it is “likely that the world will blow past the 2 degree C warming threshold that scientists and international negotiators agree is needed to avoid catastrophic consequences.”[30]

On December 3, 2012, The Global Carbon Project, comprised of 35 climatologists from 10 countries, reported that under “business as usual,” “emissions are heading to a 4.0 to 6.1 degree C ‘likely’ increase in temperature.”[31]

How do they know this?

Note on the graph below that 800,000 years of ice core data show a close correspondence between atmospheric CO2 and earth’s average temperatures.[32] Also, the pre-industrial (1840’s) CO2 level was 278 parts per million, and had never been much higher during the 800,000 years.[33]

The increase in CO2 levels between 2011 and 2012 was the second-biggest ever recorded, jumping 2.67 parts per million in that year alone, to reach 395 ppm.

The NOAA graph of Mauno Loa CO2 data from 2009 to February 2013, showing a rise from 386 to 396.8 ppm, looks like a runaway train.[34]

This CO2 persists in the atmosphere for thousands of years, accumulating faster than earth’s oceans and forests can absorb it, with the result that the past 10 years have been hotter than more than 75% of the past 11,300 years.[35]

In January, 2013 the New York Times reported an effect of this rate of accumulation:  “Temperature differences between years are usually measured in fractions of a degree, but last year’s 55.3 degree average demolished the previous record, set in 1998, by a full degree Fahrenheit.”[36]

Former skeptics finally believe we are facing a planetary emergency:

British climate change economist Lord Nicholas Stern said in January that “I got it wrong on climate change — it’s far, far worse;” that he now believes we are “on track for something like four” degrees above the long-term global temperature average, and the “risks of a four- or five-degree rise.”[37]

World Bank President Jim Kim spoke of “a real and present danger,” referring to “an extreme heat wave in Russia [that] led to 55,000 deaths.” In Thailand, the 2011 floods led to losses of “45 billion or about 13% of GDP.”[38]

Christine Lagarde, managing director of the International Monetary Fund, said recently that “unless we take action on climate change, future generations will be roasted, toasted, fried and grilled.”[39]

“During the three decades from 1980 to 2011, the number of violent storms, floods, droughts, heat waves, wildfires, as tabulated by the reinsurance company Munich Re, has increased more than three-fold. They also estimate that the financial losses follow a trend line that has gone from $40 billion to $170 billion dollars per year.”[40]

It is clear to these economists, who do not hold science degrees, that once the tipping point is passed and earth is unable to regain its balance, our most desperate attempts will be unable to fend off catastrophe.

So why have governments been so slow to respond?

IV.  Climate Reality: The Unspeakable Obstruction to Public Awareness and Action

An enormous gulf exists historically between scientific consensus on climate change and public awareness, with the media giving equal time to believers and deniers.

Grimsrud attributes this extraordinary negligence to “the humungous snow job that is being done to the intellect of the general public by the omnipotent fossil fuel dynasties that have dominated life on our planet for many decades.”[41]

For example, in 2009 former Soviet President Mikhail Gorbachev convened The Climate Change Task Force[42], a group of 20 scientists, economists, former heads of state, Nobel prize laureates and climate experts from developed and developing countries.

In June, 2012 the Task Force issued a 3-page “Appeal for Urgent Action on Climate Change”, calling on the UN Conference Rio+20, for “an urgent and profound international response to the increasing risks and threats of climate change,” and for “radical new solutions.” [43]

A Google News Archive search reveals that this body has never once been covered in the Western mainstream news since its inception in 2009.

Not surprising.  From 2002-2010 a group of anonymous conservative billionaires channeled $120 million “of dark money” to more than 100 think tanks, many near Washington DC, casting doubt on the science behind climate change.[44]  “Those same groups are now mobilising against Obama’s efforts to act on climate change in his second term. A top recipient of the secret funds on Wednesday put out a point-by-point critique of the climate content in the president’s state of the union address.”[45]

The plan is in full swing, especially regarding the proposed $7 billion, 1700-mile Keystone XL Pipeline.

The 2,000-page draft environmental impact statement was issued by the US State Department on March 1st.[46]

It has since come to light that this statement was actually written by the TransCanada Pipeline contractor.[47] “The statement estimates, and then dismisses, the pipeline’s massive carbon footprint and other environmental impacts, because, it asserts, the mining and burning of the tar sands is unstoppable.”

Why is it unstoppable?  Because the public, deluged with media anti-science, still hopes its addiction to oil will somehow work out — and many believe that “cheap oil” is the only thing that keeps the economy from tanking.

But why is Obama, who knows the science and has two daughters who will live into the coming debacle, not taking the “transformative, radical action” urged by Gorbachev?  Why does he not start by turning Keystone down, as the New York Times urged him to do?[48]

Obama has in fact tried to end the $4 billion in subsidies to oil and gas companies. However the March 29, 2012 bill was defeated 51-47 by the Senate (60 votes are required).[49]

But the unseen hand is ever-present:

  1. US Energy Secretary Dr. Steven Chu resigned February 1, 2013, after a four-year term. Long criticized by the oil industry for his clean energy programs, Chu said that “only one percent of the companies we funded went bankrupt. That one percent has gotten more attention than the 99 percent that have not.”[50]
  1. The pro-Keystone XL Bill that passed March 16, 2013 in the US Senate was co-sponsored by 14 Senators, who together have received $10 million in campaign contributions from the fossil fuel industry.[51]
  1. Vancouver economist Robyn Allan writes of the Harper government’s pro-Keystone agenda: “If the goal was to strengthen Canada’s economy, bitumen would be upgraded at facilities in Alberta (creating jobs and adding value to the petroleum product), and then moved east where there is a domestic demand in Ontario and Quebec.”[52] Canadian unions know this and urgently oppose the pipeline.[53]

In short, the whole Keystone debate has nothing to do with jobs, investigative reporting, or an informed public — and everything to do with narrow industry profits, election campaign chests, and industry-backed media fog.

These mercenary interests posing as climate deniers are holding sway over the future of both countries, if not the world.

V.  Confronting the Unspeakable

If JFK, MLK, and RFK were assassinated while promoting peace in a military economy, how far can Obama push for renewables in a military/oil economy?

In 2009, the Department of Defense, the largest consumer of energy in America, used over 93% of all US Government energy, and more than the whole country of Nigeria with a population of 140 million.[54]

The military produced 4% of the carbon emissions of the entire U.S.  How can Obama slow down this glutted war machine?  If he tries, will he face the same fate as JFK?

When White House Press journalist Sarah MacClendon asked President Bill Clinton why he wasn’t doing anything about UFO disclosure, Clinton replied,  Sarah, there’s a government inside the government, and I don’t control it.”[55]

CIA veteran Ray McGovern, who for years delivered the morning intelligence brief to Presidents Reagan and George H.W. Bush, referred in 2009 to “two CIA’s.” One was created by President Truman to “give him the straight scoop without any fear or favor. [And there is also a] covert action arm,” which acts without oversight by Congressional committees. “I think Panetta, and to a degree President Obama, are afraid — I never thought I’d hear myself saying this — I think they’re afraid of the CIA.”[56]

Indeed, former  CIA Director Leon Panetta advised Obama, when he wanted to downsize troops in Afghanistan, that “no Democratic president can go against military advice, especially if he asked for it…So just do it. Do what they say.”[57]

Such warnings would also explain Obama’s granting of immunity to 98 of Bush’s 100 CIA torturers in 2012, after he had sworn to bring justice to the issue.[58]

It’s therefore not much of a stretch to see that when:

a) the military depends heavily on oil, and

b) there is hard evidence that a covert arm of the CIA has been complicit in state assassinations,

a President who has already backed off on troop reductions and CIA accountability might well fear running afoul of “the abyss” if he took decisive action against the oil-based economic steamroller.

And here we come to the Presidential crunch between the “deep state” and the public (democratic) state.  The deep state is the embedded politics of the corporate evil that has become so pervasive in recent years. The guts of the U.S. economy is a morality blind to bank fraud, rampant pharmaceutical toxicity, a fats-and-sugar food industry driving epidemic obesity, and fossil-fuel control of the media.

How can we help Obama to save the public state, and indeed the world, from global warming?  How can we regain control of our national democracies to secure the survival of life itself?

In the final analysis, Douglass concludes, the Unspeakable is not far way.  It is not somewhere out there, fused with a government that has become alien to us.  To the extent that we fail to confront it, the void of responsibility is also within ourselves.

We might now turn to the words of Robert F. Kennedy before a large Indianapolis crowd the day Martin Luther King was killed. With his own brother’s death clearly in mind he cited his favorite Greek poet, Aeschylus:

“In our sleep, pain which cannot forget falls drop by drop upon the heart until, in our own despair, against our will, comes wisdom through the awful grace of God.”

Such pain has been known to all of us. It is the duality that deepens our compassion for humankind.  Allowing it to live on in us marks the end of existential isolation and inertia.

VI. A Way Forward to Climate Sanity

It is clear from the foregoing that all people must rise to meet the crisis. To sustain life as we know it, humanity must reduce atmospheric CO2 from 396 ppm to 350 ppm, and soon.

“Business as usual” will lead to disaster and is now out of the question. We are at war with our own behavior and it is time to gear up, impose discipline, and win the planet back.

We must first consider the over-arching nature of reality. Contrary to the prevailing view, the economy is a subset of our ecology — not the other way around.[59]

Ecology is what we live in. We are dependent on the land base and we need it to survive. Our society lives within the land base, and inside our society is the economy. The most basic necessity is not the economy, but the ecology, and this truth must be recognized in order to map our recovery.

The actions below, if taken, would return us to living in an ecological society:

1. Tame the U.S. Senate on Climate Matters

First, the will of the people, the Congress, and the President must take priority over the Senate.

In August 1963, JFK, up against nuclear “cold warriors” and the Senate, waged an all-out campaign to win Senate approval of the Atmospheric Test Ban Treaty.  White House organizers led by Norman Cousins reached out through a Citizens Committee to business and religious leaders, scientists, scholars, universities, unions, newspapers, and NGO’s.  This remarkable campaign succeeded within several weeks in mobilizing the anti-nuclear sentiment of the country, and the Senate approved JFK’s Treaty 80-19 in September.[60]

Obama faces a similar situation today:  a) the planet is imperiled by fossil fuels; b) the Senate is under pressure from the oil industry; c) the public is becoming increasingly alarmed and could be mobilized to speak out; d) workable transition strategies for clean energy have already been developed.

2. Commit to Workable Principles for Transitioning to Clean Energy

Dr. Grimsrud has set out in his Short Course a simple, workable plan for transitioning to clean energy:[61]

  1. Use only known reserves of gas and oil. They are the “cleanest” forms of fossil fuels.  Halt exploration for new reserves.
  2. Leave all other forms of fossil fuels in the ground, including coal, tar sands, and shale oil.
  3. Pursue massive reforestation and biomass production to enable CO2 uptake.

3. Commit to Economic Incentives to Build Compliance

  1. Immediately start taxing the full atmospheric cost of fossil fuel use to producers. Use this money to subsidize eligible clean energy businesses. Charge carbon import taxes on all products for which a carbon tax was not paid in the country of origin. (The Carbon Fee and Dividend Plan)
  2. Transfer existing oil and gas subsidies to eligible clean energy businesses, including high-mileage cars and green buildings.
  3. Create venture-capital programs for the clean-tech sector.
  4. Create efficiency standards for household appliances and lighting.
  5. Subsidize in-city public transport and bicycle use.
  6. Rationing: Introduce rationing of oil and gas for automobiles, home heating (while subsidizing electricity and heat pumps), and non-essential flight travel.

World War II rationing in Great Britain worked well and was based on the following decisions: [62]

  • In 1939 and 1940 the government rejected proposals to rely upon increased taxation to cut consumption because the impact of tax rises would be slow and inequitable.
  • The government introduced rationing instead, as it was the best way to cut consumption quickly and ensure that reduced supplies were shared out equitably.
  • Policymakers rejected tradable rations, a feature of current carbon rationing proposals, fearing that it would undermine the moral basis of rationing, encourage coupon fraud and feed inflation, thereby negating the socially-progressive aspects of tradable rations.
  • The public accepted that rationing was a temporary but necessary measure due to persuasive economic arguments, underlying trust in central government, and positive memories of rationing during the First World War.
  • To introduce a successful carbon rationing scheme, the experience of the Second World War indicates that the government must convince the public that rationing levels are fair; that the system is administered transparently and fairly; and that evaders are few in number, likely to be detected and liable to stiff penalties if found guilty.

In this essay we have looked at the truth about climate, and what is needed to address it.

As Arundhati Roy has written, “The trouble is that once you see it, you can’t unsee it, and once you’ve seen it, keeping quiet, saying nothing, becomes as political an act as speaking out. There’s no innocence. Either way you’re accountable.”[63]

VII. Conclusion

It is critically important that we respond to the precipice in front of us:  there is no time to be lulled by a sense of normalcy while the planet quietly and irreversibly succumbs to ruin. We must act now, before the weather becomes truly terrifying.

Let us honor our assassinated heroes by learning from them.

John Kennedy, in his American University address, was proclaiming a way out of the Cold War and into a new human possibility.  We need to connect with JFK’s new possibility by meeting the unspeakable:  first in ourselves, and then in the deep hidden places that we sense exist behind our democratic institutions.

So far, we have failed these men unforgivably by not looking long and hard where they pointed.[64]

The price of not going into the heart of truth has become unaffordable.  Bob Dylan once asked, “How far in will you go?”

This question must mark the beginning of a new journey at every level of society.

Notes

[29] Eric P. Grimsrud, “Short Course. The Earth’s Climate: Historic, Present, and Future,” May, 2012 (http://ericgrimsrud.com/short-course_281.html). Grimsrud is a Professor Emeritus of Chemistry, Montana State University, who taught atmospheric science for 29 years, has written more than 100 published articles, and holds teaching and research awards. See also the 4-minute video “Climate 101,” narrated by Bill Nye (http://vimeo.com/28991442 ); and the TED Talk, by David Roberts, “Climate Change is Simple” (https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=A7ktYbVwr90).

[30] Glen P. Peters, et al., “The Challenge to Keep Global Warming Below 2°C, Nature Climate Change, December 2012 (http://www.nature.com/nclimate/journal/v3/n1/full/nclimate1783.html).

[31] Global Carbon Project, “Global Carbon Budget, 2012,” December 12, 2012 (http://www.globalcarbonproject.org/carbonbudget/12/files/CarbonBudget2012.pdf).

[32] Eric P. Grimsrud, “Short Course. The Earth’s Climate: Historic, Present, and Future,” May, 2012 (http://ericgrimsrud.com/short-course_281.html), Section 4.

[33] See Grimsrud “Short Course,” Section 4 (http://ericgrimsrud.com/short-course_281.html).

[34] U.S. National Oceanic & Atmospheric Administration, “Trends in Atmospheric Carbon Dioxide,” http://www.esrl.noaa.gov/gmd/ccgg/trends/

[35] Shaun A. Marcott, et al., A Reconstruction of Regional and Global Temperature for the Past 11,300 Years,” Science, March 8, 2013 (http://www.sciencemag.org/content/339/6124/1198.abstract).

[36] Justin Gillis, New York Times, January 8, 2013, “Not Even Close: 2012 Was Hottest Ever in US” (http://www.nytimes.com/2013/01/09/science/earth/2012-was-hottest-year-ever-in-us.html?_r=1&).

[37] “Nicholas Stern: ‘I got it wrong on climate change — it’s far, far worse,'” Heather Stewart and Larry Elliott, The Guardian, January 26, 2013 (http://www.guardian.co.uk/environment/2013/jan/27/nicholas-stern-climate-change-davos).

[38] World Bank President Jim Yong Kim at G20 Meeting, “Climate Change Represents Real, Present Danger, February 16, 2003 (http://www.worldbank.org/en/news/speech/2013/02/16/world-bank-president-jim-kim-at-g20-meeting-climate-change-represents-real-present-danger).

[39] David Runnalls, “Roasted, Toasted, Fried and Grilled: Climate Talk from an Unlikely Source,” The Globe and Mail, February 1, 2013 (http://www.theglobeandmail.com/commentary/roasted-toasted-fried-and-grilled-climate-change-talk-from-an-unlikely-source/article8077946/).

[40] “Letter from Secretary Steven Chu to Energy Department Employees Announcing His Decision Not to Serve a Second Term,” February 1, 2013 (Steven Chu resignation letter, http://www.doe.gov/articles/letter-secretary-steven-chu-energy-department-employees-announcing-his-decision-not-serve). Munich Re report at http://www.munichre.com/publications/302-07742_en.pdf.

[41] Eric Grimsrud, “Questions Concerning Short Course,” March 18, 2013 post , “Welcome to Freelandia” (http http://ericgrimsrud.wordpress.com/2013/03/18/welcome-to-feelandia/).

[42] CCTF  http://www.climatechangetaskforce.org/task-force/view.php?Id=1. The full 27-page 2012 CCTF Statement, “Action to Face the Urgent Realities of Climate Change,” is at http://green-cross.se/wp-content/uploads/2012/06/CCTF_Statement_180612.pdf.

[43] The Climate Change Task Force, “Appeal for Urgent Action on Climate Change,” Geneva, June 11, 2012 (http://www.gcint.org/sites/default/files/publication/document/CCTF%20APPEAL-June11-2012-Eng.pdf).

[44] Susan Goldenberg, “Secret funding helped build vast network of climate denial thinktanks,” The Guardian, February 14, 2013 (http://www.guardian.co.uk/environment/2013/feb/14/funding-climate-change-denial-thinktanks-network).

[45] Ibid.

[46] U.S. Department of State. Keystone XL Pipeline Project, “Draft Supplementary Environmental Impact Statement,” March 1, 2013 (http://keystonepipeline-xl.state.gov/draftseis/index.htm).

[47] Brad Johnson, “‘State Department’ Keystone XL Report Actually Written by TransCanada Contractor,” Huffington Post Blog, March 6, 2013 (www.huffingtonpost.com/brad-johnson/keystone-xl-pipeline-report_b_2825044.html).

[48] “When to Say No,” New York Times, March 10, 2013 (http://www.nytimes.com/2013/03/11/opinion/when-to-say-no-to-the-keystone-xl.html?ref=todayspaper&_r=1&).

[49] “Obama Plan to End U.S. Oil Subsidies Rejected,” CBC News, March 29, 2012 (http://www.cbc.ca/news/business/story/2012/03/29/obama-oil-subsidies.html).

[50] Tom Zeller, “Energy Secretary Steven Chu Resigns, Chastises Climate Deniers and Clean-Energy Critics,” Huffington Post, February 1, 2013 (http://www.huffingtonpost.com/2013/02/01/steven-chu-resigns_n_2601964.html).

[51] David Turnbull, “Pro-Keystone XL Senate Bill Follows Pattern of Following the Oil Money,” Oilchange International, March 14, 2013 (http://priceofoil.org/2013/03/14/pro-keystone-xl-senate-bill-follows-pattern-of-following-the-oil-money/).

[52] Travis Lupick, “Economist Questions Financial Benefits of Alberta Oil Sands,” Striaght.com, March 26, 2013 (http://www.straight.com/news/365441/economist-questions-financial-benefits-alberta-oil-sands).

[53] Gloria Galloway, “Oil-sands Workers Press MP’s to Oppose ‘Wrongheaded’ Keystone Pipeline,” The Globe and Mail, September 21, 2011 (http://www.theglobeandmail.com/news/politics/ottawa-notebook/oil-sands-workers-press-mps-to-oppose-wrongheaded-keystone-pipeline/article617711/).

[54] “How Much Energy Does the U.S. Military Consume?” January 3, 2011 (http://www.dailyenergyreport.com/how-much-energy-does-the-u-s-military-consume/).

[55] Rick Bonner, “UFOs and the President’s Office: What the President Knows, and Doesn’t,” May 23, 2012 (http://www.examiner.com/article/ufos-and-the-oval-office-what-the-president-knows-and-doesn-t).

[56] Brad Friedman, “Ray McGovern Warns of ‘Two CIA’s,'” September 13, 2009 (http://www.consortiumnews.com/2009/091309a.html).  Dr. Peter Dale Scott has called this “deep politics.” Peter Dale Scott, “The ‘Deep State’ Behind U.S. Democracy,” Voltaire Net, April 6, 2011 (http://www.voltairenet.org/article169316.html). My essay variously refers to the “deep state” as “the unspeakable”, “the abyss”, and “the void”.

[57] Bob Woodward, “Obama’s Wars,” Simon & Schuster, 2010, p. 247.

[58] Glenn Greenwald, “Obama’s Justice Department Grants Final Immunity to Bush’s CIA Torturers,” The Guardian, August 31, 2012 (http://www.guardian.co.uk/commentisfree/2012/aug/31/obama-justice-department-immunity-bush-cia-torturer).

[59] Satish Kumar, founder of the Schumacher Institute, “Economics is a Subset of Ecology,” posted November 10, 2011 (http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=zW0IV30H6Hk&noredirect=1).

[60] Lawrence S. Wittner, “Looking Back: Norman Cousins and the Limited Test Ban Treaty of 1963,” Arms Control Today, December, 2012 (http://www.armscontrol.org/act/2012_12/Looking-Back-Norman-Cousins-and-the-Limited-Test-Ban-Treaty-of-1963).

[61] Eric P. Grimsrud, “Short Course. The Earth’s Climate: Historic, Present, and Future,” May, 2012 (http://ericgrimsrud.com/short-course_281.html), Sections 8a and 8b.

[62] These points are copied directly from:  Mark Roodhouse, “Rationing Returns:  A Solution to Global Warming?” History & Policy, March, 2007 (http://www.historyandpolicy.org/papers/policy-paper-54.html). History & Policy is a collaboration between scholars at the Universities of Cambridge and London, England.

[63] Arundhati Roy, “Power Politics,” South End Press, 2001, p. 7.

[64] Indeed President Eisenhower had explicitly warned against it in 1961: “The potential for the disastrous rise of misplaced power exists and will persist.” Eisenhower’s Farewell Address to the Nation, January 17, 1961″ (http://mcadams.posc.mu.edu/ike.htm).

I wish to thank Dr. Michael J. Harvey, biologist, for his assistance with this essay.

This essay is dedicated to Dr. James W. Douglass, from whose book JFK and the Unspeakable and workshop I learned deeply.

  • Posted in Archives, English
  • Comments Off on The Climate Bomb: Failures to Confront the Unspeakable, and The Way Ahead

The purpose of this work is to provide an investigation into the ideology of anthropogenic (human caused) climate change.

It has been written with the confidence that further research within the public, as well as the academic realm is required. Furthermore, the investigative strategy incorporated in this paper serves to provide a starting place for additional investigation. Therefore, the foundational reason for this work is to empower the understanding of the readership.

 “We decided long ago that the dangers of excessive and unwarranted concealment of pertinent    facts far outweighed the dangers which are cited to justify it…And there is very grave danger that an announced need for increased security will be seized upon by those anxious to expand  its meaning to the very limits of official censorship and concealment. That I do not intend to   permit to the extent that it is in my control.”   John F. Kennedy

To initiate an evidentiary inquiry into geopolitical decision making, one must first understand the causal relations that frame how a scientific issue is presented, addressed and subsequently dismissed. Of importance, is the distinction between sound science and methods motivated by political self interest. In the case of the former, the observer maintains a qualitative standard founded upon the premise that such an investigation will enhance the comprehensive intelligence within their respective discipline. In the case of the latter, the observer upholds a personal standard founded upon the ideology that this method will satisfy their self-interest and accelerate their ascendance to academic prominence. Thus, to value the integrity of the former method, the current directive must be to inspire a holistic understanding within the readership, as well as to identify the inconsistencies that arise within the discourse pertaining to anthropogenic climate change.

To further clarify, the guiding principals and intent of this work is to transform power. Since the prevailing dominant discourse derives its influence through maintaining ignorance, a praxis grounded upon intellectual empowerment is the most effective use of this knowledge. This investigation begins with an analysis of inconsistencies documented by official sources.

First to be examined is the National Aeronautics and Space Administration. It is the prerogative of NASA to research and identify causal forces within Earth’s solar system. NASA identifies multivariate concerns over uncertainties pertaining to potential causal forces influencing climate change. “There’s a great deal that we don’t know about the future of Earth’s climate and how climate change will affect humans”, including the impacts of solar irradiance, aerosols/dust/smoke, clouds, the carbon cycle, ocean circulation, precipitation and sea level rise (NASA 2013). As illustrated by researcher Victor Herrera of the Institute of Geophysics at the National Autonomous University of Mexico, this statement by NASA is critical for “the models and forecasts of the UN IPCC are incorrect because they only are based on mathematical models and presented results at scenarios that do not include, for example, solar activity” (Morano 2008, pg 4). To omit such an influential contributor to climate change as the sun would inherently bias statistical models in favour of anthropogenic theorizing. NASA’s admission is important  for it sets the groundwork for a genuine understanding on climate change.

A secondary piece of pertinent evidence is a report issued in 2012 by the United Kingdom’s National Weather Service. In this report, Colin Morice et al. state: “this model cannot take into account structural uncertainties arising from data set construction methodologies. It is clear that a full description of uncertainties in near-surface temperature, including those uncertainties arising from differing methodologies, requires that independent studies of near-surface temperatures should be maintained” (Morice, 2012, pg 5). This is important for the scientists involved clearly state the limitations of their chosen methodology, ie the HADCRUT4 data set, and recommend that independent research be conducted to affirm their findings.

David Rose, reporting for the UK’s Daily Mail, incorporated the graphs from this study into an article he wrote entitled Global Warming Stopped 16 years ago, reveals Met Office report. Rose also interviews a number of climate scientists who express uncertainty regarding the accuracy of climate modeling.

These interviews include “Professor Phil Jones, [former] director of the Climate Research Unit at the University of East Anglia…[who] admitted that he and his colleagues did not understand the impact of ‘natural variability’ – factors such as long-term ocean temperature cycles and changes in the output of the sun” (Rose 2012). Professor Phil Jones is the same individual “who found himself the centre of the ‘Climategate’ scandal over leaked emails..” (Rose 2012).

In these emails, Jones, in association with Michael Mann and other collaborators, communicate their intention to censor academic papers via intervening in the IPCC peer review process, as well as manipulate statistical data to conform to inaccurate climate forecast models. In a 2009 email correspondence between Kevin Trenberth and Michael Mann, Trenberth states: “the fact is that we can’t account for the lack of warming at the moment and it is a travesty that we can’t… Our observing system is inadequate” (Global Research 2009). As identified in the introduction, the actions of Jones and Mann perfectly illustrate the ideal of scientists working for academic self interest and not for the benefit of scientific understanding.

Arising from this case of intellectual manipulation is collateral damage. The scientific discipline of climate change and the severe ways upon which human beings are impacted by it, are dismissed in favour of the expert management of human populations. In the dominant discourse, additional issues such as globalization, corporatism, effective waste management, public health impacts, fresh water scarcity and natural resource privatization are often conveniently omitted. This practice of academic self interest attempts to discredit legitimate science while effectively empowering an environment of division, disinformation and subsequently, ignorance. It is within such an environment that opportunists thrive, pseudo-scientists whose rhetorical machinations frame the discourse of public opinion.

 “[Thus it has become the case that] our government’s science and technology policy is now  guided by uniformed and emotion-driven public opinion rather than by sound scientific advice.  Unfortunately, this public opinion is controlled by the media, a group of scientific illiterates    drunk with power, heavily influenced by irrelevant political ideologies, and so misguided as to  believe that they are more capable than the scientific community of making scientific decisions”    (Cohen 1984, pg 59).

 A classic example, is Nobel Peace Prize recipient and former United States vice president Al Gore. A significant proponent of anthropogenic climate change, Gore also happens to be a major benefactor  (The Telegraph). According to the Capital Research Centre’s publication Foundation Watch, “along with Gore, the co-founder of GIM [Generation Investment Management] is former Goldman Sachs CEO Hank Paulson…[In September 2006] Goldman Sachs bought 10% of CCX [Chicago Climate Exchange] shares for $23 million. CCX owns half of the European Climate Exchange (ECX), Europe’s largest carbon trading company…” (Barnes 2007, pg 4). This sale occurred the same year Al Gore released the film An Inconvenient Truth, which claims both a scientific consensus on anthropogenic climate change, as well as pushing the need to offset carbon emissions via green investments. (Freeman 2007, pg 29).  In fact, the Executive Intelligence Review reports that “Al Gore spoke at the May 2005 INCR [Investors Network on Climate Risk] Investors Summit at the United Nations, in his capacity as Chairman of his Generation Investment Management. He called for following the model of the European Union Emissions Trading Scheme, which started up in 2005. Monetize emissions; trade them; reduce them, was Gore’s mantra” (Freeman 2007, pg 29).

Upon further analysis, Foundation Watch affirms that “like CCX, the European Climate Exchange has about 80 member companies, including Barclays, BP, Calyon, E.ON UK, Endesa, Fortis, Goldman Sachs, Morgan Stanley and Shell, and ECX has contracted with the European Union to further develop a future market in carbon trading” (Barnes 2007, pg 4). It is apparent that several significant benefactors are among the most powerful captains of banking, business and industry. The benefits they incur via the successful management of government policy and mainstream environmental activism is enormous and therein is the real inconvenient truth.

Therefore it is evident that the intentional manipulation of a scientific subject, can be designed to both generate a public reaction, as well as to benefit private interests. However, the real danger is when rhetorical mechanisms infiltrate the common sense of a particular population and influences that populations’ moral consciousness. When rhetoric, and those who employ it, can establish a jurisdiction of unquestionable authority, then it becomes a god, which through its own machinations, is capable of empowering its skillful technicians and silencing logical inquiry. The population, unaware of an intellectual coup d’etat, become willful participants in their own subjugation. Through their acquiescence to a society that abandons formative critical analysis and evidentiary investigation, the population voluntarily reinforces this invisible intellectual prison.

What develops next, is a form of group mentality. When robbed of the proper utilization of the reasoning faculty, a person surrenders to a set of prevailing assumptions, which in this case are reinforced by the rhetorical mechanisms operating in that society. “In fact, people can be so attached to ‘consensus reality’ that its assumptions and predictions override contradictory evidence. When speakers encounter a situation in which people or events do not fit the categories provided by their model of reality, they are more likely to describe those people or event to make them “fit” the model rather than change or revise the model itself” (Penelope 1990, pg 37). What this means is that even when a circumstance arises which exposes that person to an alternative perspective on reality, no matter how grounded in evidentiary logic, that individual will instinctively re-frame or reject that knowledge.

Knowledge, and its effective application, is power. Thus, the willful ignorance of the public creates the opportunity for technocratic domination, i.e., those with superior knowledge make unquestionable decisions that affirm their own superiority (Carson 2002, pg 12-13). This form of expert management arises and is attributed to the demand for it. This is a causal relationship. First, the public generates an  expressed need for governance. Second, this need influences the nature and direction of the outcome. Without the demand, governance would not be delivered. Consequently, an important inquiry to raise at this juncture would be:  is the current public’s expressed need also managed to support the prevailing political/economic status quo? In pursuit of this answer, the following analysis is offered.

It would seem that men and women need a common motivation, namely a common adversary  against whom they can organize themselves and act together…[to] bring the divided nation together to face an outside enemy, either a real one, or else one invented for the purpose    (Schneider 1991, pg 70).

In searching for a common enemy against whom we can unite, we came up with the idea that  pollution, the threat of global warming, water shortages, famine and the like, would fit the  bill…All these dangers are caused by human intervention in natural processes, and it is only  through changed attitudes and behaviour that they can be overcome. The real enemy then is humanity itself (Schneider 1991, pg 75).

This report entitled The First Global Revolution, was published by the Club of Rome in 1991. According to their website, “the Club of Rome is a non-profit organisation, independent of any political, ideological or religious interests. Its essential mission is to act as a global catalyst for change through the identification and analysis of the crucial problems facing humanity and the communication of such problems to the most important public and private decision makers as well as to the general public” (Club of Rome). It appears, that one of these most important private decision makers, is none other than Al Gore, who holds a membership with the Club of Rome (ABC News 2007).

Throughout this evidentiary inquiry into anthropogenic climate change, the following connections have been witnessed:

1) the statistical manipulation and censorship of data by leading anthropogenic climate scientists [Phil Jones, Michael Mann],

2) the intrinsic bias towards anthropogenic causal forces inherent in Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change forecast models [Herrera, detailing omission of solar activity],

3) the admission of systemic uncertainties inherent in climate forecast methodologies [UK National Weather Service],

4) the widespread unknown variables identified by NASA [solar irradiance, aerosols/dust/smoke, clouds, the carbon cycle, ocean circulation, precipitation and sea level rise], 5) the corporate, industrial and banking interests behind major proponents of anthropogenic climate change [Barclays, BP, Endesa, Fortis, Goldman Sachs, Morgan Stanley et al], and

6) the calculated ideological premise that human beings are the source of all environmental problems and thus an enemy to humanity itself [Club of Rome]. Subsequently, the consequences of this prevailing worldview must be addressed.

In doing so, it is important to understand that this prevailing discourse arises primarily from a position of advanced financial capital and influence. Hence, its intentional dissemination by public, private and corporate actors serve to further promulgate its sphere of influence (Schneider 1991, pg 157).  The major tenets of this worldview propose limitations on human energy consumption, as well as restrictions on activities that generate carbon output. The expressed bias inherent in how anthropogenic climate change is presented to the public is that of a blaming the victim modality, i.e., that the public must bear the responsibility of the  corporate/military/industrial sector. 

According to Professor Delgado Domingos of the Numerical Weather Forecast group, “creating an ideology pegged to carbon dioxide is a dangerous nonsense…The present alarm on climate change is an instrument of social control, a pretext for major businesses and political battle. It became an ideology, which is concerning” (Morano 2012, pg 5). Thus, when driving at the heart of this manipulation, it becomes clear that its overarching purpose is not to manifest a global environmental equilibrium, but in fact to re-enforce the predominant political/economic status quo.

This is further illustrated by the aforementioned report by the Club of Rome. Authors Alexander King and Bertrand Schneider state: “the global nature as well as the seriousness of the environmental crisis, especially that of earth-warming, indicates the need for a coherent and comprehensive attack at the international level and at the level of the United Nations” (Schneider 1991, pg 99). They continue: “in addition, we propose the organization, possibly under the auspices of the Environmental Security Council, of regular meetings of industrial leaders, bankers and government officials from the five continents. These Global Development Rounds, envisaged as being somewhat similar to the Tariff Rounds of GATT [General Agreement on Tariffs and Trade; a precursor to the World Trade Organization], would discuss the need to harmonize competition and cooperation in the light of environmental constraints” (Schneider 1991, pg 100).

Essentially, the authors are calling for an agreement among prominent political, economic and financial institutions, to facilitate the centralization of collaborative decision making. This citation is also an example of the discourse  “administrative rationalism [which] may be defined as the problem-solving discourse which emphasizes the role of the expert rather than the citizen or producer/consumer in social problem solving, and which stresses social relationships of hierarchy rather than equality or competition” (Dryzek 2005, pg 75). Hence, the prevailing dominion of international economic powers is strengthened via this form of environmentalism, and anthropogenic climatology, in the manner it has been presented to the public, inculcates an environment of oppression.

A major mechanism by which this form of expert management is being implemented around the world is the International Council for Local Environmental Initiatives, also known as ICLEI: Local Governments for Sustainability. As previously identified, there is a causal relationship between the public’s demand for governance and its delivery. Subsequently, an important question to consider is: can an international secretariat that identifies itself as “…a powerful movement of 12 mega-cities, 100 super-cities and urban regions, 450 large cities as well as 450 medium-sized cities and towns in 84 countries…[that] have built a global sustainability network of more than 1,000 local governments…”, influence the public’s demand for this form of governance (ICLEI 2013)?

According to the Capital Research Centre report ICLEI – Local Governments for Sustainability, the answer is an affirmative. The author David Libardoni states: “…the group [ICLEI] is the product of a United Nations conference: the U.N. World Congress of Local Governments for a Sustainable Future…[Bolstered by ICLEI’s delivery system,] ambitious local politicians around the world are using ICLEI as an international platform that allows them to build their careers and quickly network with one another on environmental issues” (Libardoni 2008, pg 2).

It appears that politicians willing to become proponents of anthropogenic climate change, as well as ICLEI itself, stand to benefit both financially and politically through the collaborative success of this ideology. For in addition to the sliding-scale membership fees charged to local municipalities (calculated by population size), “over the past 11 years [2008 statistic], ICLEI has received between $250,000 and $1,500,000 annually in EPA grants to fund its CCP [Cities for Climate Protection] Campaign and emissions analysis software. In 2006, it reported $904,000 in governmental grants (out of $3.3 million in total revenue) on its IRS 990 tax form…” (Libardoni 2008, pg 3). In addition to these grants, “in 1997, the Open Society gave ICLEI a $2,147,415 grant to support its Local Agenda 21 Project, also sometimes known as Communities 21…More recently, ICLEI has received major contributions from the left-leaning Rockefeller Brothers Fund ($650,000 in March 2008, $525,000 in 2006), the Surdna Foundation ($200,000 in 2006), the Kendall Foundation ($150,000 in 2007) and the Richard and Rhoda Goldman Foundation ($100,000 in 2007)” (Libardoni 2008, pg 3). Thus, in light of this evidence gathered concerning the European Climate Exchange, as well as the financial benefits accrued by ICLEI, it becomes readily apparent that the discipline of anthropogenic climatology in concert with private self-interest can in praxis become an ideology of corporatism, advanced financial capital and multinational industry.

It is precisely this ideology that is demonstrated by the New Brunswick provincial government and in particular, the Department of Environment and Local Government. By way of illustration, the following select objectives from the chapter Action Plan Milestones derived from the department’s publication Action Plan for a New Local Governance System in New Brunswick, are identified:

“Transfer the cost of service administration for Local Service Districts to those who receive the    service, effective January 2012, by introducing amendments to the Municipalities Act” [Fall  2011] (New Brunswick 2011, pg 16).

“Create a new community funding arrangement, replacing the Unconditional Grant, by     introducing amendments to the Municipal Assistance Act” [Fall 2012] (New Brunswick 2011, pg 17).

“Engage stakeholders in the development of community sustainability criteria and a self-  assessment tool” [Spring 2013] (New Brunswick 2011, pg 18).

 “Implement community and municipal sustainability targets for the establishment and  restructuring of Municipalities and Rural Communities” [Fall 2013] (New Brunswick 2011, pg 18).

 “Seek input from stakeholders on a framework for a new Local Governance Act as part of the policy development process” [Summer 2013] (New Brunswick 2011, pg 18).

 Regardless of the purpose, direction or intended result of the above provisions, the action plan milestones that the New Brunswick government is committing to are consistent with the discourse of administrative rationalism, as well as the designed sustainability criteria of ICLEI. To ground this proposition in evidentiary logic, the following comparison is provided by way of a citation from ICLEI Canada’s publication Changing Climate, Changing Communities: Guide and Workbook for Municipal Climate Adaptation (ICLEI Canada, pg 8):

 To further clarify this evident congruence between ICLEI’s Milestone Framework and New Brunswick’s Action Plan Milestones, “as outlined earlier, Canadian local governments should be familiar with the Milestone process, as it is also central to the Partners for Climate Protection (PCP) program offered in partnership by the Federation of Canadian Municipalities and ICLEI” (ICLEI Canada, pg 6). Remarkably, this corresponds to the objectives outlined in the previously cited Club of Rome publication, The First Global Revolution: “it would be appropriate that the scheme [energy efficiency] be launched by the United Nations in association with the United Nations Environment Programme (UNEP), the World Meterological Organization and Unesco [United Nations Educational, Scientific and Cultural Organization].

A corollary would be the setting up in each country of an Energy Efficiency Council to supervise the operation on the national scale” (Schneider 1991, pg 99). In accord with this proposal ICLEI’s World Secretariat recently announced, “ICLEI and the United Nations Environment Programme (UNEP) are joining efforts in conducting a global survey on resource efficiency in cities with an objective to get a wide range of city level  perspectives and understandings of local needs on resource efficiency.

The global survey will run between March and May 2013 and will result in a final report planned for August 2013. The survey is conducted by a team of experts led by ICLEI’s World Secretariat in close collaboration with UNEP’s Built Environment Unit. The results will inform the Global Initiative for Resource Efficient Cities (GI-REC)” (ICLEI World Secretariat 2013). Indeed, it is evident, that in the dominions of finance, politics and industry, multivariate international powers have aligned their objectives. This method of harmonization between international powers, by which prominence is consolidated and agreements are constituted, is known as globalization.

According to the Oxford English Dictionary, globalization is defined as “the process by which businesses or other organizations develop international influence or start operating on an international scale [e.g. ICLEI]” (Oxford Dictionaries Online 2013).

The concept of sustainability, disseminated and affirmed by previously identified proponents and benefactors of anthropogenic climate change, is “[a subject or practice being] able to be maintained at a certain rate or level: sustainable economic growth, [as well as] conserving an ecological balance by avoiding depletion of natural resources (Oxford Dictionaries Online 2013). These goals are consistent with the operational capacities of corporations active in the natural resource extraction industry, with several currently accruing a substantial profit via the European Climate Exchange [BP, Endesa, Shell, Goldman Sachs, Barclays] (Barnes 2007, pg 4).

In addition, the previously cited ICLEI Canada publication, Changing Climate, Changing Communities: Guide and Workbook for Municipal Climate Adaptation, “..was made possible with the generous support of Natural Resources Canada: Climate Change Impacts and Adaptation Division  (ICLEI Canada, pg 3). Now that ICLEI’s employed methodology (i.e. globalization) has been established, the next question of this evidentiary inquiry is the following:  in relation to the intentional manipulation of the scientific discipline of anthropogenic climate change, are there additional methods that further the personal and/or private interests of another organization? To be addressed is the military industrial complex.

A high-risk, high-reward endeavor, weather-modification offers a dilemma not unlike the splitting of the atom. While some segments of society will always be reluctant to examine controversial issues such as weather-modification, the tremendous military capabilities that   could result from this field are ignored at our own peril. From enhancing friendly operations or  disrupting those of the enemy via small-scale tailoring of natural weather patterns to complete dominance of global communications and counterspace control, weather-modification offers the   war fighter a wide-range of possible options to defeat or coerce an adversary (Celentano 1996,   pg vi).

 In this 1996 United States Department of Defense research paper, Weather as a Force Multiplier: Owning the Weather in 2025, authors Major Ronald J. Celentano et al. promulgate the importance, as well as (in their view) the opportunities intrinsic to the integration of weather modification technologies into conventional warfare. As noted in this report’s Executive Summary, “in 2025, US aerospace forces can ‘own the weather’ by capitalizing on emerging technologies and focusing development of those technologies to war-fighting applications. Such a capability offers the war fighter tools to shape the battlespace in ways never before possible. It provides opportunities to impact operations across the full spectrum of conflict and is pertinent to all possible futures” (Celentano 1996, pg vi).

To accurately illustrate these proposed capabilities, Celentano et al chronologically incorporate Table 1: Operational Capabilities Matrix on the next page of their research paper. The following citation is this identical table, copied verbatim from this publication (SEE Celentano 1996, pg vii). 

Subsequently it becomes readily apparent that the United States Air Force, as well as the US Department of Defense, have an expressed interest in anthropogenic climate change. Their interest, is largely dependent on their ability to strategically profit from it. To affirm this analysis, Professor Michel Chossudovsky, Director of the Centre for Research on Globalization states, “rarely acknowledged in the debate on global climate change, the world’s weather can now be modified as part of a new generation of sophisticated electromagnetic weapons. Both the US and Russia have developed capabilities to manipulate the climate for military use” (Chossudovsky 2004).

This ideology of self-interest is consistent among all of the exclusive proponents of anthropogenic climate change identified in this investigation. Evident, within the operating methodology of each proponent, is a calculated benefit directly attributed to the successful dissemination of this incomplete and ‘debate settled’ ideology of anthropogenic climate change. Several of the prominent organizations cited are actively involved in the indoctrination of citizens, as well as strategically influencing government policy. Therefore, any remedy offered via this evidentiary inquiry must maintain, as its foundation, a qualitative standard pursued for the purpose of empowering public consciousness. It is integrity, not manipulation, deception, or disinformation that will achieve both an accurate understanding of climate causal forces as well as create an inclusive participatory process for affecting positive environmental change.

 Fortunately, there is a growing opposition to the claimed consensus regarding anthropogenic climate change as well as considerable numbers of scientists seeking to accurately understand climate causal forces. Reported by the United States Senate Committee on Environment and Public Works, in 2008 over six hundred fifty scientists expressed opposition to the claimed scientific consensus on anthropogenic climate change (Morano 2008, pg 1).

[According to this report:] “the following developments further secured 2008 as the year the  ‘consensus’ collapsed. Russian scientists ‘rejected the very idea that carbon dioxide may be      responsible for global warming’. An American Physical Society editor conceded that a  ‘considerable presence’ of scientific skeptics exists. An International team of scientists countered the UN IPCC, declaring: ‘Nature, Not Human Activity, Rules the Climate’. India issued a report  challenging global warming fears. International Scientists demanded the UN IPCC ‘be called to account and cease its deceptive practices,’ and a canvass of more than 51, 000 Canadian     scientists revealed 68% disagree that global warming science is ‘settled’” (Morano 2008, pg 2).

Upon evaluation of this Senate Committee’s report, in additional to the aforementioned statements by scientific sources, it can be surmised that any entity, scientific or otherwise, claiming a global consensus on anthropogenic climate change is doing so: a) falsely, and b) to further their own ideological agenda.  The following lecture citation, by Dr. Taylor Gray, concurs with this open minded analysis of anthropogenic climate change: “the occurrence of ecosystems maintaining a state of dynamic equilibrium stipulates that the phenomena of climate change is a naturally occurring process. To identify climate change as a problem is exclusively the prerogative of human beings and their unwillingness to accept environmental factors that are beyond their control” (Gray 2013). With this understanding, morality when taken from a practical standpoint, is largely founded upon the availability of the essential ingredients required for life. According to Dr. Gray, “as a naturally occurring biogeochemical cycle, as well as playing the role of an important atmospheric component, carbon is essential for the fats, proteins, and carbohydrates that constitute life. Thus, limiting carbon would place a limiting factor upon the potential for life” (Gray 2013).

What is within the power of human beings, are the ways upon which we build an authentic global community; one founded upon compassion and awareness of the growing needs of environmentally disadvantaged peoples. For example, liberating immigration restrictions to Canada, would allow this country’s comparatively minor population-to-landmass representation (approximately thirty five million, out of a global population of over seven billion) to become proportional through the vitalization by peoples in need of a more hospitable environment. International solidarity based upon localized commodity/agricultural markets would decrease the privatization of arable land in developing countries, which in turn would advance international food security. The creation of empowered generations skilled in home-building, permaculture, holistic medicine and environmental science would limit international economic dependency and encourage healthy, inclusive and self-sufficient communities. However, before this can happen, the prevailing untruths within society must be addressed.

 The effective application of knowledge is powerful. And to provide a remedy to a public that willfully embraces convenient untruths is two-fold. To begin, the inculcation and transmission of ignorance must be replaced with a social/economic paradigm that supports continuous learning. To be clear, this would take the form of encouraging independent thought, critical analysis and informed opinion. This instrument of social advancement must have one and only one primary objective. That being the cooperative evolution of human consciousness.

To achieve such a social mechanism the first remedy must be manifested in concert with the second, i.e., the systemic replacement of the conditions upon which material benefit is derived from intellectual manipulation.  Effectively, this would mean organizing around a political/economic paradigm that did not foster an environment of exploitation. Conversely, the praxis of this new paradigm would be the encouragement of an informed and intellectually adept body politic.

The success of this naturopathic remedy would arise organically from a psychologically healthy population. Upon this foundation intellectual creative power could create a holistic and inclusive political/economic paradigm. A public effectively self-immunized against ignorance brings with it the opportunity for unheralded philosophical and scientific evolution. In relation to governance and geopolitical decision making, the expressed public demand for it would end making psychological domination effectively irrelevant. Thus, when the conditions for freedom surround the human family, the only problem that remains is choice.

On some positions, cowardice asks the question, is it expedient? And then expedience comes     along and asks the question, is it politic? Vanity asks the question, is it popular? Conscience   asks the question, is it right? There comes a time when one must take the position that is neither safe nor politic nor popular, but he must do it because conscience tells him it is right.  Martin Luther King Jr.

 References

ABC News. Club of Rome Member Warns Against Council Amalgamations. Published 5 June 2007. http://www.abc.net.au/news/2007-06-05/club-of-rome-member-warns-against-council/58734

Club of Rome. Organization: Overview. Club of Rome. Accessed 14 April 2013. http://www.clubofrome.org/?p=199

Baker, Marcia Merry. A Genocidal Hoax: A Chronology of the Global Warming Swindle in LaRouche Lyndon’s Executive Intelligence Review. March 30, 2007. Vol. 34, No. 13, p. 51-55.

 Barnes, Deborah Corey. Capital Research Centre: Foundation Watch. Published August 2007.  http://capitalresearch.org/pubs/pdf/v1185475433.pdf 

Carson, Rachel. Silent Spring. United States: Houghton Mifflin Company, First Mariner Books Edition, 2002.

Celentano, Maj Ronald J et al. Weather as a Force Multiplier: Owning the Weather in 2025. Air Force 2025: United States Department of Defense,1996.

Chossudovsky Ph.D., Michel. The Ultimate Weapon of Mass Destruction: “Owning the Weather” for Military Use. Centre for Research on Globalization. Published 27 September 2004. http://www.globalresearch.ca/the-ultimate-weapon-of-mass-destruction-owning-the-weather-for-military-use-2/5306386

Cohen, Bernard L. Statement of Dissent in Ed. Julian Simon and Herman Khan’s The Resourceful Earth: A Response to Global 2000. United States: Basil Blackwell Incorporate, 1984.

Dryzek, John, The Politics of the Earth: Environmental Discourses. New York: Oxford University Press, 2005.

Freeman, Richard & Marcia Merry Baker. Carbon Tax Swindle Behind Gore Hoax in LaRouche Lyndon’s Executive Intelligence Review. March 30, 2007. Vol. 34, No. 13, p. 29-34.

Gray, Taylor, Ph.D. Lecture on Anthropogenic Climate Change, St. Thomas University, 27 March 2013.

Global Research. Ed. Michel Chossudovsky Ph.D. Manipulation of Data and Concepts: The Climate Change Emails. Centre for Research on Globalization. Published 29 November 2009.  http://www.globalresearch.ca/manipulation-of-data-and-concepts-the-climate-change-emails/16324 

ICLEI. Who We Are. ICLEI: Local Governments for Sustainability. Accessed 14 April 2013. http://www.iclei.org/iclei-global/who-is-iclei.html.

ICLEI Canada. Changing Climate, Changing Communities: Guide and Workbook for Municipal Climate Adaptation. ICLEI: Local Governments for Sustainability. Accessed 15 April 2013.  http://www.fcm.ca/documents/tools/PCP/changing_climate_changing_communities_guide_for_municipal_climate_adaptation_EN.pdf

ICLEI World Secretariat. UNEP – ICLEI Global Survey on Resource Efficiency in Cities. ICLEI: Local Government for Sustainability. Accessed 15 April 2013. http://www.iclei.org/our-activities/research-consulting/unep-iclei-global-survey.html

Kennedy, John F. Address: The President and the Press, Before The American Newspaper Publishers Association. New York City: 27 April 1961. Transcript contributors: Gerhard Peters and John T. Woolley, The American Presidency Project. http://www.presidency.ucsb.edu/ws/?pid=8093.

 King Jr., Martin Luther. Remaining Awake Through A Great Revolution. Washington D.C.: 31 March 1968. Transcript contribution: Martin Luther King, Jr. Research And Education Institute, Standford University. http://mlk-kpp01.stanford.edu/index.php/encyclopedia/ documentsentry/doc_remaining_awake_through _a_great_revolution/

Libardoni, David. ICLEI – Local Governments for Sustainability: Taxpayer Dollars and Foundation Grants Help A U.N. Inspired Group Show U.S. Cities How to Enact Climate Change Policies. Capital Research Centre: Organizational Trends. Published November 2008. http://capitalresearch.org/pubs/ pdf/v 1225578943.pdf

Morano, Marc et al. U.S. Senate Minority Report: More Than 650 International Scientists Dissent Over Man-Made Global Warming Claims, Scientists Continue To Debunk “Consensus” in 2008. U.S. Senate Committee on Environment & Public Works. Published 11 December 2008. http://www.epw.senate.gov/public/index.cfm?FuseAction=Files.View&FileStore_id=83947f5d-d84a-4a84-ad5d-6e2d71db52d9

Morice, Colin et al. Quantifying uncertainties in global and regional temperature change using an ensemble of observational estimates: the HadCRUT4 data set, UK Met Office, 2012.   http://www.metoffice.gov.uk/hadobs/hadcrut4/HadCRUT4_accepted.pdf.

NASA. National Aeronautics and Space Administration. Uncertainties: Unresolved questions about Earth’s climate. Accessed 13 April 2013. http://climate.nasa.gov/uncertainties.

Oxford Dictionaries Online. Globalization. Oxford English Dictionary. Accessed 16 April 2013. http://oxforddictionaries.com/definition/english/globalization

Oxford Dictionaries Online. Sustainable. Oxford English Dictionary. Accessed 16 April 2013. http://oxforddictionaries.com/definition/english/sustainable?q=sustainability#sustainable__6

New Brunswick. Department of Environment and Local Government.  Action Plan for a New Local Governance System in New Brunswick. December 2011. http://www2.gnb.ca/content/dam/gnb/ Departments/lg-gl/pdf/ActionPlanLocalGovernance.pdf

Penelope, Julia. Speaking Freely: Unlearning The Lies of The Father’s Tongues. United States: Pergamon Press, 1990.

Rose, David.  Global Warming Stopped 16 years ago, reveals Met Office report. Daily Mail. Published 16 October 2012. http://www.dailymail.co.uk/sciencetech/article-2217286/Global-warming-stopped-16-years-ago-reveals-Met-Office-report-quietly-released–chart-prove-it.html.

Schneider, Bertrand and Alexander King. The First Global Revolution: A Report By The Council Of The Club Of Rome. Orient Longman, 1991.

The Telegraph. Al Gore could become world’s first carbon billionaire. Ed. Richard Fletcher. The Telegraph Media Group. Published 3 November 2009. http://www.telegraph.co.uk/earth/energy/6491195/Al-Gore-could-become-worlds-first-carbon-billionaire.html

Tracy Ph.D., James F. Chemtrails: The Realities of Geoengineering and Weather Modification. Centre for Research on Globalization. Published 8 November 2012. http://www.globalresearch.ca/chemtrails-the-realities-of-geoengineering-and-weather-modification/5311079

James Divine is a well-traveled transdisciplinary who believes freethinking is essential to the well-being of human innovation. His maverick personality confidently resonates with holistic medicine, investigative literature and spiritual empowerment.

  • Posted in Archives, English
  • Comments Off on Global Warming and the Ideology of Anthropogenic (Human Caused) Climate Change

Glasgow. Who is behind The Climate Agenda? Financial Interests?

This article was first published in 2015

***

Sixty five Nobel winners were meeting in Mainau, Lake Constance in Southern Germany at their annual conference of Nobel Laureates sponsored by the Lindau Foundation. 

Among the donors to the Lindau Nobel initiative are Lockheed Martin, Deutsche Bank, UBS, Bayer, Merck, Novartis and Microsoft.

Climate Change was on the agenda. The venue was largely a science gathering. There was no declaration or scientific debate on broader issues of war and peace.  (See the program)    

The  “Mainau Declaration 2015 on Climate Change” compares the threat of climate change to that of nuclear war in the heyday of the Cold War era.

According to the Nobel Laureates, the threat of nuclear war belongs to a bygone era. Nuclear war is no longer the main threat, its climate change, “a threat of comparable magnitude”.

The threat to humanity prevails but it has taken on a different form:

Nearly 60 years ago, here on Mainau, a similar gathering of Nobel Laureates in science issued a declaration of the dangers inherent in the newly found technology of nuclear weapons—a technology derived from advances in basic science. So far we have avoided nuclear war though the threat remains. We believe that our world today faces another threat of comparable magnitude.1 (emphasis added)

While Climate Change is the object of concern, the Nobel science laureates are silent on the ongoing US-NATO wars and the war crimes committed by the Western military alliance in Africa, the Middle East and Central Asia, not to mention the destabilizing impacts of  economic warfare.

Meanwhile the Pentagon is beating the drums of war. The recent threats of the Obama administration to use nuclear weapons on a first strike pre-emptive basis not only against Russia but also against several non-nuclear states in the Middle East are casually ignored by the Science Nobel Laureates.

The Pentagon’s global military design is one of world conquest. The military deployment of US-NATO forces is occurring in several regions of the world simultaneously.

While a World War III scenario implying the preemptive use of nuclear weapons has been on the drawing board of the Pentagon for more than ten years, military planners are now involved in the formulation of concrete attack plans directed against Russia including the deployment of missile systems and NATO ground forces inside Ukraine.

The Doomsday Clock

The Bulletin of Atomic Scientists (BAS)  which has historically warned against the dangers of nuclear war, has changed its narrative. According to the BAS, nuclear war is less of a threat today compared to the Cold War era:

Today, the mind-numbing possibility of nuclear annihilation as a result of a deliberate attack on the other by the United States or Russia seems a thing of the past, ….  (emphasis added)

The fact of the matter is that none of the safeguard of the Cold War era prevail. This assessment totally disregards the US doctrine of preemptive nuclear war involving first strike nuclear attacks as an instrument of peace-making, as formulated in the 2001 Nuclear Posture Review.

Climate change and nuclear war are now presented side by side in the BAS’ doomsday clock. Nuclear war is no longer the main threat.

IT IS 3 MINUTES TO MIDNIGHT

2015: “Unchecked climate change, global nuclear weapons modernizations, and outsized nuclear weapons arsenals pose extraordinary and undeniable threats to the continued existence of humanity, and world leaders have failed to act with the speed or on the scale required to protect citizens from potential catastrophe. These failures of political leadership endanger every person on Earth.” Despite some modestly positive developments in the climate change arena, current efforts are entirely insufficient to prevent a catastrophic warming of Earth. Meanwhile, the United States and Russia have embarked on massive programs to modernize their nuclear triads—thereby undermining existing nuclear weapons treaties. “The clock ticks now at just three minutes to midnight because international leaders are failing to perform their most important duty—ensuring and preserving the health and vitality of human civilization.”

Apples and Oranges

Climate change vs. Nuclear War, “A threat of comparable magnitude”, according to the Nobel Science Laureates.

Scientific assessment of climate change focuses on “the impact of human activity” on the Earth’s climate and ecology. We are dealing with a complex long-term process, involving scientific assessment and measurement.

By casually juxtaposing climate change and nuclear war, the BAS scientists and Nobel Science Laureates are essentially “comparing apples and oranges”. There is a fundamental misunderstanding regarding the nature of  causality, which serves to distract public opinion from the imminent dangers of global warfare.

While the decision to unleash a nuclear attack against a known enemy can be implemented in a matter of minutes, –i.e. a decision of the US president and Commander in Chief, — the causes, the underlying time trends as well as policies pertaining to climate change are of an entirely different nature. 

In the post-Cold War era,  nuclear war has become a multibillion dollar undertaking, which fills the pockets of US defense contractors. What is at stake is the outright “privatization of nuclear war”.   War and nuclear war are the result of concrete military and political decisions, in response to powerful economic interests.

Global Warming on the other hand is not unleashed by “pushing a button” at the political level. (With the exception of geoengineering used as a weapon of warfare).

The campaign against war and nuclear war is virtually dead since the 2003 invasion of Iraq.

What is at stake for the peace movement is to ultimately undermine a decision-making process at the highest levels of  the US government apparatus including the US State Department, the Pentagon and the intelligence apparatus. Is there a sense of Urgency? Yes there is.

Today, US-NATO are leading simultaneous wars of aggression in several regions of the World coupled with a process of political destabilization and restructuring. Under the brunt of powerful financial institutions, national economies are undermined and destroyed, large sectors of the World population are impoverished.

These actions within the economic sphere are based on a deliberate process of financial manipulation. The Pentagon, NATO, the IMF and Wall Street work in tandem. We are dealing with a coordinated decision-making process both within the economic, geopolitical and military spheres. It’s called war and “financial warfare”.

To distract public opinion from the very real dangers of a World War III scenario, the mainstream media has its eyes riveted solely on the imminent dangers of climate change.

While climate change is an important global issue in its own right, at this juncture in our history, it is essential that people comprehend the logic of US led hegemonic wars, under the disguise of counterterrorism operations. There is no such thing as a humanitarian war.  Moreover, these wars are economic wars. They are wars of economic conquest.

The propaganda campaign consists in presenting global warming as the sole danger to humanity with a view to minimizing the public’s understanding of the dangers of war and nuclear war, which are inevitably coupled with a global process of neoliberal economic restructuring and impoverishment.

At his West Point speech on May 28 2014, President Obama said, “I believe in American exceptionalism with every fiber of my being.” Obama stated his bottom line is that “America must always lead on the world stage,” and “the backbone of that leadership always will be the military.” American exceptionalism based on might, not diplomacy, on hard power, not soft, is precisely the hubris and arrogance that could lead to the termination of human life. Washington’s determination to prevent the rise of Russia and China, as set out in the Brzezinski and Wolfowitz doctrines, is a recipe for nuclear war.

The need is dire for the president of the US, Russia, or China to state in a highly public forum that the existence of nuclear weapons creates the possibility of their use and that their use in war would likely mean human extinction. As nuclear war has no winners, the weapons should be banned and destroyed before they destroy all of us. (Steven Starr, Global Research, June 2014, emphasis added)

During the Cold War era, the doctrine of “mutually assured destruction” (MAD) prevailed. The US and the Soviet Union understood that the use of nuclear weapons could potentially lead to Worldwide nuclear radiation and a nuclear holocaust.

In the wake of the Cold War, this understanding on the dangers of nuclear war (MAD) no longer prevails. Moreover, the Pentagon has recently made public its policy of a nuclear first strike against the Russian Federation in response to Russia’s alleged aggression against Ukraine.

Should we be concerned? Is Nuclear War more dangerous than Global Warming?

If these US nuclear strikes were to be implemented, humanity would be precipitated into a Third World War, which could potentially be the “final war” on planet earth.

Note

1. The Mainau Declaration on the Dangers of Climate Change was signed by 36 of the 65 Nobel laureates in attendance. 


Order Michel Chossudovsky’s Book directly from GR,  

Towards a World War III Scenario, TheDangers of Nuclear War,

Global Research, Montreal, 2011, also available in pdf.

WWIII Scenario

Nuclear war has become a multibillion dollar undertaking, which fills the pockets of US defense contractors. What is at stake is the outright “privatization of nuclear war”.

The Pentagon’s global military design is one of world conquest. The military deployment of US-NATO forces is occurring in several regions of the world simultaneously.

Central to an understanding of war, is the media campaign which grants it legitimacy in the eyes of public opinion. A good versus evil dichotomy prevails. The perpetrators of war are presented as the victims. Public opinion is misled.

Breaking the “big lie”, which upholds war as a humanitarian undertaking, means breaking a criminal project of global destruction, in which the quest for profit is the overriding force. This profit-driven military agenda destroys human values and transforms people into unconscious zombies.

The object of this book is to forcefully reverse the tide of war, challenge the war criminals in high office and the powerful corporate lobby groups which support them.

Reviews

“This book is a ‘must’ resource – a richly documented and systematic diagnosis of the supremely pathological geo-strategic planning of US wars since ‘9-11’ against non-nuclear countries to seize their oil fields and resources under cover of ‘freedom and democracy’.”
John McMurtry, Professor of Philosophy, Guelph University

“In a world where engineered, pre-emptive, or more fashionably “humanitarian” wars of aggression have become the norm, this challenging book may be our final wake-up call.”
-Denis Halliday, Former Assistant Secretary General of the United Nations

Michel Chossudovsky exposes the insanity of our privatized war machine. Iran is being targeted with nuclear weapons as part of a war agenda built on distortions and lies for the purpose of private profit. The real aims are oil, financial hegemony and global control. The price could be nuclear holocaust. When weapons become the hottest export of the world’s only superpower, and diplomats work as salesmen for the defense industry, the whole world is recklessly endangered. If we must have a military, it belongs entirely in the public sector. No one should profit from mass death and destruction.
Ellen Brown, author of ‘Web of Debt’ and president of the Public Banking Institute   

  • Posted in Archives, English
  • Comments Off on Climate Change versus the Dangers of Nuclear War. “Three Minutes to Midnight”

100-200 Members of Congress, Families and Staff Treated with Ivermectin. No Hospitalizations

By Sundance, October 13, 2021

This is beyond disturbing.  According to Dr Pierre Kory, MD, MPA, and verified by the Front Line COVID-19 Critical Care Alliance (FLCCC), 100 to 200 congressional reps and/or staff and families who contracted COVID-19 were treated with the Front Line Ivermectin protocol.

Video: Has Justin Trudeau Been Duly Vaccinated? Registered Nurse Expresses Doubt on Authenticity of Trudeau’s Vaccine Jab

By Prof Michel Chossudovsky, October 13, 2021

These illegal restrictions in violation of fundamental human rights are being applied to Canadians across the land. These restrictions applied to “federal public servants” also apply to Prime Minister Justin Trudeau.

Over 7,000 Doctors and Scientists Sign “Rome Declaration” Accusing COVID Policy-Makers of ‘Crimes Against Humanity’

By Debra Heine, October 13, 2021

A “Physicians’ Declaration” produced by an international alliance of physicians and medical scientists strongly condemns the global strategy to treat COVID, accusing policy-makers of potential “crimes against humanity” for preventing physicians from providing life-saving treatments for their patients and suppressing open scientific discussion.

Pfizer’s CEO Alfred Bourla: “We Are Very Proud of What We have Done”. Vaccine Triggers Countless Deaths and Wave of Hospitalizations

By Vasko Kohlmayer, October 13, 2021

Bourla’s statement gives us a teaching moment par excellence, since his words are indicative of the mind-boggling levels of gaslighting that have taken hold in our society.

No Jab, No Wedding: Canadian Town Requires Vaccine Proof to Get Married

By Matt Lamb, October 13, 2021

A marriage license is required to get legally married in Canada, meaning that Oakville’s rules effectively prohibit people who refuse the COVID shots from tying the knot. Couples cannot obtain a license online.

“Dare to be Wise!”: How Free-thinking and Courageous Citizens will Steer the World on a Different Course

By Dr. Rudolf Hänsel, October 13, 2021

At a time when the peoples of the earth are in great distress because they are being denied their previous humanity and pure existence by the ruling “elite” and their political accomplices, I am not hesitating to recall the motto of the German philosopher and Enlightenment philosopher Immanuel Kant (1724 to 1804) “Sapere aude!” (“Dare to be wise!”).

Cultural Warfare in the 20th Century: How Western Civilization Became Undone

By Matthew Ehret-Kump, October 13, 2021

While Aldous’ brother Julian was reshaping the global paradigm by re-packaging eugenics under several new costumes post-1945, Aldous’ creative juices were driven entirely by his role as a cultural warrior.

“Face Biometrics” to Streamline Airline Passengers

By Alessandro Mascellino, October 13, 2021

Delta has recently partnered with the U.S. Transport Security Administration (TSA) to deploy face biometrics to streamline check-in and security in Atlanta, while Emirates suggested airline passengers will have to wear masks for at least two more years.

Engineered Economic Chaos, “Fake Shortages”

By Prof Michel Chossudovsky and Stew Peters, October 13, 2021

The global economy is in crisis. The Covid-19 Lockdown policies have triggered a process of Worldwide economic destabilization which directly affects both “Supply” and “Demand” relations. It’s the most serious economic crisis in World history affecting simultaneously more than a 150 countries.

Southwest Airlines Is Collapsing – A Glimpse of the Future and Hope

By Charles “Sam” Faddis, October 13, 2021

The White House has pressed the airlines to adopt vaccine mandates using the leverage of federal contracts. United knuckled under first and announced a vaccine requirement. Southwest recently announced its employees had until December 8, 2021, to get vaccinated or lose their jobs.

Lockdowns and Vaccine Mandates: Tyrants of the “Nanny State”. When the Government Thinks It Knows Best

By John W. Whitehead and Nisha Whitehead, October 13, 2021

We labor today under the weight of countless tyrannies, large and small, carried out in the so-called name of the national good by an elite class of governmental and corporate officials who are largely insulated from the ill effects of their actions.

Uyghur Tribunal: US Lawfare at Its Lowest

By , October 13, 2021

The so-called “Uyghur Tribunal” is promoted across the Western media as an “independent” tribunal. AP claims that it seeks to lay out evidence that will “compel international action to tackle growing concerns about alleged abuses in Xinjiang.”

  • Posted in NO READ MORE LINK
  • Comments Off on Selected Articles: Over 7,000 Doctors and Scientists Sign “Rome Declaration” Accusing COVID Policy-Makers of ‘Crimes Against Humanity’

10 Shortages that Are Getting Worse

October 14th, 2021 by Kerry Lutz

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the “Translate Website” drop down menu on the top banner of our home page (Desktop version).

Visit and follow us on Instagram at @crg_globalresearch.

***

 

The global supply chain is in complete tatters. Tens of thousands of items and services are in short supply or can’t be found at all. This is leading to higher prices, a/k/a cost-push inflation, and a general decrease in the purchasing power of all fiat currencies, be it the US Dollar, the Japanese Yen or the Euro.

The choice of items to include here could fill volumes. We picked things that often appear very obscure, such as ketchup or pallets and yet are staples of modern life.

Pallets

Wooden shipping pallets are required to transport almost anything imaginable including: paper goods, food items, auto parts, diapers, etc. Until now, they’ve always been plentiful and taken for granted. During the past year, pallet prices have more than doubled, going from less than $7 to over $15 now. According to Bloomberg, pallets are now a hot commodity, which has led to hoarding and even theft. While lumber prices have recently decreased, pallet prices have kept going up and continue to do so, while supplies will remain extremely tight for the foreseeable future.

Aluminum

Aluminum is yet another mundane commodity that has gone into supply deficit. Current shortages are unprecedented; prices keep going higher. 2021 has seen an over 50 percent price rise. Lockdowns and quarantines are largely responsible. The result was a rise in home drink consumption with more beverage cans being consumed. A global competition for supply among soda and beer producers has broken out. They are scouring the four corners of the planet searching for adequate supplies.

CO2

Contrary to the beliefs of climate alarmists, there’s actually an ongoing shortage of CO2. Opponents can take heart that its price has quintupled in the past year. It has a plethora of little-known uses such as soft drink and alcoholic beverage carbonation, promoting greenhouse plant growth, keeping food fresh during transport, extending shelf life of packaged meats, baby food and baked products, etc. CO2 is a by-product produced by fertilizer plants, a number of which have shut down due to rapidly rising natural gas feedstock prices.

Truck Drivers

In the US and abroad, the truck driver shortage has been going on for years. Truck drivers are the backbone of supply chain, but they’re also its Rodney Dangerfield as well. They don’t get no respect and not a lot of money either. Long-haul US Truck Drivers were once a highly unionized, receiving generous pay and benefits. Today, most are owner-operators. A pay squeeze has led large numbers of qualified drivers to abandon the industry. Trucking costs have been shooting higher too: fuel (up 85%), tires (up 20%), insurance (up 10%) and highway tolls, thus further reducing wages. The only way to get more truckers on the road is by paying them higher wages. This is unlikely given other cost constraints.

Ketchup and Condiments

Believe it or not, Heinz is facing Ketchup production shortages. The situation is so bad that it has unveiled a new roller type of packet that enables users to squeeze out the very last drop of Ketchup. Since the pandemic, America’s favorite condiment has been in near constant short supply. Supplies of other condiments, such as mustard and relish are also limited. As expected, prices are rising and the consumer is paying more.

Champagne

This popular bubbly beverage could be heading towards a major Christmas shortage. The 2020 lockdowns decreased demand, not a lot people were celebrating during the pandemic. Champagne houses responded by reducing bottles produced. However, as things improve more people are celebrating their newly re-found freedom and Champagne demand is picking up. It will only increase as we come into the holiday season.

Construction Materials

Prior to the pandemic, the construction cycle peaking and supplies were already tightening. This is typical. However, a recent survey found that 71% of contractors are facing at least one material shortage. Lumber was most-cited, followed by steel, electrical and lighting supplies. 2021 ushered in huge steel and lumber price increases. With near dire port backlogs, it will be quite some time before we see a return to normalcy.

Coal/Energy

According to the Washington Post coal shortages are causing some Chinese Provinces to ration electricity; Europeans are paying sky-high prices for natural gas, power plants in India are on the verge of running out of coal, and the average price per gallon of regular gasoline in the United States went from $1.72 in April to $3.25 now.

The not-so sudden energy crunch is putting further stress on already frayed supply chains. This has set off a global competition for resources and has helped make the green energy revolution a lesser priority. The situation in Europe is growing more serious due to Russia’s natgas supply reduction. A cold winter could very well put the world into disaster mode.

Healthcare Workers

Healthcare worker vaccine mandates will dramatically reduce worker availability to care for the sick and elderly. In New York alone, an estimated 70,000 healthcare workers will lose their jobs. To address the issue, Governor Hochel called in the national guard. However, there are not enough medically trained guardsmen to make up the difference. This will be repeated in other states across the country and could result in a major disaster.

Auto Mechanics and Technicians

The author encountered this situation while visiting an auto tire store. The manager informed us that our vehicle wouldn’t be ready until late in the day as they were extremely short staffed. Quite shocking, as these used to be decent paying jobs with many takers. He complained that it was nearly impossible to find qualified mechanics and technicians; those he did hire, often worked a day or two and then left. This situation is being repeated in gas stations, auto dealers and service centers around the country. With the shift to electric vehicles, one has to wonder where the highly trained and qualified techs are going to come from?

Bonus – Port Cargo Shipping Capacity

The pandemic greatly compressed the shipping cycle. For months international trade ground to a halt and nothing left the ports. The lifting of health restrictions set-off a global shipping scramble. Everyone was trying to make up for lost time in an effort to fulfill the Christmas demand. Currently the Port of Long Beach has 134 ships waiting to unload. Similar occurrences are happening at ports around the globe. In just one year, the world outgrew its entire shipping port capacity. And there’s no end in sight.

With more shortages cascading around the globe, it’s going to be a long cold winter and a not-so Merry Christmas.

*

Note to readers: Please click the share buttons above or below. Follow us on Instagram, @crg_globalresearch. Forward this article to your email lists. Crosspost on your blog site, internet forums. etc.

“Face Biometrics” to Streamline Airline Passengers

October 13th, 2021 by Alessandro Mascellino

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the “Translate Website” drop down menu on the top banner of our home page (Desktop version).

Visit and follow us on Instagram at @crg_globalresearch.

***

 

Delta has recently partnered with the U.S. Transport Security Administration (TSA) to deploy face biometrics to streamline check-in and security in Atlanta, while Emirates suggested airline passengers will have to wear masks for at least two more years. Also, SITA argues for health credential checks to be integrated into travel ecosystems all around the globe.

Delta partners with TSA on biometrics for aviation

Thanks to the new partnership, passengers will be able to go through security checks at airports in Atlanta without a paper boarding pass or a physical government ID credential.

Instead, after registering via the TSA app and confirming their identity, customers will be able to have their faces scanned via facial verification cameras at the airport.

The scanning process encrypts passengers’ images, then sends them to the U.S. Customs and Border Protection’s (CBP) facial biometric matching service via a secure channel with no accompanying biographic data.

CBP then verifies a customer’s identity against government holdings and sends back an indicator to allow the customer to proceed.

Delta clarified that individuals who do not wish to utilize the system will be free to opt out.

The new biometrics system will first be visible in Atlanta’s South Security Checkpoint in the coming weeks and then expanded to bag drop and boarding areas before the end of the year. Delta also confirmed it aims to expand the technology’s deployment to additional hubs next year.

Emirates SVP suggests masks on planes for two more years

The case was made by Zack Zainal Abidin, senior vice president of Emirates Group Security, at an aviation security conference in Dubai on Sunday.

The National News reported on the claims, which highlighted Abidin’s warning on the likelihood of mask-free travel.

According to the executive, the pandemic still presents challenges for the aviation security sector.

Particularly, Abidin suggested facial recognition is not enough anymore, as threats, including terrorism, become more sophisticated, and mask recognition is still not as accurate as traditional face biometrics systems.

Fingerprint recognition is also an issue, according to Abidin, since the need for physical distancing has made the biometric technology less safe for passengers.

“These are the new technologies that have to be explored and expanded, due to the conditions created by the pandemic,” Abidin said.

SITA calls for increased health credential integration

Challenges to face biometrics are not the only one facing airport systems that may need to adapt. According to the air transport communications specialist, the need for passengers to provide health credentials during the pandemic is substantially reducing the capacity of airports, causing longer processing and waiting times.

“As we open up, it’s imperative we integrate the multiple different ways of sharing health credentials digitally and seamlessly into a single approach for the world’s travel eco-system,” wrote Sherry Stein, head of Technology at SITA Americas, in a blog post.

According to the technology expert, this would be the only way to tackle the wait times at check-in, as well as restoring self-service to save time, confusion, and congestion for passengers.

“And, crucially, we can give travelers the assurance that wherever they venture in the world, they’ll be allowed into the country and to return home,” she explained.

To this end, SITA recently launched Health Protect, an initiative aimed at integrating health status checks within airlines and airports’ travel processes.

“Integration with SITA Health Protect will enable self-service check-in – be it by web, mobile, or kiosk – while advance passenger processing will verify that passengers have a trusted traveler credential and are allowed to board,” Stein added.

The pandemic has had a devastating impact on our industry, according to Stein, and yet, it has also focused minds on accelerating digital progress.

“This is vital today, as we recover, and as we strive to enhance traveler convenience and operational excellence. But it will also increase the resilience of our processes should we face another epidemic or global pandemic in the future,” she concluded.

*

Note to readers: Please click the share buttons above or below. Follow us on Instagram, @crg_globalresearch. Forward this article to your email lists. Crosspost on your blog site, internet forums. etc.

Featured image is from Biometric Update

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the “Translate Website” drop down menu on the top banner of our home page (Desktop version).

Visit and follow us on Instagram at @crg_globalresearch.

***

GR editor’s note. There is evidence, yet to be confirmed that Prime Minister Juston Trudeau has not been vaccinated

Video: Has Justin Trudeau Been Duly Vaccinated? Registered Nurse Expresses Doubt on Authenticity of Trudeau’s Vaccine Jab

By Prof Michel Chossudovsky, September 20, 2021

***

Yesterday, the Canadian government announced that by Oct. 29th “core” federal public servants will have to be fully vaccinated against COVID-19 or face unpaid leave by Nov. 15th. Further, the government announced that anyone wishing to board a plane, train, or cruise in Canada will have to prove they are vaccinated by Oct 30th.

The announcements came from Prime Minister Justin Trudeau and Deputy Prime Minister Chrystia Freeland.

For the approximately 267,000 federal workers affected by this policy, whether they work from home or go into the office, mandates will apply. There are a couple of limited exemptions in place. People will need to provide medical proof of the requirement for the exemption or testify under oath to their religious beliefs.

Should federal employees not wish to be vaccinated still, they will be required to attend an online COVID vaccine re-education session. They will also lose access to their workplace, office events, meetings, and will not be able to travel for business at all.

Partially-vaccinated workers will have up to 10 weeks to receive their second dose before being put on unpaid leave. Federal workers who wish to keep their jobs are required to make an attestation of their vaccination status which will be used as proof.

“It’s very straightforward: If you want to continue to work for the public service of Canada, you’re going to need to be fully vaccinated. And the way to ensure that that happens as quickly as possible, is to allow for the vast majority of public servants who are vaccinated, to make a simple straightforward attestation… That allows managers and departments to focus in on those people who will not…” – Prime Minister Justin Trudeau

Mandates For Travellers

Updates have also been provided for passengers boarding any domestic or international flight, interprovincial train or cruise ship, as well as workers in restricted sections of airports. Starting Oct 30th, passengers must be fully vaccinated to board these travel vehicles. There will be a short period where proof of a negative COVID-19 test will be acceptable, but by Nov 30th, that option will fall away.

Ferry passengers have not been included in these new mandates.

“This is about keeping people safe on the job and in our communities,” Trudeau said. “If you’ve done the right thing and gotten vaccinated, you deserve the freedom to be safe from COVID-19, to have your kids safe from COVID, to get back to the things you love.” – Prime Minister Justin Trudeau

Trudeau is seen again politicizing the COVID issue by bringing children into the equation while controversial and draconian measures are announced. As The Pulse has covered on numerous occasions, children face almost no risk from COVID. In fact, children are at greater risk of death and hospitalization from the seasonal flu. One can only assume this speech was written to counteract an authoritarian policy with pulling on community heartstrings when it comes to children.

The careful wording of “If you’ve done the right thing” is also troublesome for a journalist like myself. I’ve noticed that many of my colleagues in journalism are not exercising balanced journalism during COVID, and are leaving out pertinent facts that drastically change the narrative around COVID.

Right now there are effective treatments available for COVID. We know that the vaccines are not very effective after the 6 or 7 month mark, making treatments all that much more important for the aging population, yet government and media continues to deny these treatments and continues forcing everyone to be vaccinated. As with the several decades prior to COVID, it feels all too clear again that Big Pharma has massive influence over government policy.

As a journalist who has been censored on several occasions during COVID, I can say that if Canadians were given the full truth, as opposed to the very limited truth they are getting from mainstream media, they would likely not feel that the government has “done the right thing.”

My sense is that the average person who would support such measures is likely not aware of facts like: the likelihood of false positives from PCR tests is around 50%, the fact that vaccination only offers protection from severe infection for 6 to 7 months, that children are more at risk from the seasonal fluthan COVID, that it’s exceedingly rare for children to spread COVID to others, there are several viable treatments for COVID, and that the chances of hospitalization if infected by COVID is extremely low.

Here in lies what is worrisome about what’s taking place, the vast majority of people are not aware of the entirety of what’s going on, so they support measures that are tackling a problem that isn’t like what they are told. If they did understand it however, they likely would push back much harder on these measures.

This new mandatory vaccination policy includes the RCMP, as well as full-time employees, casual workers, students and volunteers for federal departments, agencies, and offices such as the Department of Health, Veterans Affairs Canada, Service Canada, the Public Health Agency of Canada, the Correctional Service of Canada, and the Canada Border Services Agency.

“We are taking this step to protect those who work in the federal public service, their families, and their communities. This measure also protects everyone who does business with the public service, whether it is getting access to your benefits at a Service Canada office, or safely traveling across our borders,” – Deputy Prime Minister Chrystia Freeland

Trudeau also mentioned the government is still working on what is being dubbed ‘the standardized, pan-Canadian proof of vaccination document.’ This document is designed to hold Canadian citizen’s vaccination records for use in international travel. Dedicated funding and work on this measure suggests that Canada is not looking to stop COVID vaccination efforts in the coming years, which means constant boosters will likely need to be kept up with to be fully vaccinated as vaccine efficacy after two doses steeply wanes after 6 to 7 months.

“Part of the work that we’re doing with the major carriers in this country is to integrate the proof of vaccination digital codes into their online booking process, so that when you print out your boarding pass either at the airport, or in advance, there will be a clearly marked proof of vaccination thumbs up or checkmark, so that the gate agent does not have to be checking documentation,” – Prime Minister Justin Trudeau

What will come next is anyone’s guess, but what we do know is that a culture of authoritarian control is evident in government right now. It seems upon people to begin to calmly and effectively organize around creating solutions to push back against these measures in a meaningful way. Anger only further fuels the government and mainstream media in pointing to “anti-vaxxers as crazy.” Still, the solution seems unclear, but meaningful dialogue can bring us there.

*

Note to readers: Please click the share buttons above or below. Follow us on Instagram, @crg_globalresearch. Forward this article to your email lists. Crosspost on your blog site, internet forums. etc.

Featured image is from Shutterstock

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the “Translate Website” drop down menu on the top banner of our home page (Desktop version).

Visit and follow us on Instagram at @crg_globalresearch.

***

 

 

Midway through his recent interview with ABC’s George Stephanopoulos, Albert Bourla, the chief executive officer of Pfizer, said the following:

“We are very proud of what we have done… There is no other company that can claim to have done so much good to humanity as we have done.”

Bourla’s statement gives us a teaching moment par excellence, since his words are indicative of the mind-boggling levels of gaslighting that have taken hold in our society.

Click Screen to View Interview with Alfred Bourla

 

Let us look at the record and see what Pfizer has really done for humanity.

If you remember, it all began with great pomp when Pfizer triumphantly announced that its vaccine was 95 percent effective (see Pfizer’s November 2020 press release here). It was so good, Bourla and co. claimed, that emergency authorization for it should be immediately granted by governments around the world.

In fact, its effectiveness was such, they said, that members of the Pfizer placebo trial group were asked to take the shot, which rendered meaningful evaluation of data virtually impossible.

Never mind that the trials were short and incomplete to an unprecedented degree.  Despite this, the frightened public accepted Pfizer’s claims – which were uncritically amplified by the collaborating corporate media – at face value and a vaccine frenzy ensued. Many people were so desperate to get these allegedly “life-saving” shots that they were willing to pay bribes to jump the vaccine line.

This mad rush to get injected by so many turned out to be a windfall for Pfizer. The company sold hundreds of millions of shots and posted record profits.

Soon, however, cracks began to appear in Pfizer’s narrative. It turned out that the “protection” afforded by its vaccine was rather short-lived.

Studies showed that Pfizer-induced antibodies fade quite quickly. After six months, half of  those injected have none. Unashamed and undaunted, Pfizer came out with a booster. The coerced and gaslit public lined up to receive it in surprisingly high numbers, which in turn further pushed Pfizer’s already hefty profits into the stratosphere.

Unfortunately for the boostered, it appears that the antibodies induced by the third injection are no more long lasting than those generated by the original jabs. This is why there is already talk of the fourth injection! In Israel they may start giving it before the end of this year, which means that some people will have received four Pfizer shots in the space of some twelve months.

But here is the worst of it: not only have Pfizer-induced antibodies turned out to be very short-lived, but they also appear to be largely ineffective in dealing with the virus when encountered in the real world. To wit, a number of countries with high vaccination rates have experienced widespread outbreaks of Covid-19. Israel, a country that uses Pfizer almost exclusively, is a case in point. An early leader in the vaccination effort, it experienced the highest infection rate in the world. This is from a recent Bloomberg report:

“The country, once a front-runner in the global race to move on from Covid-19, became a pandemic hot spot in early September. Following the spread of the delta variant over the summer, Israel had the world’s highest per-capita infection rate in the week through Sept. 4, according to figures compiled by Johns Hopkins University.”

So, this is what inoculating most of your population with Pfizer vaccines gets you: the highest infection rate on the planet. And this by a considerable margin. At the time, Israel’s infection rate was fifty percent higher than that of the second most infected country, which was Mongolia.

Thanks, Mr. Bourla, for that.

So impotent were the vaccines in even slowing the spread of Covid-19 that in her August 15 interview with CNN, CDC director Rochelle Walensky made the following admission: “What they can’t do anymore is to prevent transmission.”

Not only do vaccines do nothing to stop the spread of Covid, they also do not appear to confer any special protection against its severe forms or death. In other words, vaccinated people are not only getting widely infected, they are also falling seriously ill and dying at high rates.

Consider the following facts:

According to a recent report by the Associated Press, 70 percent of those hospitalized in Israeli hospitals with serious Covid are fully vaccinated. This figure is higher than the country’s general vaccination rate. It would thus appear that getting vaccinated may actually increase one’s chances of falling ill with serious Covid. Be that as it may, this number at least shows that the Pfizer vaccine does not reduce hospitalization rate in the vaccinated as compared with their un-jabbed counterparts.

This was already obvious this summer when nearly 60% of hospitalized Covid patients in Israel had received the full course of the Pfizer protocol.

So much for the completely fallacious claim that the vaccine protects against serious Covid. It does not and the data shows that clearly. This claim is another specious lie propagated by gaslighters like Albert Bourla who are saying things that are completely contrary to reality.

The situation appears to be no better regarding the boosters. The boosters, which were obviously designed to remedy the failure of the original shots, seem to be making things worse.

Below is a graphic based on data from John Hopkins University that shows a sharp rise in Covid deaths after the booster was introduced in Israel at the end of July.

Chart from Citizen Free Press

For comparison, the chart also features the death rate in Sweden, a country which did not administer boosters during this period. Its graph remained largely unchanged.

Here are undeniable, documentable facts regarding the Pfizer vaccine:

  • Pfizer- induced antibodies last only for a few months.
  • Pfizer vaccines do not stop transmission of infection.
  • Vaccinated people are falling seriously ill and dying in large numbers. In many cases these rates are higher that the general vaccination rate in given populations.
  • From early data it would appear that Pfizer booster may be as ineffective as the original shots.

Not to be unfair to Pfizer, the facts regarding the other vaccines are very similar if not worse.

This is a massive vaccination debacle by any standard.

And we have not even mentioned serious injuries and deaths that have been caused by these vaccines.

The World Health Organization’s database, for example, records over two million potential COVID vaccines injuries in 2021.

According to an analysis of data recorded in the Vaccine Adverse Event Reporting System (VAERS), “the total number of deaths associated with the COVID-19 vaccines is greater than the number of deaths associated with all other vaccines combined since the year 1990.”

According to a US government whistleblower, nearly fifty thousand people died in the United States within two weeks of receiving the vaccines.

Amazingly, those responsible for this debacle are making record profits.

More amazingly still, one of the main architects of this fiasco, Pfizer CEO Albert Bourla, has the audacity to claim that his company has done more for the good of mankind than any other company.

It is more than clear that Bourla and his fellow band of vaccinators are on a mission to gaslight the world. In the process they are making claims that run in complete contravention of reality and facts.

Other prominent gaslighters include the Head of the National Institute of Health Anthony Fauci and CDC director Rochelle Walensky, as well as a host of public health officials and government figures.

These people, in effect, say that black is white. They claim that ineffective and dangerous vaccines are a gift to humanity.

Many have fallen for it while the vaccinators are rejoicing on their way to the bank.

Sadly, the massive gaslighting campaign has been a considerable success. The failure of the vaccines stares us right in the face and yet most people are unable to see it.

If you are one of them, please try to think about these three questions:

What would we normally call vaccines that fail to prevent the spread of the targeted disease?

What would we normally call vaccines that do not stop serious Covid or death?

Would we not rightly call such pharmaceuticals a “failure”?

The word “failure,” however, is not often used in connection with the vaccines, at least not in government bulletins or mainstream media.

And what would you call those who have raked in unprecedented profits from these failed vaccines?

The words such as cheats and racketeers come to mind. And yet these terms are not applied either.

This situation is reflective of the gaslighters’ cunning and skill. Despite the havoc they have wrought, they are still in their jobs filling their pockets with millions (and in some cases with billions).

In a sane world they would be chased out of town. They would be removed from their positions and deprived of their ill-gotten gains.

But in the twilight zone we live these days, profiteers like Albert Bourla continue to grow enormously rich while most of the population is unable to grasp what is happening right before their eyes.

*

Note to readers: Please click the share buttons above or below. Follow us on Instagram, @crg_globalresearch. Forward this article to your email lists. Crosspost on your blog site, internet forums. etc.

Vasko Kohlmayer (email) was born and grew up in former communist Czechoslovakia. He is the author of The West in Crisis: Civilizations and Their Death Drives. You can keep up to date with his writings by subscribing to his newsletter Notes from the ‘Twilight Zone’ on Substack.

Featured image: Pfizer CEO Albert Bourla (Image source: YouTube Grab)

  • Posted in English
  • Comments Off on Pfizer’s CEO Alfred Bourla: “We Are Very Proud of What We have Done”. Vaccine Triggers Countless Deaths and Wave of Hospitalizations
  • Tags: ,

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the “Translate Website” drop down menu on the top banner of our home page (Desktop version).

Visit and follow us on Instagram at @crg_globalresearch.

***

 

 

 

 

 

In einer Zeit, in der die Völker der Erde in großer Bedrängnis sind, weil ihnen von der herrschenden „Elite“ und ihren politischen Helfershelfern das bisherige Menschsein und die pure Existenz abgesprochen wird, scheue ich mich nicht, den bereits mehrfach zitierten Wahlspruch des deutschen Philosophen und Aufklärers Immanuel Kant (1724 bis 1804) „Sapere aude!“ („Wage es, weise zu sein!“) erneut in Erinnerung zu rufen. Denn noch ist die Frage nicht beantwortet, wie die Menschen die desaströse politische, wirtschaftliche und soziale Entwicklung stoppen können.

Da nur frei denkende, mutige und mitfühlende Bürger die Welt in eine andere Bahn lenken werden, müssen wir über den Tag hinausdenken und Vorsorge treffen. Deshalb ist es für alle an der Erziehung Beteiligten ein Gebot der Stunde, es zu unterlassen, die heranwachsende Generation auf ihrem Weg ins Erwachsenenleben mit autoritären Erziehungsmethoden gehorsam und gefügig zu machen. Man muss ihr stattdessen dazu verhelfen, ihr eigenes Wesen ohne Einschnürung durch eine Konfession ausprägen zu können.

Dank der tiefenpsychologischen Einsicht wissen wir heute, dass der Mensch in einem derartigen Maß das Produkt seiner Erziehung ist, dass wir die Hoffnung hegen dürfen, durch psychologische Erziehungsmethoden Menschen heranbilden zu können, die eigenständig denken können, gegen die Verstrickungen des Machtwahns gefeit sind und keinen Kadavergehorsam mehr zeigen.

Kant: „Habe den Mut, dich deines eigenen Verstandes zu bedienen!“

Die weltweite Ausnahmesituation erfordert es, weise zu sein und danach zu handeln. Wenn es den Menschen im Zeitalter der Aufklärung gelang, sich aus dem mittelalterlichen Denken zu befreien und die Vernunft zu gebrauchen, von willkürlicher Autorität unabhängig zu werden und die persönliche Handlungsfreiheit (Emanzipation) ausdehnen – dann sollte es auch der „moderne“ Menschen schaffen, die Angst aufzugeben und sich des eigenen Verstandes zu bedienen ohne die Anleitung eines anderen.

Wenn wir Menschen uns aber weiterhin unmündig verhalten und zu faul oder feige sind, selbst zu denken, ist es für andere leicht, so Kant, sich zu „Vormündern“ unmündiger Menschen aufzuschwingen. Diese Vormünder würden auch alles dafür tun, dass die unmündigen Menschen den Schritt zur Mündigkeit nicht nur für beschwerlich, sondern auch noch für gefährlich halten. (1)

Gesunder Menschenverstand statt Autoritätshörigkeit und magische Weltanschauung

Um uns Bürgern den gesunden Menschenverstand auszutreiben und absoluten Gehorsam einzufordern, verwenden Herrscher aller Couleur das Disziplinierungs- und Herrschaftsmittel der Angst. Doch auch eine Erziehung nach streng religiösen und militärischen Grundsätzen kann zu absolutem Gehorsam führen. Ein anschauliches Beispiel für dieses psychologische Problem bieten die autobiographischen Aufzeichnungen von Rudolf Höß, dem ehemaligen Kommandanten von Auschwitz und der Lebenslauf seines „Geistesverwandten“ Adolf Eichmann. Beide lernten in ihrer Kindheit blinden Gehorsam, Pflichterfüllung und das Nichthinterfragen von „höheren“ Anordnungen und reagierten deshalb als Erwachsene mit einem „Kadavergehorsam“.

Ignatius von Loyola, der Gründer des Jesuiten-Ordens, verfasste Mitte des 16. Jahrhunderts einen erhellenden Text, auf den das Wort „Kadavergehorsam“ zurückzuführen ist:

„Wir sollten uns dessen bewusst sein, dass ein jeder von denen, die im Gehorsam leben, sich von der göttlichen Vorsehung mittels des Oberen führen und leiten lassen muss, als sei er ein toter Körper, der sich wohin auch immer bringen und auf welche Weise auch immer behandeln lässt, oder wie ein Stab eines alten Mannes, der dient, wo und wozu auch immer ihn der benutzen will.“ (2)

Bereits lange Zeit vor Ignatius von Loyola verglich Franz von Assisi (1181/82–1226) die vollkommene und höchste Form des Gehorsams (perfecta et summa obedientia) gegenüber dem Vorgesetzten mit einem toten, entseelten Leib (corpus mortuum, corpus exanime), der sich ohne Widerstreben und ohne Murren hinbringen lässt, wo man will.

Mit psychologischen Erziehungsmethoden gegensteuern

Eltern, Erzieher und Priester müssen diese Art von Erziehung dringend aufgeben und mit psychologischen Erziehungsmethoden gegensteuern. Die Pädagogik in Elternhaus und Schule hat auf das autoritäre Prinzip – das Jahrhunderte lang als fraglos gültige Grundlage des erzieherischen Verhaltens angesehen wurde – und auf jegliche Gewaltanwendung zu verzichten. Auch der verwöhnende und verzärtelnde Erziehungsstil, der durch die Tendenz der Erzieher geprägt ist, Kindern in behütender Absicht auch einfache Aufgaben abzunehmen, ist eine Form von Gewalt.

Erzieher haben sich mit wahrem Verständnis der freien Entwicklung und Entfaltung des kindlichen Seelenlebens anzupassen, die Persönlichkeit des Kindes zu achten und sich ihm freundschaftlich zuzuwenden. Eine solche Erziehung wird einen Menschentypus hervorbringen, der keine „Untertanen-Mentalität“ besitzt und darum für die Machthaber in unserer Welt kein gefügiges Werkzeug mehr sein wird.

*

Note to readers: Please click the share buttons above or below. Follow us on Instagram, @crg_globalresearch. Forward this article to your email lists. Crosspost on your blog site, internet forums. etc.

Dr. Rudolf Hänsel ist Erziehungswissenschaftler und Diplom-Psychologe. 

Noten

(1) Hänsel, Rudolf (2020). Keinem die Macht übergeben! Ein psychologisches Manifest des gesunden Menschenverstands. Gornji Milanovac /Serbien. Teile I und II sowie Kurzfassung in: „Neue Rheinische Zeitung“ und „Global Research“.

(2) A. a. O.

  • Posted in Deutsch
  • Comments Off on Mit psychologischen Erziehungsmethoden über den Tag hinausdenken und gegensteuern

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the “Translate Website” drop down menu on the top banner of our home page (Desktop version).

Visit and follow us on Instagram at @crg_globalresearch.

***

 

As People Before Profit prepare to introduce a Bill to Dáil Éireann which would ban new data centres in Ireland, Alexandra Day looks at the disasterous impact of these centres for the environment and communities.

The proliferation of data centres is becoming an area of increasing concern for environmentalists in Ireland. Though presented by the government as an opportunity for investment (owing to considerable lobbying from Google, Amazon, and Microsoft), the growth of these centres has catastrophic implications for the natural environment. They are especially dangerous because although they do not have chimney stacks belching out black smoke, their enormous carbon footprint is concealed behind neat racks of shiny black servers.

Beyond environmentalists, the general public have much to be concerned about from the distinct possibility of power outages and blackouts in the imminent future. Indeed, there have been stark warnings from energy providers of widespread blackouts this winter. When ordinary people are facing cuts in the name of ‘climate’, we have to question why data centres are allowed untrammelled growth across the country.

Data centres are the physical storage centres for the online, digital aspect of our world. Everything we do online, from sending emails to browsing the web or streaming movies, needs to be stored somewhere. If you’re reading this article online, it will generate data that has to be processed and stored. Data centres act like the hard drive on your computer in this way, though instead of storing a handful of documents, they store online information at scale. This is what is meant when we talk about ‘the cloud’.

Though it may sound ethereal and complicated, data centres have considerable ‘real-world’ ramifications. There are currently 70 data centres in Ireland today, an increase of 25% since last year, with Dublin alone the largest data centre hub in Europe. They require enormous amounts of water and energy to power them, and use massive quantities of water to cool the servers down; the energy required to run the centres puts significant pressure on the grid, regardless of whether they are run on renewable energy or fossil fuels; the resulting carbon emissions equated to 1.85% of Ireland’s total emissions in 2020 (a rapid increase); and data centres accounted for approximately 10% of Ireland’s electricity usage in 2019.

A report from Eirgrid suggests that data centres could use up to one third of Ireland’s energy grid by 2030, if their growth is allowed to continue. This will lead to mass, rolling black-outs and strain on the grid across the country. Globally, data centres consume about 2% of electricity, a figure set to reach 8% by 2030. Few countries, if any, will match Ireland’s level.

To demonstrate the disproportionate consumption of energy by data centres, take the example of the proposed data centre for Ennis. During hot weather, the site would use one million litres of water a day. Members of the campaign group Futureproof Clare have shown that this would account for over half of the water consumption of Ennis in a given year.

Furthermore, the centre would consume 200 megawatts, the equivalent of 210,000 homes – the number of homes in Clare, Limerick and Kerry combined. Even if the entire population reduced their energy consumption by 10%, or even more, this effort would be wiped out by the one data centre in Ennis. Practically, people all across the area would face power blackouts for extended periods of time, thus cutting off access to the internet, lighting, cooking facilities, hot water and more.

Corporate Capitulation

We can see why it is so farcical for the Irish government to demand that people take more personal responsibility for climate change, and pay more taxes on things like water and carbon, when these data centres are allowed to proliferate across the country. But why are there so many data centres in Ireland today?

The surface level answer is that Ireland has a cooler climate. These conditions are favourable for data centres, which are prone to overheating. However, that does not go very far in explaining why there are so many data centres in Ireland compared to other temperate locations.

The real cause for the disproportionate amount of data centres can be found in the longstanding capitulation of the Irish government to multinational corporations. Since the 1960s and 1970s, the Irish government has focused on ‘attracting foreign investment’ to the country – no matter the cost to ordinary people. Another example is the government’s success in nullifying Apple’s Irish tax bill of €13 billion last year, while the population was shouldering the economic strain of the Covid-19 pandemic.

Major tech companies like Google, Amazon, and Microsoft have pressured the government to release a new policy statement on data centres, and to direct all other government departments and state bodies to fall in line with the policy of supporting the expansion of the centres. These groups are represented by Cloud Infrastructure Ireland, whose director is former Labour TD Michael McCarthy. It is worth noting that McCarthy was a representative for the Labour Party from 2011 to 2016, during their most brutal pursuit of austerity measures and water charges. With the question of water charges once again lingering over Irish politics, one can imagine how they could be hammered down onto ordinary people to ensure cheap and plentiful water supplies for data centres.

Furthermore, there are little to no official planning regulations for data centres in Ireland. Currently, the development of these centres is done on a county council level and approved by An Bord Pleanála. In these approvals, very little consideration is given to climate concerns. As reported by Ian Lumley, Built Environment and Heritage Officer for An Taisce, “If you look at the environmental impact statement undertaken by John Spain Associates for a new Amazon data centre development near Swords, the only climate impact addressed is the truck movements for the construction phase”.

The actual amount of jobs that could be created by these centres has been vastly overstated. Outside the initial construction of the centres, a very limited amount of staff will be applied on any long term or permanent basis. As has been proven to be true with most big tech promises of ‘jobs’ for Ireland, the short-term benefits do not justify the long-term, irreversible costs.

Global Impact

Though the issue is working out at a heightened level in Ireland, the question of data centres is of global relevance. While much is being made of the growth in the production of renewable energy across the globe, this has not actually replaced fossil fuel usage. In fact, we are seeing a massive global energy expansion – both in renewable energies and in fossil fuels.

What role do data centres play in this? Proponents of the data centre expansion correctly point out that we cannot simply go back to using hard drives to store data and that the cloud is a much more efficient way of storing data. Opposition to the centres is painted as being anti-technological or primitivist – ‘the socialists want you all to stop watching Netflix!’

The reality is that the vast majority of data usage is industrial. Companies collect a huge amount of data on their products and on work practices in order to cut costs. The massive data expansion is therefore intrinsically linked with capitalist expansion.

Should we support the fossil fuel industry in collecting massive amounts of data in order to analyse and target the most fruitful areas for drilling? Should we support Amazon in surveilling its workers so that it can monitor their every step, in effect putting a manager in their pocket? What about data collection on military technology so that methods of targeting and killing people can be improved? From a socialist perspective, the answer is an obvious no.

Another major source of data generation is for marketing and advertising purposes. Websites and apps constantly collect information on users, which can then be used to sell products and services. Most people are aware and often unhappy about the surveillance of their online behaviours that takes place every day, though they may feel powerless to stop it. What isn’t often thought about is the energy needed to process all of the data they have collected on people so that it can then be used to sell products.

All of this energy consumption cannot simply be outsourced or moved to another part of the globe. Furthermore, we cannot rely on corporations like Amazon to manage their energy consumption, or worse, ‘offset’ it by making pithy investments in wind farms. This amounts to little more than greenwashing. Aside from their appalling treatment of workers, these corporations have proven time and time again that expanding their profits must come before all other concerns. We need to take these decisions out of the hands of the corporations and force the government to take action on climate change.

While we face a winter of unprecedented blackouts and power cuts, we must lay the blame squarely at the feet of the corporations and the government that facilitates them. Our government, including the ironically titled Green Party, have proven that they are both incapable of and unwilling to meet the threat of data centres head-on. Change will not be coming from our policy makers. We must reiterate that a meaningful movement on climate requires us to take on the polluting corporations, not the ordinary people.

*

Note to readers: Please click the share buttons above or below. Follow us on Instagram, @crg_globalresearch. Forward this article to your email lists. Crosspost on your blog site, internet forums. etc.

Featured image is from REBEL

  • Posted in English
  • Comments Off on The Impacts of Ireland’s Data Centre Boom. Dublin is the Largest Data Centre in the EU
  • Tags: ,

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the “Translate Website” drop down menu on the top banner of our home page (Desktop version).

Visit and follow us on Instagram at @crg_globalresearch.

***

 

This is beyond disturbing.  According to Dr Pierre Kory, MD, MPA, and verified by the Front Line COVID-19 Critical Care Alliance (FLCCC), 100 to 200 congressional reps and/or staff and families who contracted COVID-19 were treated with the Front Line Ivermectin protocol. [LINK and LINK]

This successful treatment is happening at the same time many congressional representatives are playing politics in favor of the vaccine; downplaying the effective anti-viral treatment and therapeutic approach with Ivermectin; and taking action to block regular American citizens from seeking similar treatment with Ivermectin.

Congress can seek treatment with a medication they simultaneously deny to others?  This is well beyond a “scandal”, and needs to be investigated quickly.

Additionally, as Merck has announced a new and similar anti-viral drug called Molnupiravir, two trial studies in India have requested to exit the trials.  Apparently the issue surrounds the new drug providing no benefit once a patient is moderately ill and hospitalized (READ MORE, Reuters Link).

Dr. John Campbell highlights a comparison between Ivermectin and Molnupiravir below:

*

Note to readers: Please click the share buttons above or below. Follow us on Instagram, @crg_globalresearch. Forward this article to your email lists. Crosspost on your blog site, internet forums. etc.

Featured image is from Zero Hedge

  • Posted in English
  • Comments Off on 100-200 Members of Congress, Families and Staff Treated with Ivermectin. No Hospitalizations
  • Tags: ,

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the “Translate Website” drop down menu on the top banner of our home page (Desktop version).

Visit and follow us on Instagram at @crg_globalresearch.

***

 

In my last article “Guterres and the Great Reset: How Capitalism Became a Time Bomb, I made the case that the time bomb justifying a Great Reset of civilization was set into motion over 50 years ago. In that location, we were introduced to a cast of characters surrounding the World Economic Forum and Trilateral Commission who played instrumental roles in bringing about a controlled disintegration of western civilization.

Despite the fact that this un-natural transformation occurred over the dead bodies of great statesmen of the 1960s, a question still lingers: HOW did the western nations… especially the United States, so deeply shaped by a love of freedom, wilfully relinquish its democratic institutions in favor of a new system of supranational governance and de-growth? How did the very people who were targeted for destruction not only let this happen but in some cases even aide and abet the perpetrators?

Epistemological Warfare in America

Here it helps to look to the writings of an imperial grand strategist who is too often championed as a defender of freedom: Aldous Huxley.

While Aldous’ brother Julian was reshaping the global paradigm by re-packaging eugenics under several new costumes post-1945, Aldous’ creative juices were driven entirely by his role as a cultural warrior.

Grand children of Thomas Huxley who was commissioned to re-organize the British Empire in the late 1850s, both grandchildren vigorously embraced the family business working closely with the elite Bloomsbury Group of Bertrand Russell, and John Maynard Keynes between 1914-1937.

Among these creative misanthropes, Lord Bertrand Russell (another celebrated pacifist) had gone far in outlining the sort of bone chilling ideal that Darwinian laws of evolution demanded be humanity’s destiny under a scientifically managed priesthood. In his 1930 Scientific Outlook, Russell stated:

“The scientific rulers will provide one kind of education for ordinary men and women, and another for those who are to become holders of scientific power. Ordinary men and women will be expected to be docile, industrious, punctual, thoughtless, and contented. Of these qualities probably contentment will be considered the most important. In order to produce it, all the researchers of psycho-analysis, behaviourism, and biochemistry will be brought into play…. All the boys and girls will learn from an early age to be what is called `co-operative,’ i.e., to do exactly what everybody is doing. Initiative will be discouraged in these children, and insubordination, without being punished, will be scientifically trained out of them.”

“Except for the one matter of loyalty to the world state and to their own order, members of the governing class will be encouraged to be adventurous, and full of initiative. It will be recognized that it is their business to improve scientific techniques and to keep the manual workers contented by means of continual new amusements”.

Huxley would have Russell’s thesis firmly in mind when he began writing his Brave New World in 1931.

Aldous Goes to Work

Image on the right: Huxley in 1954 (Public Domain)

Monochrome portrait of Aldous Huxley sitting on a table, facing slightly downwards.

Having set up his base of operations in Hollywood in 1937, Aldous lived out his days in the USA writing scripts for Hollywood, exploring psychotropic drugs and coordinating a new cultural movement that would soon overtake the youth growing up amidst the insanity of the Cold War.

In an infamous 1962 speech titled “The Ultimate Revolution”, Aldous Huxley outlined the principles of this new science of governance telling adoring fans amidst the wannabe alphas in the Berkeley auditorium:

“If you are going to control any population for any length of time, you must have some measure of consent. It’s exceedingly difficult to see how pure terrorism can function indefinitely. It can function for a fairly long time, but I think sooner or later you have to bring in an element of persuasion, an element of getting people to consent to what is happening to them. Well, it seems to me that the nature of The Ultimate Revolution with which we are now faced is precisely this: That we are in process of developing a whole series of techniques, which will enable the controlling oligarchy who have always existed and presumably always will exist, to get people, actually, to love their servitude.”

Getting people to love their servitude would be made possible by an array of new techniques outlined in both Huxley’s fiction and non-fiction writings and put into motion by the hard work of CIA-funded laboratories working under secretive umbrella of Allan Dulles’ MK Ultra. Utilizing many techniques pioneered by Nazi psychiatrists in WWII, one of the primary objectives of MK Ultra was to deconstruct the human psyche using a mix of electroshock therapy, psychotropic drugs and other conditioning in order to reconstruct personalities from scratch by professional psychiatrists. As Naomi Klein demonstrated in her famous book The Shock Doctrine, the idea behind MK Ultra was always to extend these behavioral techniques to reprogramming entire groups, societies and nations.

Within Huxley’s Brave New World, psychotropic drugs (soma), cultural norms driven by pre-adolescent sensualism, constant Tinder-esque sexual escapades, the disintegration of family units and hyper-sensualized entertainment (dubbed “feelies”) did the job nicely. Huxley’s dystopia featured a society which had successfully evolved to become a total oligarchy with a scientific priesthood managing the test tube babies bio engineered to become alphas, betas, gammas or the lowly toilet cleaning epsilons reminiscent of the sub-human Morlocks described in H.G. Wells’ earlier Time Machine. In Huxley’s world, family units have long since disintegrated with the nation state and any belief in God.

In his 1958 Brave New World Revisited, Aldous decries the ultimate evil caused by faith in scientific and technological progress as an illusion which cannot provide an escape from the ultimate determining law of humanity: overpopulation. Citing creative breakthroughs in atomic power, space exploration and medicine, Huxley bemoans how each time humanity solves a problem that allows us to save more lives, the species replicates at faster rates bringing about the inevitable Malthusian problems of future wars for resources, diseases and the breeding of the inferior races.

Huxley writes:

“In this second half of the twentieth century we do nothing systematic about our breeding; but in our random and unregulated way we are not only over-populating our planet, we are also, it would seem, making sure that these greater numbers shall be of biologically poorer quality. In the bad old days children with considerable, or even with slight, hereditary defects rarely survived. Today, thanks to sanitation, modern pharmacology and the social conscience, most of the children born with hereditary defects reach maturity and multiply their kind.”

In another speech delivered to the University of California in 1961, Huxley elaborated on this bone chilling plan saying:

“There will be in the next generation or so a pharmacological method of making people love their servitude and producing dictatorship without tears, so to speak. Producing a kind of painless concentration camp for entire societies, so that people will in fact have their liberties taken away from them but will rather enjoy it, because they will be distracted from any desire to rebel – by propaganda, or brainwashing, or brainwashing enhanced by pharmacological methods. And this seems to be the final revolution.”

Huxley knew that if this sort of brainwashing were successfully induced, the ruling oligarchy could ensure that the hedonistic identities of those coming of age within this controlled environment would detach themselves from outdated concepts like nationalism, love of family, or religion, in order to create LSD-driven personal “micro-realities”. Honoring the past and sacrificing for the future became replaced with a new wisdom of “living in the now”.

Huxley was happy to discover that LSD-25 mixed with cannabis, hashish and mescaline was a perfect supplement for soma writing in his 1958 Revisited:

“In LSD-25 (lysergic acid diethylamide) the phar­macologists have recently created another aspect of soma — a perception-improver and vision-producer that is, physiologically speaking, almost costless. This ex­traordinary drug, which is effective in doses as small as fifty or even twenty-five millionths of a gram, has power (like peyote) to transport people into the other world. In the majority of cases, the other world to which LSD-25 gives access is heavenly; alternatively it may be purgatorial or even infernal. But, positive, or negative, the lysergic acid experience is felt by al­most everyone who undergoes it to be profoundly significant and enlightening. In any event, the fact that minds can be changed so radically at so little cost to the body is altogether astonishing.”

During his time in the United States coordinating this new countercultural insurgency, Aldous recruited a young professor of psychiatry named Timothy Leary to his cause. Describing his interaction with Huxley as the two planned this final revolution, Leary wrote in 1983:

“We had run up against the Judeo-Christian commitment to one God, one religion, one reality, that has cursed Europe for centuries and America since our founding days. Drugs that open the mind to multiple realities inevitably lead to a polytheistic view of the universe. We sensed that the time for a new humanist religion based on intelligence, good natured pluralism and scientific paganism had arrived.”

The Creation of Organized Schizophrenia

How the counter-culture was formed in the bowels of such oligarchical psychiatric mental meatgrinders like London’s Tavistock Institute and was applied by psychiatric shock troops strategically placed across all schools, military, unions, corporate boards and government bureaucracies throughout the years is beyond the scope of this present article, although it was explored in a recent video by this author.

What must be kept in mind for our present purposes is that cultural warfare during this intense post WW2 period was full spectrum in nature- taking every major branch of human life into account and extracting all traces of creative reason, universality, Freedom, and Truth anywhere it could be found.

Whether it was in the fine arts and music or whether it was in scientific practice, new dualisms were imposed severing logical thinking from the “pollution” of subjective emotions. Where the arts became shaped increasingly by hedonism liberated from reason (with a “high” post-modern art for the elites and a “low” populist art for the dumb masses), the sciences became governed by the dogmatic faith in cold mathematical sterility governed by “statistics”, entropy, and blind fatalism.

Random paint splashes of CIA-funded artists like Jackson Pollock or the fuzzy squares of Mark Rothko became the new artistic ideal while scientists found themselves trained to think like computers modelling their minds of the methods of Bertrand Russell’s Principia, Norbert Weiner’s Cybernetics and John von Neumann’s Information Theory. Bertrand Russell’s role coordinating the CIA’s Congress for Cultural Freedom should not be lost on anyone.

With the severing of creativity from reason, the minds of those processed by this new cultural field was increasingly shaped by blind rules and axioms enforced by expert consensus rather than personal acts of discovery. Computer modelling thus found itself replacing acts of genuine human thought and within this sterile intellectual climate, a new cult of artificial intelligence began to find fertile soil to grow its perverse roots.

When mixed with heavy doses of imperial wars, assassinations, coups, and the looming threat of nuclear annihilation, the parents of the baby boomers had no clue what evil they were dealing with as their children were absorbed into a new drug/sex-ridden cultural field that no one had ever experienced before. Schizophrenic chaos in the world bred schizophrenic chaos in the culture as increasingly large arrays of youth gave up on reality in order to “tune in, turn on and drop out”.

Throughout the 1960s, patriotic forces around the world rallied to revive the spirit of scientific and technological progress which these neo-Malthusians despised so much. President John F Kennedy attempted to amplify Eisenhower’s Atoms for Peace along with large scale investments into Africa, Asia and Ibero America alongside leaders of the Pan African and Pan Arab world who were committed to ending colonialism and bringing their people into the 21st century.

After Kennedy’s murder, Charles de Gaulle worked with international co-thinkers like Quebec Premier Daniel Johnson, Canadian Prime Minister John Diefenbaker and German Chancellor Adenauer to bring about a coalition of progress which peaked in 1968 with Bobby Kennedy’s inevitable leadership of the United States.

Just as in the period of the late 19th century when a win-win system of international cooperation was threatening to replace the dying Hobbesian system of the British Empire, a dense string of coups, color revolutions and assassinations ensured the crushing of this dynamic as a new age of post-industrialism, Anglo-American imperialism and monetarism was unleashed onto an unsuspecting society.

The Club of Rome Takes the Stage

In this new post-1968 political climate, new scientific conferences were organized in an attempt to impose statistic modelling premised on systems analysis onto biological, economic and especially ecological systems. Extrapolating present trends into the future and disregarding the sorts of non-linear qualitative leaps caused by creative thought allowed this new breed of scientist to “predict” the inevitable crises caused by population growth and the diminishing returns on finite resources.

The iconic study for this new scientific movement was the Club of Rome-commission MIT report Limits to Growth that “predicted”, as Malthus had done two centuries earlier, the point of crisis when population pressures would outstrip nature’s bounty- giving technocrats managing humanity the tools needed to make the proper sacrifices in the present.

When figures like Mark Carney discuss the “greening of global finance” and placing monetary values upon the reduction of carbon footprints, this is the sick and unscientific foundation of their thinking. Where formerly, humanity valued economic growth via scientific and technological progress (and implicitly the support of increased numbers of people at higher standards of life), the new system of “values” promoted by these misanthropes demanded that profit be tied to the reduction of human activity on the earth.

Club of Rome co-founder Aurelio Peccei, who presented at the inaugural World Economic Forum meetings in Davos, stated:

“The economy and the ecology are inextricably united…. A strategy of generating wealth and one of safeguarding this patrimony are opposed. Activities that generate wealth but destroy the natural patrimony even more, create negative value”.

Former President of the World Federation of Mental Health during the high point of MK Ultra, Margaret Mead (wife of MK Ultra controller Gregory Bateson) presided over one such 1975 conference on the environment and atmosphere sponsored by the Club of Rome (this club also being an early sponsor of the World Economic Forum in 1971). Echoing the spirit of Russell and Huxley earlier, Mead called for the creation of a new science of statistics premised on equating pollution to climate change that would become internally consistent and shape the behavior of humanity going into the 21st century. The focus was always population control. In her speech Mead said:

“The unparalleled increase in the human population and its demands for food, energy, and resources is clearly the most important destabilizing influences in the biosphere. We are facing a period when society must make decisions on a planetary scale.”

“What we need from scientists are estimates, presented with sufficient conservatism and plausibility but at the same time as free as possible from internal disagreements that can be exploited by political interests, that will allow us to start building a system of artificial but effective warnings, warnings which will parallel the instincts of animals who flee before the hurricane. [We must] draw from the necessary capacity for sacrifice. It is therefore a statement of major possibilities of danger, which may overtake humankind, on which it is important to concentrate attention”.

Rather than seeing science as a field for optimistic problem solving, this misanthropic cult of elitists demanded that science be redefined around a “new wisdom” of adapting to problems real or imagined. This cynical science of “problematique” (the science of problems) assumed that since all creative discovery caused population growth, the real enemy was found in the naïve optimists who believe it good to promote discoveries. Mead ridiculed those cultural optimists who rejected this cynical view of science saying:

“Those who react against prophets of doom, believing that there is not adequate scientific basis for their melancholy prophecies, [for they] tend to become in turn prophets of paradisiacal impossibilities, guaranteed utopias of technological bliss, or benign interventions on behalf of mankind that are none the less irrational just because they are couched as ‘rational.’ They express a kind of faith in the built-in human instinct for survival, or a faith in some magical technological panacea.”

Using more truthful language, Club of Rome co-founder Sir Alexander King stated in the preface of The First Global Revolution (1991):

“In searching for a common enemy against whom we can unite, we came up with the idea that pollution, the threat of global warming, water shortages, famine and the like, would fit the bill. In their totality and their interactions these phenomena do constitute a common threat which must be confronted by everyone together. But in designating these dangers as the enemy, we fall into the trap, which we have already warned readers about, namely mistaking symptoms for causes. All these dangers are caused by human intervention in natural processes, and it is only through changed attitudes and behaviour that they can be overcome. The real enemy then is humanity itself.”

Today’s world is being pulled by two opposing dynamics.

The prophets of doom who set the time bomb in place half a century ago giddily prepare their utopian Great Reset which demands vast bloodletting as an overpopulated humanity be sacrificed by a modern pagan scientific priesthood devoted to Gaia and computer models. On the other hand, the spirit of progress and open system thinking has come alive in the form of the multipolar alliance which premises its planning on an opposing set of assumptions about the nature of humanity, creative thought, value, economics, progress and natural law.

Which future wins out in this battle over humanity will be shaped by the decisions and discoveries we make (or fail to make) in the days ahead.

*

Note to readers: Please click the share buttons above or below. Follow us on Instagram, @crg_globalresearch. Forward this article to your email lists. Crosspost on your blog site, internet forums. etc.

Matthew Ehret is the Editor-in-Chief of the Canadian Patriot Review , and Senior Fellow at the American University in Moscow. He is author of the ‘Untold History of Canada’ book series and Clash of the Two Americas. In 2019 he co-founded the Montreal-based Rising Tide FoundationThe author can be reached at matthewehret.substack.com.

He is a frequent contributor to Global Research.

  • Posted in English
  • Comments Off on Cultural Warfare in the 20th Century: How Western Civilization Became Undone
  • Tags:

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the “Translate Website” drop down menu on the top banner of our home page (Desktop version).

Visit and follow us on Instagram at @crg_globalresearch.

***

 

A large-scale ground operation may indeed be looming over Syria’s Greater Idlib, judging by recent Turkish reinforcements.

As a show of force, Ankara established another post in the terrorist-infested region.

Turkey has dozens of observation posts, but what makes this one special is that it is in the town of Afes in the southern Idlib countryside, only a few hundred meters away from the Syrian Arab Army (SAA) positions in the town of Saraqib.

If they wanted, they could even throw stones at the Syrian troops.

In total, two battle tanks, four armored personnel carriers, three armored vehicles and about 50 troops were deployed in the post that oversees the Lattakia-Aleppo highway, the M4, and the Hama-Aleppo highway, the M5.

A recent report by the SANA confirmed the fact that was obvious for a while – the Turkish military deployed large reinforcements in Greater Idlib recently in order to impede any operation by the SAA and its allies, namely Russia.

Still, Syria is turning into a swamp for Ankara. On October 10th, two servicemen were killed and three Turkish-backed Syrian militants were wounded when their vehicles came under attack near the Syrian town of Marea. The attack was allegedly carried out by Kurdish forces, most likely the Afrin Liberation Force.

Just days earlier, on October 7th, a Turkish service member was killed in an attack that targeted a position he was manning near the village of al-Twais in the Aleppo countryside. On October 5th, an explosive device targeted a vehicle carrying Turkish officers in Greater Idlib.

Meanwhile, as Israel has done time and again – it carried out strikes at a time when developments in Syria were moving along quite well for the Damascus government.

Late on October 8th, 6 Israeli F-16 fighter jets fired 12 guided missiles at the T-4 air base in Homs province. Syrian service members were wounded in the attack.

Iranian-backed forces are known to be stationed in T4 air base. In 2019, the Islamic Revolutionary Guard Corps moved its main weapons supply center in Syria from Damascus International Airport to the T-4 base.

Separately, in a promising sign of normalization, the UAE’s economy ministry said that a deal was signed with Syria on future plans to enhance economic cooperation and explore new sectors.

Initially, the UAE supported the so-called “moderate opposition” but as the Damascus government captured more than 90% of the country, they have switched their policy towards more acceptance of President Bashar al-Assad.

Quite a bit of progress has been made, despite all of the efforts by Turkey, Israel and the United States, among others attempting to stop it. The Damascus government is on the brink of controlling even more territory, following the successes in Daraa. Greater Idlib remains the last significant militant stronghold, and it appears that it’s only a matter of time until it is dealt with.

*

Note to readers: Please click the share buttons above or below. Follow us on Instagram, @crg_globalresearch. Forward this article to your email lists. Crosspost on your blog site, internet forums. etc.

SUPPORT SOUTHFRONT:

PayPal: [email protected], http://southfront.org/donate/ or via: https://www.patreon.com/southfront

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the “Translate Website” drop down menu on the top banner of our home page (Desktop version).

Visit and follow us on Instagram at @crg_globalresearch.

***

 

In June 2021, Mexican President Andrés Manuel López Obrador (AMLO) told U.S. Vice President Kamala Harris in Mexico City that he wanted to end military cooperation in fighting drug trafficking and to instead promote economic development.

“We don’t want military cooperation,” he said, “we don’t want it to be like it was before when they brought us a helicopter gunship and a photo was taken of the U.S. ambassador with the president,” he said.

“We want development cooperation. We don’t even want to hear about the Merida Plan anymore.”

Launched in 2008, the Mérida Initiative aimed to combat drug trafficking with U.S. military equipment, technical support, and training for security forces in Mexico and Central America, which have received billions of dollars in aid.

Caso Cienfuegos socava confianza bilateral, advierten en EU; urge revisar Iniciativa Mérida

Military equipment provided under the Mérida Initiative. [Source: eluniversal.com]

AMLO argues that investing in development projects would help counter not only drug trafficking but also migrant flows.

On a visit to Mexico City last week, Secretary of State Antony Blinken pledged to replace the Mérida initiative with a new bicentennial framework—though by all indication, the Biden administration remains committed to a “muscular approach to combating drug gangs,” as the U.S. News & World Report put it.

President Biden, a life-long drug warrior, is being arm-twisted into keeping the failed, murderous “War on Drugs” going by numerous U.S. stakeholders to whom he is beholden.

They include:

a) the U.S. banks which launder the billions in drug money;

b) the weapons makers which get money from the U.S. government, which buys the weapons and gives them to the Mexican army and police, and which also receive money from the narco-gangs which buy huge amounts of weapons on their own;

c) the Republicans who will use a U.S. withdrawal from the War on Drugs as a club with which to scare the population and beat the Democrats in coming elections; and

d) the huge numbers of  U.S. police, border patrols, DEA agents, and a multitude of others whose jobs and livelihoods depend on continuing the drug war.

Defiant Stance Warranted

Image on the right is from archive.attn.com

How the DEA Profits off the War on Drugs - ATTN:

Benjamin T. Smith’s new book The Dope: The Real History of the Mexican Drug Trade (W.W. Norton, 2021) is the most comprehensive yet in detailing the violence and corruption associated with the War on Drugs in Mexico, a war that can never be won since demand for drugs in the U.S. is too high and wage levels in Mexico are too low.

Benjamin T. Smith’s new book The Dope: The Real History of the Mexican Drug Trade (W.W. Norton, 2021) is the most comprehensive yet in detailing the violence and corruption associated with the War on Drugs in Mexico, a war that can never be won since demand for drugs in the U.S. is too high and wage levels in Mexico are too low.

Rather than halting the supply rate, Smith shows that aggressive counter-narcotics policing causes traffickers to turn on one another while intensifying competition for control over rackets.

The loosening of gun restrictions—exemplified by President George W. Bush’s rescinding in 2004 of the Public Safety and Recreational Firearms Use Protection Act preventing the sale of semi-automatic assault weapons to civilians—has given cartel members easier access to firearms, resulting in a spiraling murder rate.

A picture containing weapon, bunch, several Description automatically generated

Weapons seized by Mexican security forces that were smuggled from the U.S. [Source: borderreport.com]

Back in the Good Old Days

According to Smith, the Mexican drug trade, until the 1970s, was relatively peaceful—certainly by today’s standards.

In the first decades of the twentieth century, it was controlled by small-scale networks of pharmacists, criminals, farmers, and merchants who were protected by local politicians who adopted a model of cooperation.

Mexico’s first narco, José de Moral, was a toothless marijuana wholesaler known as “the King of the Stoners,” who tried to appeal a five-month jail sentence by asking the judge how marijuana could be “considered dangerous for health when it is used as a medicine for infinite ailments.”

Mexico’s first modern detective Valente Quintana—the Mexican “Sherlock Holmes”—set an important precedent as a principal ally of drug traffickers in the 1920s and 1930s.

The first drug protection rackets evolved around his time. The lucrative profits from the drug trade were used to pay for government buildings, soldiers, police forces and schools.

Many leading drug traffickers of the era were revered as such in their communities. When Enrique Fernández Puertas—the “Al Capone of Ciudad Juarez”—died, people lined muddy roads to pay homage to him, and balladeers sang a new song:

“His death was deeply felt
We are always grateful,
He gave money with open hands
And ordered schools to be built
For the good of all the young people.”

Fernandez’s profits paid for the construction of at least four schools in poor communities and for the teachers’ salaries, an open air theater, and water pump.

His address book included phone numbers for senators, congressmen, the number two in the Mexican treasury and even President Plutarco Elias Calles’s personal secretary.

New local governments asserted their authority over the protection rackets by arresting or murdering the old traffickers and putting their own smugglers in their place.

This approach gave the illusion to the American and Mexican federal authorities that the new governments were serious about drug crime when they were profiting from the trade.

Baja California’s governor from 1915 to 1920, Esteban Cantú, imposed Mexico’s first off-the-books drug protection racket in which the state received money for protecting the drug business.

On the surface, Cantú prohibited the manufacture and sale of narcotics, inviting U.S. officials and newspapermen to witness major drug busts and the closing of all opium dens.

Cantú’s ruse worked so well that San Diego’s grandees invited him to their celebration of cross-border cooperation as the guest of honor.

The money from the vice trade made Baja one of the richest states in Mexico.

Tax earnings increased four-fold when Cantú was governor and Cantú used the money to make the place safe and brought in expert engineers to construct new roads.

Debunking Reefer Madness

Despite the systemic corruption, Mexico had developed some of the harshest anti-drug laws in the world by mid-century.

These policies had been pushed by Harry J. Anslinger, the legendary head of the Federal Bureau of Narcotics (FBN) from 1929 to 1962, who bullied and blackmailed countries into getting what he wanted.

Members of Mexico’s ruling elite claimed that marijuana “caused soldiers to commit murder without remorse” and made the people act “more Indian.”

Mexican diplomat Manuel Tello told an audience at the League of Nations in June 1939 that Mexican doctors had not found one example of a patient driven to madness by smoking the narcotic.

Tello’s outlook was influenced by the head of Mexico’s Campaign Against Alcoholism and Other Drug Addictions, Leopoldo Salazar Viniegra, who published a pathbreaking paper, “The Myth of Marijuana,” which argued based on extensive study that marijuana’s main effect was to dry the mouth, redden the eyes and cause a feeling of hunger.

Any further effect was not caused by marijuana’s chemical properties but by existing psychological disorders among the users.

Viniegra’s views foreshadowed by two decades those of Dr. Timothy Leary, who believed that narcotics did not have fixed chemical effects; their impact rather depended on the drug user’s mindset, or “set,” and his environment, or “setting.”

Legislation inspired by Viniegra created state-run morphine dispensaries, which helped many people. Harry Anslinger responded by blackmailing the Mexican government, ordering the halting of morphine sales to Mexico until the act was rescinded.

Mexico’s anti-drug laws subsequently became even more punitive than those of the U.S as Viniegra was forced out of the narcotics field.[1]

Greater Centralized Control and Corruption

By the 1940s, drug protection rackets were increasingly controlled by state governors who taxed every level of the drug business from the growers, to the buyers, to the chemists and the traffickers, and used their police forces to extort poppy growers.

The payoff was huge as state treasuries went from being millions of dollars in the red to millions of dollars in the black and government leaders could afford major public works projects while keeping taxes low.

Mexican presidents began to realize the benefit too as drug earnings were almost entirely in dollars and could pay off Mexico’s balance of payments deficit and prop up the country’s falling currency.

With time, Mexico’s Federal Security Directorate (DFS)—which worked at the service of the Central intelligence Agency (CIA) and was headed by CIA assets—came to run the country’s protection rackets, clashing at times over control of the narcotics business with the federal police (PJF).

A number of DFS staffers were professional assassins who had been employed by the government in counterinsurgency operations against leftists during the 1960s and 1970s.

In the mid 1980s, the Drug Enforcement Administration (DEA) reported that drug traffickers commonly traveled the streets and highways with automatic weapons carrying credentials from the DFS or other federal law enforcement agencies.

Age of Aquarius and Beyond

A boom in demand fueled by the growth of the counter-culture in the U.S. during the 1960s was a crucial turning point in transforming Mexico’s narcotics business from small localized operations to a multi-million dollar business which laundered its profits in banks.

The increase in violence dating from this time was attributed more to the narcs than the traffickers. The DEA—which the Nixon administration had set up as a cornerstone of its War on Drugs—favored sadistic police officers such as Florentino Ventura Gutiérrez, who was described by one DEA agent as “the most brutal man I have ever met. And efficiently brutal … Torture to him was no more shocking than violent weather.”

Government goon squads were charged with arresting, torturing and then disposing of the bodies of drug traffickers along with left-wing insurgents. Former CIA toughs who had trained in undercover ops in Vietnam were rumored to have set up assassination squads to take out high-level traffickers.

The DEA characterized the mid 1970s Operation Condor as little more than a “vicious circle of incompetence, apathy and corruption.”

Police agents and soldiers shot up villages, ransacked houses, raped women, beat children and tortured and killed hundreds and possibly thousands of Mexican farmers.

Many at the same time profited from the drug trade. Mexico City’s police chief, Arturo “El Negro” Durazo Moreno, imported cocaine into the U.S. as part of a huge criminal enterprise which allowed him to buy a fleet of luxury cars and build an outrageous mansion.

Moreno would bust drug mules in the airport sent by his traffickers and inflate the size of the bust with milk powder. Other undetected mules would at the same time covertly provide him with his payoff.

Drug-related corruption took place on both sides of the U.S.-Mexico border. A 1970s-era smuggler stated that “American cops like money as much as Mexican cops and they are cheaper to buy.”

When an El Paso Customs officer, George Hough, was caught with 11 kilos of cocaine, he said that for years he and his fellow officers had been crossing into Mexico illegally, kidnapping drug dealers and stealing the drugs which were then either sold to U.S. dealers or turned over to authorities and presented as high value Customs seizures.

In 1974, the U.S. State Department claimed that “corruption” was the “single most inhibitory factor in the entire anti-narcotics effort … It is known to exist at high levels in state and local government and police organizations.”

The DEA described Mexico’s police forces as “nothing more than an organized criminal organization that conducted their nefarious activities from behind a police badge.”

No wonder the War on Drugs never succeeded.

Kiki

The March 1985 death of Enrique “Kiki” Camarena—the drug war’s JFK assassination—was another major turning point for the Mexican drug trade and U.S. War on Drugs, which helped rearrange federal and local protection rackets, led to an increased wave of drug-related violence, and provided a justification to boost federal funding for the DEA.

Kiki Camarena – The Brutal Torture & Death of a Narc | Belfast Child

[Source: belfastchildis.com]

The story of Camarena’s death was repeated over and over in the media and popular films as a morality play of an earnest American agent killed by the evil drug lords.

Whistleblower Lawrence Victor Hanson (aka George Marshall Davis), a 6’7” American spook, punctured the official narrative, however, by tying Camarena’s death to a web of corruption involving the CIA and its plans to fund Nicaraguan paramilitaries with Mexican cocaine money. Camarena was killed because he stumbled onto the drugs-for-arms operation, much like two Mexican journalists, one of whom had his lips sown shut with a wire.

Other witnesses pointed to the direct collusion of the CIA and to high-up Mexican government officials—notably the Minister of Defense and Minister of the Interior—openly planning Camarena’s killing and visiting the house while he was being tortured to death.

A local journalist curiously recognized one of Camarena’s DEA colleagues—rumored to be in the pay of Guadalajara traffickers—at the trial of a Guadalajara cartel operative testifying in his unofficial DEA capacity for the defense.

This has led to speculation that a bribe was passed on to Camarena, who became the fall guy after the cartel’s fields were raided and its bank deposits seized.

The significant state coordination in Camarena’s death generally exemplified that the War on Drugs was a phony war—with real victims—which was never designed to be won.

All Hell Breaks Loose

During the 1990s, increased drug profits (an estimated $30 billion for the decade) combined with declining state power put the narcos in complete control of the drug trade in Mexico.

Payoffs now overwhelmed the state and local police forces, with politicians “being at the service of the drug traffickers, rather than the other way around,” as a former government official put it. Even the Mexican Army General in charge of the nation’s War on Drugs was on the take.

President Felipe Calderón’s (2006-2012) all-out war on the cartels—with U.S. backing—was an unmitigated disaster.

It resulted in a huge spike in drug-related kidnappings and murders as violence professionals like the Zetas grew in stature and guns from the U.S. became more widely available.

Dubbed the “military cartel,” Mexican army soldiers were considered as dangerous as the traffickers. In 2009, there were 1,400 human rights complaints against them. One community activist declared that “Abu Ghraib would be a kindergarten compared to the military camp here in Ciudad Juarez.”

The drug supply rates all the while increased: In 2014, Mexico was producing ten times the amount of heroin which it had produced in the 1970s.

Learning from History?

The story of the drug trade in Mexico does not lend much faith in the human condition.

The allure of drug profits led so many men and some women to compromise their moral ethics and to behave little better than animals.

The web of corruption extended so deep that the line drawn between good guys and bad in popular fiction is completely illusory.

The only genuine good guys have been the drug reformers who promoted a liberal outlook that might have prevented much of the bloodshed and mayhem.

Mexico today under AMLO is poised to try to reverse some of the damage caused by the War on Drugs with a more enlightened approach.

One can only hope that American policy-makers will follow suit.

*

Note to readers: Please click the share buttons above or below. Follow us on Instagram, @crg_globalresearch. Forward this article to your email lists. Crosspost on your blog site, internet forums. etc.

Jeremy Kuzmarov is Managing Editor of CovertAction Magazine. He is the author of four books on U.S. foreign policy, including Obama’s Unending Wars (Clarity Press, 2019) and The Russians Are Coming, Again, with John Marciano (Monthly Review Press, 2018). He can be reached at: [email protected].

Notes

1. Ever the iconoclast, Viniegra established an experimental school of open, participative learning for Mexico City’s street kids called “the House Without Bars.”

Featured image: A cemetery in Durango where drug war victims are buried. [Source: pri.org]

  • Posted in English
  • Comments Off on Mexican President AMLO Pleads with Biden to End Failed Trillion Dollar “War on Drugs”—But Powerful U.S. Interests Prefer Deadly Status Quo
  • Tags: , , ,

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the “Translate Website” drop down menu on the top banner of our home page (Desktop version).

Visit and follow us on Instagram at @crg_globalresearch.

***

 

 

“Whether the mask is labeled fascism, democracy, or dictatorship of the proletariat, our great adversary remains the apparatus—the bureaucracy, the police, the military. Not the one facing us across the frontier of the battle lines, which is not so much our enemy as our brothers’ enemy, but the one that calls itself our protector and makes us its slaves.

No matter what the circumstances, the worst betrayal will always be to subordinate ourselves to this apparatus and to trample underfoot, in its service, all human values in ourselves and in others.”—Simone Weil, French philosopher and political activist

We labor today under the weight of countless tyrannies, large and small, carried out in the so-called name of the national good by an elite class of governmental and corporate officials who are largely insulated from the ill effects of their actions.

We, the middling classes, are not so fortunate.

We find ourselves badgered, bullied and browbeaten into bearing the brunt of their arrogance, paying the price for their greed, suffering the backlash for their militarism, agonizing as a result of their inaction, feigning ignorance about their backroom dealings, overlooking their incompetence, turning a blind eye to their misdeeds, cowering from their heavy-handed tactics, and blindly hoping for change that never comes.

The overt signs of the despotism exercised by the increasingly authoritarian regime that passes itself off as the United States government (and its corporate partners in crime) are all around us: COVID-19 lockdowns and vaccine mandates that strip Americans of their freedom of movement and bodily integrity; censorship, criminalizing, shadow banning and de-platforming of individuals who express ideas that are politically incorrect or unpopular; warrantless surveillance of Americans’ movements and communications; SWAT team raids of Americans’ homes; shootings of unarmed citizens by police; harsh punishments meted out to schoolchildren in the name of zero tolerance; armed drones taking to the skies domestically; endless wars; out-of-control spending; militarized police; roadside strip searches; roving TSA sweeps; privatized prisons with a profit incentive for jailing Americans; fusion centers that spy on, collect and disseminate data on Americans’ private transactions; and militarized agencies with stockpiles of ammunition, to name some of the most appalling.

Yet as egregious as these incursions on our rights may be, it’s the endless, petty tyrannies—the heavy-handed, punitive-laden dictates inflicted by a self-righteous, Big-Brother-Knows-Best bureaucracy on an overtaxed, overregulated, and underrepresented populace—that illustrate so clearly the degree to which “we the people” are viewed as incapable of common sense, moral judgment, fairness, and intelligence, not to mention lacking a basic understanding of how to stay alive, raise a family, or be part of a functioning community.

It’s hard to say whether we’re dealing with a kleptocracy (a government ruled by thieves), a kakistocracy (a government run by unprincipled career politicians, corporations and thieves that panders to the worst vices in our nature and has little regard for the rights of American citizens), or if we’ve gone straight to an idiocracy.

This certainly isn’t a constitutional democracy, however.

This overbearing Nanny State despotism is what happens when government representatives (those elected and appointed to work for us) adopt the authoritarian notion that the government knows best and therefore must control, regulate and dictate almost everything about the citizenry’s public, private and professional lives.

The government’s bureaucratic attempts at muscle-flexing by way of overregulation and overcriminalization have reached such outrageous limits that federal and state governments now require on penalty of a fine that individuals apply for permission before they can grow exotic orchids, host elaborate dinner parties, gather friends in one’s home for Bible studies, give coffee to the homeless, let their kids manage a lemonade stand, keep chickens as pets, or braid someone’s hair, as ludicrous as that may seem.

Consider, for example, that businesses in California must now designate an area of the children’s toy aisle “gender-neutral” or face a fine, whether or not the toys sold are traditionally marketed to girls or boys such as Barbies and Hot Wheels. California schools are prohibited from allowing students to access websites, novels or religious works that reflect negatively on gays. And while Californians are free to have sex with whomever they choose (because that’s none of the government’s business), removing a condom during sex without consent could make you liable for general, special and punitive damages.

Up until a few years ago, Missouri required that anyone wanting to braid African-style hair and charge for it must first acquire a government license, which at a minimum requires the applicant to undertake at least 1500 hours of cosmetology classes costing tens of thousands of dollars. Tennessee was prepared to fine residents nearly $100,000 just for violating its laws against braiding hair without a government license. In Oregon, the law was so broad that you needed a license even if you were planning to braid hair for free. The mere act of touching someone’s hair could render you a cosmetologist operating without a license and in violation of the law.

It’s getting worse.

Almost every aspect of American life today—especially if it is work-related—is subject to this kind of heightened scrutiny and ham-fisted control, whether you’re talking about aspiring “bakers, braiders, casket makers, florists, veterinary masseuses, tour guides, taxi drivers, eyebrow threaders, teeth whiteners, and more.”

For instance, whereas 70 years ago, one out of every 20 U.S. jobs required a state license, today, almost 1 in 3 American occupations requires a license.

The problem of overregulation has become so bad that, as one analyst notes, “getting a license to style hair in Washington takes more instructional time than becoming an emergency medical technician or a firefighter.”

This is what happens when bureaucrats run the show, and the rule of law becomes little more than a cattle prod for forcing the citizenry to march in lockstep with the government.

Overregulation is just the other side of the coin to overcriminalization, that phenomenon in which everything is rendered illegal and everyone becomes a lawbreaker.

This is the mindset that tried to penalize a fisherman with 20 years’ jail time for throwing fish that were too small back into the water.

That same overcriminalization mindset reared its ugly head again when police arrested a 90-year-old man for violating an ordinance that prohibits feeding the homeless in public unless portable toilets are also made available.

It’s no coincidence that both of these incidents—the fishing debacle and the homeless feeding arrest—happened in Florida.

Despite its pristine beaches and balmy temperatures, Florida is no less immune to the problems plaguing the rest of the nation in terms of overcriminalization, incarceration rates, bureaucracy, corruption, and police misconduct.

A few years back, in fact, Florida officials authorized police raids on barber shops in minority communities, resulting in barbers being handcuffed in front of customers, and their shops searched without warrants. All of this was purportedly done in an effort to make sure that the barbers’ licensing paperwork was up to snuff.

As if criminalizing fishing, charity, and haircuts wasn’t bad enough, you could also find yourself passing time in a Florida slammer for such inane activities as singing in a public place while wearing a swimsuit, breaking more than three dishes per day, farting in a public place after 6 pm on a Thursday, and skateboarding without a license.

In this way, the Sunshine State is representative of the transformation happening across the nation, where a steady diet of bread and circuses has given rise to an oblivious, inactive citizenry content to be ruled over by an inflexible and highly bureaucratic regime.

America has gone from being a beacon of freedom to a locked down nation. And “we the people,” sold on the idea that safety, security and material comforts are preferable to freedom, have allowed the government to pave over the Constitution in order to erect a concentration camp.

The problem with these devil’s bargains, however, is that there is always a catch, always a price to pay for whatever it is we valued so highly as to barter away our most precious possessions.

We’ve bartered away our right to self-governance, self-defense, privacy, autonomy and that most important right of all—the right to tell the government to “leave me the hell alone.”

In exchange for the promise of an end to global pandemics, lower taxes, lower crime rates, safe streets, safe schools, blight-free neighborhoods, and readily accessible technology, health care, water, food and power, we’ve opened the door to lockdowns, militarized police, government surveillance, asset forfeiture, school zero tolerance policies, license plate readers, red light cameras, SWAT team raids, health care mandates, overcriminalization, overregulation and government corruption.

In the end, such bargains always turn sour.

We relied on the government to help us safely navigate national emergencies (terrorism, natural disasters, global pandemics, etc.) only to find ourselves forced to relinquish our freedoms on the altar of national security, yet we’re no safer (or healthier) than before.

We asked our lawmakers to be tough on crime, and we’ve been saddled with an abundance of laws that criminalize almost every aspect of our lives. So far, we’re up to 4500 criminal laws and 300,000 criminal regulations that result in average Americans unknowingly engaging in criminal acts at least three times a day. For instance, the family of an 11-year-old girl was issued a $535 fine for violating the Federal Migratory Bird Act after the young girl rescued a baby woodpecker from predatory cats.

We wanted criminals taken off the streets, and we didn’t want to have to pay for their incarceration.What we’ve gotten is a nation that boasts the highest incarceration rate in the world, with more than 2.3 million people locked up, many of them doing time for relatively minor, nonviolent crimes, and a private prison industry fueling the drive for more inmates, who are forced to provide corporations with cheap labor.

A special report by CNBC breaks down the national numbers:

One out of 100 American adults is behind bars — while a stunning one out of 32 is on probation, parole or in prison. This reliance on mass incarceration has created a thriving prison economy. The states and the federal government spend about $74 billion a year on corrections, and nearly 800,000 people work in the industry.

We wanted law enforcement agencies to have the necessary resources to fight the nation’s wars on terror, crime and drugs. What we got instead were militarized police decked out with M-16 rifles, grenade launchers, silencers, battle tanks and hollow point bullets—gear designed for the battlefield, more than 80,000 SWAT team raids carried out every year (many for routine police tasks, resulting in losses of life and property), and profit-driven schemes that add to the government’s largesse such as asset forfeiture, where police seize property from “suspected criminals.”

According to the Washington Post, these funds have been used to buy guns, armored cars, electronic surveillance gear, “luxury vehicles, travel and a clown named Sparkles.” Police seminars advise officers to use their “department wish list when deciding which assets to seize” and, in particular, go after flat screen TVs, cash and nice cars.

In Florida, where police are no strangers to asset forfeiture, Florida police have been carrying out “reverse” sting operations, where they pose as drug dealers to lure buyers with promises of cheap cocaine, then bust them, and seize their cash and cars. Over the course of a year, police in one small Florida town seized close to $6 million using these entrapment schemes.

We fell for the government’s promise of safer roads, only to find ourselves caught in a tangle of profit-driven red light cameras, which ticket unsuspecting drivers in the so-called name of road safety while ostensibly fattening the coffers of local and state governments. Despite widespread public opposition, corruption and systemic malfunctions, these cameras—used in 24 states and Washington, DC—are particularly popular with municipalities, which look to them as an easy means of extra cash.

One small Florida town, population 8,000, generates a million dollars a year in fines from these cameras. Building on the profit-incentive schemes, the cameras’ manufacturers are also pushing speed cameras and school bus cameras, both of which result in heft fines for violators who speed or try to go around school buses.

As I make clear in my book Battlefield America: The War on the American People and in its fictional counterpart The Erik Blair Diaries, this is what happens when the American people get duped, deceived, double-crossed, cheated, lied to, swindled and conned into believing that the government and its army of bureaucrats—the people we appointed to safeguard our freedoms—actually have our best interests at heart.

Yet when all is said and done, who is really to blame when the wool gets pulled over your eyes: you, for believing the con man, or the con man for being true to his nature?

It’s time for a bracing dose of reality, America.

Wake up and take a good, hard look around you, and ask yourself if the gussied-up version of America being sold to you—crime free, worry free, disease free and devoid of responsibility—is really worth the ticket price: nothing less than your freedoms.

*

Note to readers: Please click the share buttons above or below. Follow us on Instagram, @crg_globalresearch. Forward this article to your email lists. Crosspost on your blog site, internet forums. etc.

This article was originally published on The Rutherford Institute.

Constitutional attorney and author John W. Whitehead is founder and president The Rutherford Institute. His books Battlefield America: The War on the American People and A Government of Wolves: The Emerging American Police State are available at www.amazon.com. He can be contacted at [email protected].

Nisha Whitehead is the Executive Director of The Rutherford Institute. Information about The Rutherford Institute is available at www.rutherford.org.

  • Posted in English
  • Comments Off on Lockdowns and Vaccine Mandates: Tyrants of the “Nanny State”. When the Government Thinks It Knows Best
  • Tags:

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the “Translate Website” drop down menu on the top banner of our home page (Desktop version).

Visit and follow us on Instagram at @crg_globalresearch.

***

 

A “Physicians’ Declaration” produced by an international alliance of physicians and medical scientists strongly condemns the global strategy to treat COVID, accusing policy-makers of potential “crimes against humanity” for preventing physicians from providing life-saving treatments for their patients and suppressing open scientific discussion.

The document states that “one size fits all” treatment recommendations have resulted in needless illness and death.

As of 1:00 Friday afternoon, the declaration had garnered over 3,100 signatures from doctors and scientists around the world. (See below for updated number).

A group of physicians and scientists met in Rome, Italy earlier this month for a three dayGlobal Covid Summit to speak “truth to power about Covid pandemic research and treatment.”

The summit, which was held from September 12 to September 14,  gave the medical professionals an opportunity to compare studies, and assess the efficacy of the various treatments that have been developed in hospitals, doctors offices and research labs throughout the world.

The document, reprinted below in its entirety, sprang from a physicians conference in Puerto Rico .

The Physicians’ Declaration was first read at the Rome Covid Summit, catalyzing an explosion of active support from medical scientists and physicians around the globe. These professionals were not expecting career threats, character assassination, papers and research censored, social accounts blocked, search results manipulated, clinical trials and patient observations banned, and their professional history and accomplishments altered or omitted in academic and mainstream media.

Dr. Robert Malone, architect of the mRNA vaccine platform, read the Rome Declaration at the summit.

Thousands have died from Covid as a result of being denied life-saving early treatment. The Declaration is a battle cry from physicians who are daily fighting for the right to treat their patients, and the right of patients to receive those treatments – without fear of interference, retribution or censorship by government, pharmacies, pharmaceutical corporations, and big tech. We demand that these groups step aside and honor the sanctity and integrity of the patient-physician relationship, the fundamental maxim “First Do No Harm”, and the freedom of patients and physicians to make informed medical decisions. Lives depend on it.

We the physicians of the world, united and loyal to the Hippocratic Oath, recognizing the profession of medicine as we know it is at a crossroad, are compelled to declare the following;

WHEREAS, it is our utmost responsibility and duty to uphold and restore the dignity, integrity, art and science of medicine;

WHEREAS, there is an unprecedented assault on our ability to care for our patients;

WHEREAS, public policy makers have chosen to force a “one size fits all” treatment strategy, resulting in needless illness and death, rather than upholding fundamental concepts of the individualized, personalized approach to patient care which is proven to be safe and more effective;

WHEREAS, physicians and other health care providers working on the front lines, utilizing their knowledge of epidemiology, pathophysiology and pharmacology, are often first to identify new, potentially life saving treatments;

WHEREAS, physicians are increasingly being discouraged from engaging in open professional discourse and the exchange of ideas about new and emerging diseases, not only endangering the essence of the medical profession, but more importantly, more tragically, the lives of our patients;

WHEREAS, thousands of physicians are being prevented from providing treatment to their patients, as a result of barriers put up by pharmacies, hospitals, and public health agencies, rendering the vast majority of healthcare providers helpless to protect their patients in the face of disease. Physicians are now advising their patients to simply go home (allowing the virus to replicate) and return when their disease worsens, resulting in hundreds of thousands of unnecessary patient deaths, due to failure-to-treat;

WHEREAS, this is not medicine. This is not care. These policies may actually constitute crimes against humanity.

NOW THEREFORE, IT IS:

RESOLVED, that the physician-patient relationship must be restored. The very heart of medicine is this relationship, which allows physicians to best understand their patients and their illnesses, to formulate treatments that give the best chance for success, while the patient is an active participant in their care.

RESOLVED, that the political intrusion into the practice of medicine and the physician/patient relationship must end. Physicians, and all health care providers, must be free to practice the art and science of medicine without fear of retribution, censorship, slander, or disciplinary action, including possible loss of licensure and hospital privileges, loss of insurance contracts and interference from government entities and organizations – which further prevent us from caring for patients in need. More than ever, the right and ability to exchange objective scientific findings, which further our understanding of disease, must be protected.

RESOLVED, that physicians must defend their right to prescribe treatment, observing the tenet FIRST, DO NO HARM. Physicians shall not be restricted from prescribing safe and effective treatments. These restrictions continue to cause unnecessary sickness and death. The rights of patients, after being fully informed about the risks and benefits of each option, must be restored to receive those treatments.

RESOLVED, that we invite physicians of the world and all health care providers to join us in this noble cause as we endeavor to restore trust, integrity and professionalism to the practice of medicine.

RESOLVED, that we invite the scientists of the world, who are skilled in biomedical research and uphold the highest ethical and moral standards, to insist on their ability to conduct and publish objective, empirical research without fear of reprisal upon their careers, reputations and livelihoods.

RESOLVED, that we invite patients, who believe in the importance of the physician-patient relationship and the ability to be active participants in their care, to demand access to science-based medical care.

 

*

Note to readers: Please click the share buttons above or below. Follow us on Instagram, @crg_globalresearch. Forward this article to your email lists. Crosspost on your blog site, internet forums. etc.

Debra Heine is a conservative Catholic mom of six and longtime political pundit. She has written for several conservative news websites over the years, including Breitbart and PJ Media.

  • Posted in English
  • Comments Off on Over 7,000 Doctors and Scientists Sign “Rome Declaration” Accusing COVID Policy-Makers of ‘Crimes Against Humanity’
  • Tags: ,

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the “Translate Website” drop down menu on the top banner of our home page (Desktop version).

Visit and follow us on Instagram at @crg_globalresearch.

***

 

Tucker Carlson on Monday night unleashed a monologue for the ages. The Fox News primetime host’s timely message is a political touchstone for much of what is wrong with Biden’s America.

The host broke down the Biden White House’s “purge” of the unvaccinated from society as an unprecedented vendetta in American history. It is not a noble agenda driven by a concern over public health, but rather an illogical and reckless drive for political power, he argued.

Tucker opened by referencing a speech Joe Biden gave outside of Chicago, Illinois that was attended by billionaire Governor J.B. Pritzker. In the speech, Biden made a number of unscientific claims in the course of demonizing millions of Americans that do not intend to get the Covid-19 shots.

“Joe Biden showed up at a construction site in Illinois last Thursday to explain what a terrific job he’s been doing,” he began. “Biden’s poll numbers, you may have noticed, have declined recently, not just by a little bit, but by such a dramatic margin that some prominent Democrats are openly worried about it. The midterms are in a year.”

“So the point of last week’s appearance outside Chicago was to remind all of us in the country that our perceptions of Biden’s performance are silly and baseless,” he said. “Actually, Joe Biden is a great president. He’s totally aware of what’s happening. He’s completely on top of things. He knows exactly what he’s doing and he’s got your well-being at heart. Not the narrow economic interests of some soulless multinational corporation that hates America and your family. No, you! Because Joe Biden is awesome.”

“And to prove it. Biden talked at length about the COVID vaccine,” Tucker said. “His greatest achievement, he said. Now, strangely, Biden didn’t say a lot about the vaccine itself. He did note that if you get the shot, you could not spread COVID to other people. And if there were doctors in the audience, they might have been confused because that is ridiculously and provably untrue. Of course, the vaccinated can spread COVID, and they do.”

“But Biden didn’t pause and dwell on the science such as it is,” he continued. “Instead, Biden spent virtually his entire speech attacking any American who hasn’t yet gotten the shot. Now you’ve heard him say that a lot, but it’s worth taking a closer look at what Joe Biden said last week outside Chicago. Go, look it up for yourself. It’s on the C-SPAN website.”

“As you watch it, ask yourself, ‘Has any president in our history ever talked about millions of American citizens like this?’” he asked rhetorically. “This is the way presidents talk about foreign enemies or dictators talk about enemies in their midst. It’s not the way American presidents talk or ever have ever, for any reason, under any circumstance. We can’t think of a single example, even during the Civil War.”

“And yet according to Joe Biden, unvaccinated Americans are the root of this country’s problems,” Tucker said. “They are destroying our economy. They are killing our people. The unvaccinated, Biden said, are solely responsible for the outbreak of the Delta variant of Covid. The outbreak that has left tens of thousands of Americans dead.”

“Biden noted this to the morbidly obese governor of Illinois, who nodded from behind his mask as if all of this was settled science. And then Joe Biden kept going,” Tucker added. “The unvaccinated are dangerous, he announced, they are diseased, dirty, unpatriotic, they are selfish, they are pathogens in human form. They have caused this deadly virus to ‘spread to our children,’ to spread throughout society. They suffered because of their absurdity, and their self-inflicted suffering burdens the rest of us. They ‘overcrowd our hospitals’ like a plague of swarming gasping insects. As they lie there ventilated, dying, reaping the rewards of their own sins, these miscreants ‘leave no room for someone with a heart attack or in need of a cancer operation’.”

“These people get no sympathy, because they are barely people,” Tucker added. “The unvaccinated, Biden told us, die their much-deserved deaths, but even as they die, they burden the rest of us. That’s how horrible they are, they are subhuman wreckers of a nation.”

“We are not overstating any of this by the way,” Tucker said. “Go watch the speech, it is online. The question is, ‘once you identify a diseased fifth column like this within the country that you run, what do you with it?’ Biden got to that at the end of his speech.”

JOE BIDEN: These requirements work, and as the Business Roundtable, others told me when I announced the first requirement that encourage businesses to feel they could come in and demand the same thing of their employees. More people are getting vaccinated, more lives are being saved. Let’s be clear: when you see headlines and reports of mass firings and hundreds of people losing their jobs, look at the bigger story. … Over the past week we’ve seen American, Southwest, Alaska, JetBlue Airlines all announce requirements.

“Yeah, there have been mass firings, the president said. But when you see reports of mass firings of law-abiding American citizens, Joe Biden told us, what you’re really seeing is progress. You should celebrate,” he continued.

“Think about that,” Tucker said. “No American president has ever made a statement like that, cheering the firing of law-abiding Americans in the multitudes. But Joe Biden did. He didn’t even pause. He says things like that regularly. Now, that’s fine if you’re on Joe Biden’s side, apparently.”

“But what if Joe Biden was talking about you?” he asked. “What if he was talking about your livelihood, your career, the future of your family? How would you feel? We should consider that, because these are Americans he’s talking about, and as we do consider that, think about what happened to air travel in America over the weekend.”

“Southwest Airlines, you may have read this, one of our biggest carriers all but shut down on Saturday and Sunday, the airline canceled thousands of flights. It threw the nation’s famously efficient system of air travel into total chaos. It’s stranded countless travelers in airports. Again, you saw it on the news,” he continued.

“The question is how did this happen?” he asked. “Well, the official explanation came right away. It was bad weather on the eastern seaboard. There were thunderstorms. There were also unspecified issues with air traffic control and all of that together forced Southwest Airlines, alone among airlines, to cancel its flights.”

“That’s what the company Southwest Airlines claimed,” he added. “They claim that in a statement to us today, a long statement. It’s what many media outlets have repeated uncritically for the past two days.”

“And yet we can tell you it is untrue,” Tucker said. “All of that is a lie. It’s not what happened. We’ve spoken to several people with direct knowledge of what actually did happen. We can tell you that the shutdown of Southwest Airlinesover the weekend was a direct consequence – it was a reaction to – Joe Biden’s vaccine mandates.”

“It began last week when Gary Kelly, who is a CEO of Southwest, sent an internal memo to his employees declaring that, per Joe Biden’s directive, any Southwest employee who was not fully vaccinated by the 8th of December will be fired,’ he said. “Canned. Done. Right before Christmas.”

“Now, this would include not simply pilots on Southwest and flight attendants, of course, but ramp workers, mechanics, dispatchers, schedulers, ticket agents, people from the top to the very bottom,” he added. “Many thousands of people.”

“Now, some unknown but apparently large number of these people have still not been vaccinated,” he said. “Why is that? Well, many of them have already recovered from COVID. They have antibodies that offer them greater protection than any vaccine ever could. That’s the science. So they don’t want the vaccine.”

“Others have sincere religious objections,” he continued. “They object to the use of aborted fetal tissue in the development of pharmaceuticals. So they don’t want it. They believe it violates their faith. Still, others have friends or co-workers or relatives who have suffered severe side effects from the vaccine, and therefore they are afraid to take it. That makes sense. Don’t make fun of them. That’s real.”

“And yet others are taking a stand purely on principle,” Tucker continued. “They believe that in a free country, politicians should never be allowed to force citizens to submit to medical treatment they don’t want. These are Americans who grew up in a country where that fact was taken for granted, everybody assumed it, and they want to preserve that country for their children. That’s their motive.”

“But whatever their various reasons, the unvaccinated employees of Southwest Airlines, the many of them, are decent, high-functioning Americans, and they have watched as their own government has dismissed them out of hand as criminals for reasons that don’t even make sense,” Tucker said.

“Consider the argument they’re hearing from Joe Biden: You must get the shot for the sake of people who’ve already gotten the shot because the shots don’t work well enough to protect the people who’ve already gotten them,” he continued. “That’s what Joe Biden and the entire American health establishment is telling them. So imagine making that argument to an airline pilot, someone whose entire job is based on logic. It is utterly bewildering to them, because it doesn’t make sense. It’s just too unreasonable.”

“I’ve flown military jets in three different war zones,” one pilot told us this weekend. ‘I have never lost sleep like this. The stress is beyond belief. It’s dangerous.’ People are melting.”

“So this weekend in protest, a large number of Southwest pilots called out sick and they effectively shut down their airline,” Tucker noted. “And many of them, you should know, admire the company they work for. They love Southwest Airlines, but they felt they had no choice but to do this. Nobody was standing up for them, not the United States Congress, which, by the way, has exempted itself from vaccine mandates, not even their labor union, which exists and is paid to defend them. But they’re not.”

“So in desperation, the pilots committed the most basic act of nonviolent civil disobedience, something we used to celebrate in this country,” Tucker said. “They stayed home. Now, at the same moment, they decided to do this, a large group of air traffic controllers apparently reached the very same conclusion. An estimated 6,000 federal air traffic controllers have not yet received the Biden-mandated shot. That’s nearly half of all air traffic controllers in this country. And they all, as federal employees, have until next month to submit or they will be fired. And when they are fired, our air traffic control system, which is already dangerously short-staffed, ask anyone who works in it, will stop. It will cease completely just in time for the holidays.”

“Now, once again, the controllers union has been no help to them,” Tucker said. “And once again, the media have aligned with the Biden White House to vilify them, not as people who are being persecuted as a matter of conscience, but as criminals.”

“So on Friday, apparently, they took action,” he said. “The air traffic control headquarters in Jacksonville, Florida, known to all pilots as Jacksonville Center, shut down. This never happens. It didn’t even happen when there was a fire in a Chicago air traffic control center. They managed to keep air traffic control going.”

“But this weekend, Jacksonville Center shut down because there was simply no one to man it,” he said. “There was no one there. The effects of this were profound, and they were immediate. Jacksonville Center controls the airspace in this country from Orlando to Raleigh, North Carolina, as well as far out over the Atlantic Ocean. That’s some of the most crowded air routes in the world.”

“Air traffic controllers in Atlanta watched as planes headed for South Florida, rerouted west, and wound up over the Mississippi River,” he said. “That would be the world’s longest detour. And for a moment, in the chaos, it became clear that Joe Biden is not the only person in this country who has power. It turns out there is a limit to how far you can push some Americans.”

“So in that way, it might have been cast as an inspiring story – man against the machine,” he added. “But the media had no interest in telling that story. In fact, some on the corporate left suggested the Southwest pilots had somehow committed what is known as an illegal job action. Illegally not showing up for work, as if politicians have a right to force Americans to labor against their will.”

“Now, some of us had assumed that was a condition we would recognize as the textbook definition of slavery,” he continued. “But no, it’s illegal not to work, they told us. And then at least one outlet describe what the pilots had done as ‘domestic terrorism.’ Get to work immediately wage earner or you’re al Qaeda.”

“There were more cancellations at Southwest Airlines today, no doubt there will be more to come and not just of airline flights,” he said. “At least two Amtrak train routes in the Northeast were canceled over the weekend and, so was a regularly scheduled car ferry in Washington state out to the San Juan Islands. In all cases, the employees in question, who have been told to get the shot, did not show up.”

“Were these also protests against the Biden shot mandates?” Tucker asked. “We can’t say for certain. It certainly wouldn’t surprise us, because that’s our future. Thousands and thousands of Americans, the best among us in many cases, will be stripped of their livelihoods, of their lives by the Biden White House’s mandates.”

“This is not a small thing. As of tonight, more than 50,000 U.S. Marines still have not received the shot, as well as a large percentage of the Navy SEAL teams,” he said. “What will happen when these people are gone from the force? Who’s going to protect this country? Who’s going to protect our cities?”

“In Seattle, to name just one example, the city is moving forward toward firing fully 40 percent of the entire police force over the Biden shot mandates,” Tucker said. “Good luck getting your emergency calls answered after that, and so on.”

“Our hospitals, our schools, our national labs, scientists and researchers at Oak Ridge and Los Alamos, among others,” he continued. “All torn apart by a purge overseen by Susan Rice that has nothing whatsoever to do with public health and everything to do with the accumulation of political power.”

“That is happening right now,” Tucker continued. “Make no mistake, it will continue to happen unless good people work immediately to stop it.”

*

Note to readers: Please click the share buttons above or below. Follow us on Instagram, @crg_globalresearch. Forward this article to your email lists. Crosspost on your blog site, internet forums. etc.

Featured image is from Becker News

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the “Translate Website” drop down menu on the top banner of our home page (Desktop version).

Visit and follow us on Instagram at @crg_globalresearch.

***

 

 

 

 

 

At a time when the peoples of the earth are in great distress because they are being denied their previous humanity and pure existence by the ruling “elite” and their political accomplices, I am not hesitating to recall the motto of the German philosopher and Enlightenment philosopher Immanuel Kant (1724 to 1804) “Sapere aude!” (“Dare to be wise!”), which has already been quoted several times once again. For the question of how people can stop the disastrous political, economic and social development has not yet been answered.

Since only free-thinking, courageous and compassionate citizens will steer the world on a different course, we must think beyond the day and take precautions. Therefore, it is the need of the hour for all those involved in education to refrain from making the rising generation obedient and docile on their way to adulthood with authoritarian educational methods. Instead, they must be helped to develop their own nature without being restricted by a denomination.

Thanks to the insight of deep psychology, we know today that man is to such an extent the product of his upbringing that we may cherish the hope of being able, through psychological educational methods, to train people who can think for themselves, are immune to the entanglements of power madness and no longer show any obedience to the cadre.

Kant: “Have the courage to use your own mind!”

The exceptional global situation demands that we be wise and act accordingly. If people in the Age of Enlightenment succeeded in freeing themselves from medieval thinking and using reason, becoming independent of arbitrary authority and extending personal freedom of action (emancipation) – then “modern” man should also succeed in giving up fear and using his own mind without the guidance of another.

But if we humans continue to behave immaturely and are too lazy or cowardly to think for ourselves, it is easy for others, according to Kant, to set themselves up as “guardians” of immature humans. These guardians would also do everything to ensure that the immature people not only consider the step towards maturity to be arduous, but also dangerous. (1)

Common sense instead of authority and a magical world view

In order to drive common sense out of us citizens and demand absolute obedience, rulers of all stripes use fear as a means of discipline and domination. But education according to strict religious and military principles can also lead to absolute obedience. A vivid example of this psychological problem is provided by the autobiographical notes of Rudolf Höß, the former commandant of Auschwitz, and the curriculum vitae of his “kindred spirit” Adolf Eichmann. Both learned blind obedience, dutifulness and the non-questioning of “higher” orders in their childhood and therefore reacted with a “cadaver obedience” as adults.

Ignatius of Loyola, the founder of the Jesuit Order, wrote an illuminating text in the mid-16th century to which the word “cadaver obedience” can be traced:

“We should be aware that each one of those who live in obedience must allow himself to be led and guided by Divine Providence by means of the Superior, as if he were a dead body to be taken wherever and treated in whatever way, or like a staff of an old man to serve wherever and for whatever the wants to use him.” (2)

Long before Ignatius of Loyola, Francis of Assisi (1181/82-1226) compared the perfect and highest form of obedience (perfecta et summa obedientia) to one’s superior to a dead, disembodied body (corpus mortuum, corpus exanime) that can be taken wherever one wants without resistance or grumbling.

Counteracting with psychological education methods

Parents, educators and priests must urgently abandon this kind of education and counteract it with psychological educational methods. Pedagogy in the parental home and school must renounce the authoritarian principle – which for centuries was regarded as the unquestionably valid basis of educational behaviour – and any use of violence. The spoiling and pampering style of education, which is characterised by the tendency of educators to take even simple tasks from children with a protective intent, is also a form of violence.

Educators have to adapt themselves with true understanding to the free development and unfolding of the child’s soul life, to respect the child’s personality and to turn to him in a friendly way. Such education will produce a type of human being who does not have a “subject mentality” and will therefore no longer be a docile tool for those in power in our world.

*

Note to readers: Please click the share buttons above or below. Follow us on Instagram, @crg_globalresearch. Forward this article to your email lists. Crosspost on your blog site, internet forums. etc.

Dr Rudolf Hänsel is an educationalist and qualified psychologist. He is a frequent contributor to Global Research.

Notes

(1) Hänsel, Rudolf (2020). Handing over power to no one! A psychological manifesto of common sense. Gornji Milanovac /Serbia. Parts I and II and abridged version in: “Neue Rheinische Zeitung” and “Global Research”.

(2) Op. cit.

  • Posted in English
  • Comments Off on “Dare to be Wise!”: How Free-thinking and Courageous Citizens will Steer the World on a Different Course

Uyghur Tribunal: US Lawfare at Its Lowest

October 13th, 2021 by Brian Berletic

  • Posted in English
  • Comments Off on Uyghur Tribunal: US Lawfare at Its Lowest

The Biden China Initiative, a Flawed and Dysfunctional Policy

October 13th, 2021 by Prof. Mel Gurtov

  • Posted in English
  • Comments Off on The Biden China Initiative, a Flawed and Dysfunctional Policy